Agenda of Twelfth Academic Council Meeting

Home , Johari Window (Fringe), Sumitranandan Pant

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade (3rd Cycle) Ph: 0824 – 2435791 Fax: 0824 - 2436720 Website: www.sswroshni.in E-Mail: [email protected]

AGENDA

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL

MEETING

Date : Thursday, February 21, 2019 Time : 2.30 p.m. Venue : Board Room, Adelaide Library Block School of Social Work Mangalore – 575 002

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING

THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M. Venue: Board Room, Adelaide Library Block

AGENDA

Item No. Agenda Item Details Page Nos. No.1/SSW/AC/12/19 Approval of Proceedings of the various Boards of Studies – UG / PG 1 (a) Proceedings of BOS – English, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus for 1 - 62 Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (b) Proceedings of BOS – Hindi, Revised Syllabus, two BOS 63- 86 nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (c) Proceedings of BOS - Kannada, Revised Syllabus, two BOS 87 - 114 nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (d) Proceedings of BOS - French, Revised Syllabus, [Due to dearth 115 – 127 of qualified full time faculty in the neighbouring Universities nomination of two members outside the Parent University to the BOS in French may be exempted]. 1 (e) Proceedings of BOS - Criminology, Revised Syllabus, 128 - 161 Syllabus for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (f) Proceedings of BOS - Economics, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus 162 - 191 for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (g) Proceedings of BOS - Psychology, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus 192 - 221 for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (h) Proceedings of BOS - Rural Development, Revised Syllabus, 222 - 255 Syllabus for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations.

1 (i) Proceedings of BOS - Secretarial Practice, Revised Syllabus, 256 - 284 [Since this subject is not taught in any of the neighbouring Universities nomination of two members outside the Parent University to the BOS in Secretarial Practice may be exempted]. 1 (j) Proceedings of BOS - Sociology, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus 285 - 314 for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (k) Proceedings of BOS - Foundation Course, Revised Syllabus, 315 - 331 Syllabus for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (l) Proceedings of BOS - BSW, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus for 332 - 416 Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (m) Proceedings of BOS - MSW, Revised Syllabus, Syllabus for 417- 498 Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (n) Proceedings of BOS – MSc (Counselling), Revised Syllabus, 499-530 Syllabus for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. 1 (o) Proceedings of BOS – MSc (Criminology & Forensic Science), 531-578 Revised Syllabus, Syllabus for Elective, two BOS nominees outside Parent University as per UGC Autonomy Regulations. No.2/SSW/AC/12/19 a) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award of Master of Social Work Degree – M.S.W. [2016 579-587 – 2018 Batch]

b) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University

for the award of Master of Science in Counselling Degree – M.Sc. (Counselling) [2016 – 2018 Batch]

c) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award of Master of Science in Criminology and Forensic Science Degree – M.Sc. (CFS) [2016 – 2018 Batch]

d) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree – B.A. [2015 – 2018 Batch]

e) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award of Bachelor of Social Work Degree – B.S.W. [2015 – 2018 Batch]

No.3/SSW/AC/12/19 Results of the Diploma Courses

a) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management – PGDHRM [2017 – 2018 Batch]

b) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Counselling – PGDC [2017 – 2018 Batch] 588-595

c) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Social Entrepreneurship PGDSE [2017 – 2018 Batch]

d) Diploma in Human Resource Management. [DHRM] [2017 – 2018 Batch]

e) Certificate Course in Research Methodology.

f) List of eligible candidates recommended for the award of Bachelor of Vocational Education in Early Childhood

Development –[B.VOC] [2017 – 2018 Batch]

No.4/SSW/AC/12/19 Approval of Academic Calendar for B.A. / B.S.W. / M.S.W. / 596 M.Sc. in Counseling / M.Sc. (CFS) for the year 2018 – 19

No.5/SSW/AC/12/19 Any other matter with the permission of the Chair 597

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(a) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in English for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday 21st July, 2018 is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

PART – I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN ENGLISH HELD ON SATURDAY 21st JULY, 2018 AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS: 1. Shobhana N : in the Chair 2. Dr. Shankara Narayana : Member - (University Representative) 3. DR.Malini Hebbar : Member (subject Expert) 4. Alwyn D‘sa : Member - (Subject Expert) 5. Prof. Niveditha Lobo : Member – (Subject Expert) 6. Ms. Rachitha P Cabral : Co-opted Member

AGENDA: i.Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. ii.Assessment and review of I-III-V [2017] Semester Question Papers and results & II-IV-VI [2018] iii.Any other matter.

Welcome by the Chairperson.

The Agenda tabled for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II The Panel of Examiners placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

PART - III Members satisfied with the nature of questions, evaluation techniques and results of Examinations held in the academic year 2017-18 i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. / Nov. 2017 and II-IV-VI Semester Apr. / May 2018.

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Shobhana N …………Sd/-……………… 2. Dr. Alwyn D‘sa …………Sd/-……………… 3. Dr. Malini Hebbar …………Sd/-……………… 4. Dr. Shankara Narayana ..……… .Sd/-………………. 5. Prof. Rachitha P Cabral …………Sd/-……………… 6. Prof. Niveditha Lobo ………….Sd/-………………

Sd/- Shobhana N. CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in English

ENGLISH [Language] B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 65 50

No. of Students Passed 61 49

No. of Students Failed 4 1

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

90% & Above 4 9

80% & Above but below 90% 37 20

70% & Above but below 80% 8 5

60% & Above but below 70% 3 3

55% & Above but below 60% 2 3

50% & Above but below 55% 2 3

35% & Above but below 50% 5 6

Below 35% 1 1

Absent 3 -

Pass Percentage 93.85 98.00

ENGLISH [Language] B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 61 50

No. of Students Passed 60 49

No. of Students Failed 1 1

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

90% & Above 2 6

80% & Above but below 90% 24 21

70% & Above but below 80% 16 7

60% & Above but below 70% 12 7

55% & Above but below 60% 3 2

50% & Above but below 55% 2 4

35% & Above but below 50% 1 2

Below 35% 1 -

Absent - 1

Pass Percentage 98.36 98.00

ENGLISH [Language] B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 33 32

No. of Students Passed 31 32

No. of Students Failed 02 NIL

No. of Students Absent - NIL

No. of Students Discontinued - NIL

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

90% & Above - 01

80% & Above but below 90% 04 11

70% & Above but below 80% 12 09

60% & Above but below 70% 05 03

55% & Above but below 60% 04 02

50% & Above but below 55% 03 01

35% & Above but below 50% 03 05

Below 35% 02 NIL

Absent - NIL

Pass Percentage 93.93 100

ENGLISH [Language] B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 32 33

No. of Students Passed 30 32

No. of Students Failed 01 1

No. of Students Absent 01 -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

90% & Above - -

80% & Above but below 90% 4 4

70% & Above but below 80% 5 11

60% & Above but below 70% 9 3

55% & Above but below 60% 2 NIL

50% & Above but below 55% 5 3

35% & Above but below 50% 4 11

Below 35% 2 1

Absent NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 93.75 96.96

ENGLISH (OPTIONAL) B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER V SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 29 23 9

No. of Students Passed 27 23 9

No. of Students Failed 2 0 0

No. of Students Absent NIL NIL NIL

No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL NIL

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER V SEMESTER

135% & Above NIL NIL NIL

120% & Above but below 134% 3 4 NIL

105% & Above but below 119% 8 5 5

90% & Above but below 104% 7 8 1

82% & Above but below 89% 4 3 2

75% & Above but below 81% 2 2 1

52% & Above but below 74% 3 1 NIL

Below 51% 2 NIL NIL

Absent NIL NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 93.10 100.00 100.00

ENGLISH (OPTIONAL) B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER VI SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 29 23 9

No. of Students Passed 29 23 9 NIL NIL No. of Students Failed NIL

No. of Students Absent NIL NIL NIL

No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL NIL

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER VI SEMESTER NIL NIL 135% & Above NIL

120% & Above but below 134% 10 4 2

105% & Above but below 119% 7 2 1

90% & Above but below 104% 7 9 5

82% & Above but below 89% 1 1 NIL

75% & Above but below 81% 1 4 NIL

52% & Above but below 74% 3 3 1 NIL NIL NIL Below 51% NIL NIL NIL Absent

Pass Percentage 100 100 100

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 6 3

No. of Students Passed 5 3

No. of Students Failed 1 NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Absent NIL NIL No. of Students Discontinued

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

90% & Above NIL NIL

80% & Above but below 90% NIL NIL NIL 70% & Above but below 80% 2

60% & Above but below 70% 1 1 NIL 55% & Above but below 60% 2 NIL 50% & Above but below 55% -

35% & Above but below 50% 2 NIL

Below 35% 1 NIL NIL Absent NIL

Pass Percentage 83.33 100.00

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 5 3

No. of Students Passed 5 3 NIL NIL No. of Students Failed

No. of Students Absent NIL NIL

No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER NIL NIL 90% & Above NIL NIL 80% & Above but below 90%

70% & Above but below 80% 1 2

60% & Above but below 70% 3 1 NIL 55% & Above but below 60% - NIL 50% & Above but below 55% 1

35% & Above but below 50% NIL NIL

Below 35% NIL NIL NIL NIL Absent

Pass Percentage 100.00 100.00

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 14 6

No. of Students Passed 14 6 NIL NIL No. of Students Failed NIL NIL No. of Students Absent

No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER NIL NIL 90% & Above

80% & Above but below 90% 1 3

70% & Above but below 80% 5 2

60% & Above but below 70% 6 1

55% & Above but below 60% 1 NIL

50% & Above but below 55% NIL NIL NIL 35% & Above but below 50% 1 NIL NIL Below 35%

Absent NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 100.00 100.00

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 14 6

No. of Students Passed 13 6 NIL NIL No. of Students Failed

No. of Students Absent 1 NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Discontinued

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

90% & Above NIL NIL

80% & Above but below 90% 9 3

70% & Above but below 80% 3 3 NIL 60% & Above but below 70% NIL

55% & Above but below 60% 1 NIL

50% & Above but below 55% NIL NIL NIL NIL 35% & Above but below 50% NIL NIL Below 35%

Absent 1 NIL

Pass Percentage 92.86 100.00

TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH LANGUAGE (B.A) : 2015 - 2016 Batch

Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained

155560202 CHARLENE MARIETTE DSOUZA 343 85.75 1

155560105 ANN HORMIS THARAKAN 335 83.75 2

155560205 FATHIMA RUFEEDA 333 83.25 3

TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH (OPTIONAL) : 2015 - 2016 Batch Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained 155560105 ANN HORMIS THARAKAN 911 75.92 1 155560113 AKSHARA 842 70.17 2 155560102 SHELDON YOHAAN AMANNA 817 68.08 3

TOP SCORERS in ADDITIONAL ENGLISH : 2015 - 2016 Batch Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained 155560105 ANN HORMIS THARAKAN 326 81.50 1 155560106 HANEEN ABDUL KHADER 324 81.00 2 155560202 CHARLENE MARIETTE DSOUZA 309 77.25 3

TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH LANGUAGE (B.S.W.): 2015 - 2016 Batch

Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained

155560416 SHOBY P.S. 326 81.50 1

155560417 SNEHA SESHA 322 80.50 2

155560426 WILMA M 316 79.00 3

PART - I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN ENGLISH HELD ON TUESDAY, 18 DECEMBER 2018 AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE

MEMBERS:

1. Shobhana N : in the Chair 2. Dr. Zubeida M : Member - (University Representative) 3. Prof. Niveditha Lobo : Meritorious Alumna 4. Asst. Prof. Asha Albuquerqe : Member (subject Expert) 5. Dr. Shankara Narayana : Member - (Subject Expert) 6. Ms. Rachitha Cabral : Member – (Subject Expert)

AGENDA:

i] Approval of revised syllabus and syllabus for Electives for the academic years 2019-20.

Welcome by the Chairperson.

The Agenda tabled for the consideration of the Board.

Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Shobhana N …………Sd/-……………… 2. Dr. Zubeida M …………Sd/-……………… 3. Prof. Niveditha Lobo …………Sd/-……………… 4. Dr. Shankara Narayana …………Sd/-……………… 5. Asst. Prof. Asha Albuquerqe …………Sd/-……………… 6. Prof. Rachitha P Cabral …………Sd/-………………

Sd/- Shobhana N CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in English

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] Hrs of Hrs Marks Internal Class& Paper Title of the Total Credit Code Instr of For Assess Semester No. Paper Marks s uction Exam Exam ment I B.A.- ENO Anglo Saxons To Elizabethan I Semester 1 191 Age o6 03 120 30 150 3 I B.A- ENO Puritan to Victorian Age II Semester 2 192 06 03 120 30 150 3 II B.A 3 ENO Modern Age -European and III Semester 193 American literature 06 03 120 30 150 3

II B.A 4 ENO Feminist and LGBTQ IV Semester 194 writings 06 03 120 30 150 3 III B.A 5 ENO Marxist and post colonial V Semester 195.1 writings 05 03 120 30 150 3 III B.A. 6 ENO Modern Grammar and V Semester 195.2 Phonetics 05 03 120 30 150 3 III B.A. 7 ENO Children‘s, Eco and Dalith VI Semester 196.1 writings 05 03 120 30 150 3 III B.A. ENO Linguistics/ English Language 8 05 03 120 30 150 3 VI Semester 196.2 Teaching TOTAL 8 44 24

Note:

a) Minimum for a Pass: } 52.5/150

b) Classification of successful Candidates : } As per the Regulations

c) Rejection of results: }

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade (3rd Cycle) CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-20 PREAMBLE: The Syllabus of ENGLISH LITERATURE in the B.A. Degree Course (Credit Based Semester Scheme) at the undergraduate level under Autonomy will include a study of English Literature from the Medieval Age to the Modern Age, Indian Writings in English, American Literature, Commonwealth Literature, Feminist and LGBTQ writings to provide exposure to world literatures. The students will also study English Grammar, Linguistics, Phonetics, and English Language Teaching.

OBJECTIVES  To expose students to the different Ages in which Literatures in English fall, the history and representative genre therein to build an understanding of what is Literature and its relevance in Life.  To expose them to World Literatures.  To enable students to read, interpret and evaluate texts through the study of literature in English.  To develop an understanding of literary meanings and understand the same in context.  To be able to relate to deeper themes and aspects of literature and relate to it as an art.  To enable students to recognise and appreciate the ways in which writers use the language to achieve a range of effects.  To be able to present an informative and personal response to the matter under study.  To enhance students‘ language skills  To improve students‘ writing and reading skills.  To introduce areas related to the field.  To encourage the exploration of wider and universal issues  To promote better understanding of themselves and of the world around.  To develop students‘ capacity to improve their critical and creative capabilities/faculties.  To sensitise the student community.  To enable progression and structure the course to be relevant to time and the need of the society and environment.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:  Equipped with fair knowledge of Literature in English and Literary Theory.  Equipped with fair knowledge of Linguistics, Phonetics and ELT.  Enhanced reading, writing and listening skills.  Ability to critically analyse and appreciate literary works.  Possess the necessary knowledge base and skills for higher education and career options.  Motivated to think and work independently.  Sensitive and humane in thought and approach towards life and people.

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:  Social History of the ages, genres, and literatures  Critical concepts relevant to the genre of study in the semester  The different genre of each age, the prominent texts.  The different areas of study needed for the future prospects (Literature, Language, Linguistics, Phonetics, ELT)

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE: Teaching, Journalism, Administrative Services, Law, Editing, Translation, Creative Writing Content Management Vision of the Department of English: Excel We Will Mission of the Department of English: Towards a More Humane and Aware Self Faculty Objective: To respond to the needs of the society in building a competent and sensitive youth force Learner Objective: To work towards betterment of self and peers so as to make progress purposeful and goal-oriented. Academic Programme and Scheme of Examination are given in detail in the following pages along with Summary Charts showing the semester-wise distribution of Academic content, and Teaching work-load.

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English Literature SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-20

English Literature English Literature B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 I Semester- Paper I II Semester- Paper II Anglo-Saxon to Elizabethan- ENO 191 Puritan to Victorian- ENO 192

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120 Marks)

Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Theory (Self Study) Cultural Theory (Self Study) 1. ―What is Literature‖ (Terry Eagleton) 1. Structuralism 2. ―The Rise of English‖ (Terry Eagleton) 2. Post- structuralism 3. Theory Before Theory- Liberal 3. Deconstruction Humanism.(Peter Barry) Unit 2- Canterbury Tales Unit 2—Essays 1. Wife of Bath‘s Tale Jonathan Swift: A Modest Proposal (Satire) 2. Knight‘s Tale Addison- Spectator 419 [The Fairy Way of 3. Pardoner‘s Tale Writing.]

Samuel Johnson: The Decay of Friendship Unit 3-Poetry Unit3-Poetry 1. Old Ballads: Sir Patrick Spens Milton: On his Blindness 2. Anglo Saxon poetry: Battle of Malden Donne: The Canonization, 3. Surrey : A Satire Against the Citizens of Herrick: ―To The Virgin, to Make Much of London Time‖ 4. Sir Philip Sidney - Astrophel and Stella- Having this day My Horse/ Loving in Truth and fain. Herbert: The Collar Sonnets from Shakespeare: Andrew Marvell: To His Coy Mistress 5. 18-Shall I Compare Thee to a Summer's Day? Pope: Rape of the Lock (1 -3 Cantos) 6. 133 - Beshrew that heart that makes my heart to William Blake: Tyger and The Lamb groan William Wordsworth: Tintern Abbey 7. 154-the Little love- god lying once asleep Samuel Taylor Coleridge: Kubla Khan John Keats: Ode on a Grecian Urn

Unit 4-Drama Unit 4- Novel 1. Merchant of Venice- William Shakespeare Pride and Prejudice: Jane Austen

English Literature English Literature B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 III Semester- Paper III: ENO 193 IV Semester- Paper IV: ENO 194 Modern Age- European and American literature Feminist and LGBTQ Writings Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks)

Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory: (Self Study) Theory : (Self Study) 1. Post Modernism 1. Feminist Criticism 2. Psychoanalytic Criticism 2. Lesbian/ Gay Criticism Unit 2- Tennessee Williams: The Glass Menagerie. Unit 2- Feminist Writings 1. ―A Serious Proposal to the Ladies, for the Advancement of Their True and Greatest Interest‖-Mary Astell (1694) 2. ―The Adventure of the Black Lady‖- Aphra Behn (1697) 3. ―A Vindication of the Rights of Woman‖- Mary Wollstonecraft (1791 4. "The Position of Women in the Socialist Movement", Dora Montefiore (1909 5. "The Feminisation of Society"- Yoko Ono (1972) 6. ―In All Ways a Woman‖- Maya Angelou- Unit 3-Poetry Unit 3-Poetry 1. Robert Frost- A Brook in the City/ Stopping by 1. Meena Kandasamy - Ms Militancy / A the woods Cunning Stunt 2. Yeats- Second Coming 2. Aditi Rao : Notes to Self/ Letter to a 3. Auden- Musee des Beaux arts Kashmiri Friend 4. Eliot- Love Song of Prufrock 3. Kamala Das- Introduction/ The Old 5. Ted Hughes- Hawk Roosting Playhouse 6. Edgar Allan Poe- A Dream Within a Dream 4. Warsan Shire- The Ugly Daughter/ What 7. Pablo Neruda- Tonight I Can Write the Saddest We Have Lines 5. Elizabeth Alexander- Crash/ Blues 8. Rupert Brooks: The Soldier/ The Dead 6. Maya Angelou- Caged Bird/ A Brave and 9. Flora Hendricks: Death that Need not Have Startling Truth Been 7. Gwendolyn Brooks- Mother/ Kitchenette Building Unit 4- Novel Unit 4 Novel- Alice Walker- The Color Purple Autobiography-Anne Frank‘s Diary And

English Literature English Literature B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 V Semester- Paper V: ENO 195.1- Marxist, Post V Semester- Paper VI- ENO 195.2 Modern Colonial and Dalit Writings Grammar and Phonetics Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Unit 1- Phonetics Theory: (Self Study) Classification of Vowels 1. Marxist Criticism Classification of Consonants 2. New Historicism and Cultural Materialism International Phonetic Association (IPA) 3. Post Colonial Criticism Phonemic Transcription(List of 200 words given) Unit 2 – Mahesh Dattani- Dance Like a Man Unit 2- Morphology: The study of the structure of words and Tree Diagrams (Affixes) Unit 3-Poetry Unit 3- Syntax- Theory Savithri Bhai Phule- Go, Get Education/ Rise to Learn Practice: Identification of elements and and Act Classification Noun phrase, verb phrase, Kaifi Azmi- House/ Daayra (Circle) adverbial phrase Faiz Ahmad Faiz- A Few Days More Langston Hughes- Dream Deferred/ The Negro Speaks of Rivers Bijay Kant Dubey- The Dark Daughter Jayantha Mahapatra- Hunger/ rain of Rites/ Grey haze Over the Ricefields Unit 4-Novel Unit 4 - Usage Issues in Modern English Chinua Achebe: Things Fall apart Grammar (punctuation, usage problems, subject verb agreement, auxiliaries, adjective and adverbs confusion, spelling) Transformation of sentences

English Literature English Literature B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 B.A. Degree Course 2019-20 VI Semester- Paper VII : 196.1 VI Semester Eco Criticism and Children’s Writing Linguistics and English Language Teaching Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Unit I-Basics of English Language Teaching Theory: (Self Study) Brief History of English Language Teaching Innovations in 19th century,

1. Ecocriticism The Changing World of English, 2. Theory After Theory English as a Global Language , English as a Second Language (Indian context) Unit 2- Tales From Bygone Times Unit 2- Introduction to Language

1. Biblical Stories: David and Goliath/ Tower of What is Linguistics? Babel 2. Hitopadesha Tales: Elephant and Jackal/ Old Aspects, Levels & Branches of Linguistics Tiger and The Greedy Traveller 3. Panchatantra Tales: The Turtle That Fell Off Animal Communication and Human Language The Stick 4. Chinese Tales: Tale of Hua Mulan/ The Varieties of Language Emperor‘s New Clothe/ The Empty Pot Language in Contact and Language Change 5. Russian Tales: The Story of King Frost/ the story of King Kajota Unit 3-Poetry Unit 3- Robert Bly- The Great Society/ A month of Happiness -Teachers and Learners Galway Kinnell- Blackberry Eating/ Day Break -Role of a Teacher Alicia Ostriker- Thirsting/ -Classroom Management Ishmael Reed- Dialogue Outside the Lakeside Grocery / -Managing Learners Chattanooga -Learner Autonomy D Nurkse- A Night in Brooklyn/ -Role of a Learner Marilyn Nelson- Ostrich and Lark/ Green-thumb Boy -Methods of Teaching; Nina Tassi- Antarctic Visions -how to begin, mediate, end, test, evaluate, creativity, innovation (Lesson Plan)

Unit 4-Novel Unit 4-Practice Teaching 1. The Vampire Boy by Sharanya Deepak A poem and prose for Teaching 2. Strange As This Weather Has Been by Ann Lesson Plan and its place in teaching Pancake Components of a lesson plan

A Prototype of lesson plan (practice- student individual lesson plan) Practice Teaching (Teachers Diary) Self Evaluation Report and peer evaluation Report Note: The study of literary texts and evaluation will take the social background of the text into Consideration.

Revised Syllabus- 2019-20

English Literature SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (Common for Semesters I, II, III & IV)

Total Marks 120 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours I Semester to IV Semester - Paper I to Paper IV Section A I. Answer TEN questions in not more than three sentences each 10 x 2 = 20 (The students are required to answer all the questions, no choice). FOUR questions from Unit 1, TWO questions each from Unit 2, 3, and 4. Section B II. Answer any FOUR questions in a paragraph of about 150 words each 4 x 5 = 20 ONE question from each unit and ONE extra from Unit 1.

Section C- (with or without Sub-divisions) III. Answer any Three in about 200 words each: 3 x 10 = 30 FOUR questions, one from Unit 1, TWO from Unit 2 and one from Unit 4 (Unit 4-short note, character sketch, textual questions)

IV. Answer the following in about 200 words: 1 x 10 = 10 Read the following text and write a critical analysis of the same in about 200 words. (Representative excerpt from a prescribed poem to be given without any choice)

V. Answer any Two in about 400 words each: 2 x 20 =40 (The students are required to answer Two questions out of Three; One question from either Unit 1 or 2 and ONE question each from Unit 3 and Unit 4).

Note: The study of literary texts and evaluation (question bank) will take the social background of the text into Consideration.

Revised Syllabus- 2019-20 English Literature SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Total Marks 120 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours Semester V – Paper V and Semester VI – Paper VII Section A I. Answer TEN questions in not more than three sentences each 10x2=20 (The students are required to answer all the questions, no choice). Three questions each from Unit 1 and Unit 2, TWO questions each from Unit 3 And Unit 4.

Section B II. Answer any FOUR questions in a paragraph of about 150 words each 4x5=20 ONE question from each unit and one extra from Unit 2.

Section C- (with or without Sub-divisions) III. Answer any Three in about 200 words each: 3x10=30 (FOUR questions, one from Unit 1, TWO from Unit 2 and ONE from Unit 4) (Unit 4-short note, character sketch, textual questions)

IV. Answer the following in about 200 words each: 1x10=10 1. Read the following text and write a critical analysis of the same in about 200 words. (Representative excerpt from a prescribed poem to be given without any choice)

V. Answer any Two in about 400 words each: 2 x 20 =40 (The students are required to answer 2 questions out of three, ONE question from either Unit 1 or 2 and ONE question each from Unit 3 and Unit 4).

Revised Syllabus- 2019-20 English Literature SCHEME OF EXAMINATION V Semester – Paper VI Modern Grammar and Phonetics Total Marks 120 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours

Section A I. Answer TEN questions in not more than three sentences each 10x2=20 (The students are required to answer all the questions, no choice). Three questions each from Unit 1 and Unit 2 / Two questions each from Unit 3 And Unit 4.

Section B II. Answer any FOUR questions in a paragraph of about 150 words each 4x5=20 One question from each unit and one extra from Unit 1.

Section C- (with or without Sub-divisions) III. Answer any Four in about 200 words each: 4x10=40 (Five questions, one from each unit will be asked and one extra question from Unit I) IV. Draw Tree Diagrams (any TWO) 02x10=20 V. Rewrite the following words into orthography : 20x1/2=10 VI. Transcribe the following words using phonemic transcription 10x1=10

Revised Syllabus- 2019-20 English Literature SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Total Marks 120 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours Semester VI – Paper VIII Linguistics and English Language Teaching Section A I. Answer TEN questions in not more than three sentences each 10x2=20 (The students are required to answer all the questions, no choice). THREE questions each from Unit 1 and Unit 2 / TWO questions each from Unit 3 And Unit 4.

Section B II. Answer any FOUR questions in a paragraph of about 150 words each 4x5=20 ONE question from each unit and one extra from Unit 2.

Section C- (with or without Sub-divisions) III. Answer any Four in about 200 words each: 3x10=30 (Four questions, one from each unit) Change marks

IV. Read the given passage and design tasks on the passage for Pre-University students according to the instructions given below: Divide marks for each task: 10 marks Reading/ writing/ speaking/ comprehension questions etc.

V. Write a lesson plan for the following: 2x 20 =40 TWO theory questions out of three 2x10=20 ONE lesson plan prose or poem choice 1x20=20 (The students are required to respond to a poem and a prose passage) A list of poems and prose passages will be supplied in the question bank for class work. In the question paper a short poem and a passage will be given.

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 191 I Semester - Paper I Anglo-Saxon to Elizabethan Age

Unit I 15 hours Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory (Self Study) 1. ―What is Literature‖ (Terry Eagleton) 2. ―The Rise of English‖ (Terry Eagleton) 3. Theory Before Theory- Liberal Humanism.(Peter Barry)

Unit II 15 hours Canterbury Tales 1. Wife of Bath‘s Tale 2. Knight‘s Tale 3. Pardoner‘s Tale

Unit III 25 hours Poetry 1. Old Ballads: Sir Patrick Spens 2. Anglo Saxon poetry: Battle of Malden 3. Surrey : A Satire Against the Citizens of London 4. Sir Philip Sidney - Astrophel and Stella- Having this day My Horse/ Loving in Truth and fain. Sonnets from Shakespeare: 5. 18-Shall I Compare Thee to a Summer's Day? 6. 133 - Beshrew that heart that makes my heart to groan 7. 154-the Little love- god lying once asleep

Unit IV 25 hours Drama Merchant of Venice- William Shakespeare [[[ References:  Barry, Peter: THEORY- An Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory, 3rd Edition: New Delhi, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.  Eagleton, Terry: LITERARY THEORY- An Introduction, 2nd Edition: New Delhi, Maya Blackwell Doaba Publications  Albert, Edward: History of English Literature, Revised by J. A. Stone, 5th Edition: New Delhi, Oxford Press, 1979.  A E Byson., Gen.Edt. Case Book Series., Macmillan., London., 1972.  Bate John and Jackson Walter (editor), Collection of Critical Essays (Twentieth Century Views Series), Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4th Printing edition (1964)  Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966.  Evans, Ifor: A Short History of English Literature, England, Penguin Books,  1976.

 Hudson, William H.: An Introduction to the Study of Literature. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 1989. (Text)  Legouis, Emile: A Short History of English Literature, Oxford, Clarendon Press,  1976.  Rees, R. J.: An Introduction for Foreign Readers, Macmillan, 1979.  Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)

 William K. Wimsatt, Jr. and Cleanth Brooks. New York: A. A. Knopf,. 1957.  http://users.compaqnet.be/cn127848/obev/obev093.html  http://www.canteburytales.org  www.poemhunter.com/poem/  www.weblens.org/scholar.html

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 192 II Semester- Paper II Puritan to Victorian Age

Unit 1 15 hours Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory (Self Study) 1. Structuralism 2. Post- structuralism 3. Deconstruction Unit II 15 hours Essays Jonathan Swift: A Modest Proposal (Satire) Addison- Spectator 419 [The Fairy Way of Writing.] Samuel Johnson: The Decay of Friendship

Unit III 25 hours

Poetry Milton: On his Blindness Donne: The Canonization, Herrick: ―To The Virgin, to Make Much of Time‖ Herbert: The Collar Andrew Marvell: To His Coy Mistress Pope: Rape of the Lock (1 -3 Cantos) William Blake: Tyger and The Lamb William Wordsworth: Tintern Abbey Samuel Taylor Coleridge: Kubla Khan John Keats: Ode on a Grecian Urn Unit IV- Novel 25 hours Pride and Prejudice: Jane Austen

Note: The works of the authors other than the prescribed selections shall be provided for study under project work and presentations

References:  Barry, Peter: THEORY- An Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory, 3rd Edition: New Delhi, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.  Eagleton, Terry: LITERARY THEORY- An Introduction, 2nd Edition: New Delhi, Maya Blackwell Doaba Publications  Albert, Edward: History of English Literature, Revised by J. A. Stone, 5th Edition: New Delhi, Oxford Press, 1979.  A E Byson., Gen.Edt. Case Book Series., Macmillan., London., 1972.  Basappa G., Literary Criticism., Vijaya Book Depot., Gadag., 1971..

 Bate John and Jackson Walter (editor), Collection of Critical Essays (Twentieth Century Views Series), Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4th Printing edition (1964)  BOWRA. C. M: Romantic Imagination, London: Geoffrey Cumberlege,. Oxford University Press. 1950.  Daiches, David: A Critical History of English Literature, Vol. I: New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1969.  Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966.  Evans, Ifor: A Short History of English Literature, England, Penguin Books,  1976.  Hudson, William H.: An Introduction to the Study of Literature. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 1989. (Text)  Legouis, Emile: A Short History of English Literature, Oxford, Clarendon Press,  1976.  Rees, R. J.: An Introduction for Foreign Readers, Macmillan, 1979.  Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)  William K. Wimsatt, Jr. and Cleanth Brooks. New York: A. A. Knopf,. 1957.  http://users.compaqnet.be/cn127848/obev/obev093.html  http://www.canteburytales.org  www.poemhunter.com/poem/  www.weblens.org/scholar.html

Subject Title: English Literature

[For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 193 III Semester- Paper III Modern Age- European and American literature

Unit 1-Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory 15 hours 1. Post Modernism 2. Psychoanalytic Criticism

Unit 2- Drama 15 hours Tennessee Williams: The Glass Menagerie Unit 3-Poetry 25 hours 1. Robert Frost- A Brook in the City/ Stopping by the woods 2. Yeats- Second Coming 3. Auden- Musee des Beaux arts 4. Eliot- Love Song of Prufrock 5. Ted Hughes- Hawk Roosting 6. Edgar Allan Poe- A Dream Within a Dream 7. Pablo Neruda- Tonight I Can Write the Saddest Lines 8. Rupert Brooks: The Soldier/ The Dead 9. Flora Hendricks: Death That Need Not Have Been

Unit 4- Novel Autobiography-Anne Frank‘s Diary

Note: The works of the authors other than the prescribed selections shall be provided for study under project work and presentations References:  Barry, Peter: THEORY- An Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory, 3rd Edition: New Delhi, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.  Eagleton, Terry: LITERARY THEORY- An Introduction, 2nd Edition: New Delhi, Maya Blackwell Doaba Publications  Albert, Edward: History of English Literature, Revised by J. A. Stone, 5th Edition: New Delhi, Oxford Press, 1979.  A E Byson., Gen.Edt. Case Book Series., Macmillan., London., 1972.  Basappa G., Literary Criticism., Vijaya Book Depot., Gadag., 1971..  Bate John and Jackson Walter (editor), Collection of Critical Essays (Twentieth Century Views Series), Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4th Printing edition (1964)  BOWRA. C. M: Romantic Imagination, London: Geoffrey Cumberlege,. Oxford University Press. 1950.  Daiches, David: A Critical History of English Literature, Vol. I: New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1969.

 Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966.  Evans, Ifor: A Short History of English Literature, England, Penguin Books, 1976.  Hudson, William H.: An Introduction to the Study of Literature. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 1989. (Text)  Legouis, Emile: A Short History of English Literature, Oxford, Clarendon Press,  1976.  Rees, R. J.: An Introduction for Foreign Readers, Macmillan, 1979.  Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)  William K. Wimsatt, Jr. and Cleanth Brooks. New York: A. A. Knopf,. 1957.  http://users.compaqnet.be/cn127848/obev/obev093.html  www.poemhunter.com/poem/  www.weblens.org/scholar.html

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 194 IV Semester- Paper IV Feminist and LGBTQ Writings Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory 15 hours 1. Feminist Criticism 2. Lesbian/ Gay Criticism

Unit 2- Feminist Writings 15 hours 1. ―A Serious Proposal to the Ladies, for the Advancement of Their True and Greatest Interest‖- Mary Astell (1694) 2. ―The Adventure of the Black Lady‖- Aphra Behn (1697) 3. ―A Vindication of the Rights of Woman‖- Mary Wollstonecraft (1791 4. "The Position of Women in the Socialist Movement"- Dora Montefiore (1909 5. "The Feminization of Society"- Yoko Ono (1972) 6. ―In All Ways a Woman‖- Maya Angelou

Unit 3-Poetry 25 hours 1. Meena Kandasamy - Ms Militancy / A Cunning Stunt 2. Aditi Rao : Notes to Self/ Letter to a Kashmiri Friend 3. Kamala Das- Introduction/ The Old Playhouse 4. Warsan Shire- The Ugly Daughter/ What We Have 5. Elizabeth Alexander- Crash/ Blues 6. Maya Angelou- Caged Bird/ A Brave and Startling Truth 7. Gwendolyn Brooks- Mother/ Kitchenette Building

Unit 4 Novel- Alice Walker- The Color Purple. 25 hours

Note: The works of the authors other than the prescribed selections shall be provided for study under project work and presentations

References  Barry, Peter: THEORY- An Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory, 3rd Edition: New Delhi, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.  Eagleton, Terry: LITERARY THEORY- An Introduction, 2nd Edition: New Delhi, Maya Blackwell Doaba Publications  Albert, Edward: History of English Literature, Revised by J. A. Stone, 5th Edition: New Delhi, Oxford Press, 1979.  A E Byson., Gen.Edt. Case Book Series., Macmillan., London., 1972.  Basappa G., Literary Criticism., Vijaya Book Depot., Gadag., 1971..  Bate John and Jackson Walter (editor), Collection of Critical Essays (Twentieth Century Views Series), Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4th Printing edition (1964)  BOWRA. C. M: Romantic Imagination, London: Geoffrey Cumberlege,. Oxford University Press. 1950.

 Daiches, David: A Critical History of English Literature, Vol. I: New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1969.  Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966.  Evans, Ifor: A Short History of English Literature, England, Penguin Books,  1976.  Hudson, William H.: An Introduction to the Study of Literature. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 1989. (Text)  Legouis, Emile: A Short History of English Literature, Oxford, Clarendon Press,  1976.  Rees, R. J.: An Introduction for Foreign Readers, Macmillan, 1979.  Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)  William K. Wimsatt, Jr. and Cleanth Brooks. New York: A. A. Knopf,. 1957.  http://users.compaqnet.be/cn127848/obev/obev093.html  www.poemhunter.com/poem/  www.weblens.org/scholar.html

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 195.1 V Semester- Paper V Marxist and Post Colonial Writings

Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory 15 hours 1. Marxist Criticism 2. New Historicism and Cultural Materialism 3. Post Colonial Criticism Unit 2 – Mahesh Dattani- Dance Like a Man 15 hours Unit 3-Poetry 20 hours Savithri Bhai Phule- Go, Get Education/ Rise to Learn and Act Kaifi Azmi- House/ Daayra (Circle) Faiz Ahmad Faiz- A Few Days More Langston Hughes- Dream Deferred/ The Negro Speaks of Rivers Bijay Kant Dubey- The Dark Daughter Jayantha Mahapatra- Hunger/ rain of Rites/ Grey haze Over the Ricefields Unit 4-Novel 20 hours Chinua Achebe: Things Fall apart

Note: The works of the authors other than the prescribed selections shall be provided for study under project work and presentations

References:  Albert, Edward: History of English Literature, Revised by J. A. Stone, 5th Edition: New Delhi, Oxford Press, 1979.  A E Byson., Gen.Edt. Case Book Series., Macmillan., London., 1972.  Basappa G., Literary Criticism., Vijaya Book Depot., Gadag., 1971..  Bate John and Jackson Walter (editor), Collection of Critical Essays (Twentieth Century Views Series), Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4th Printing edition (1964)  BOWRA. C. M: Romantic Imagination, London: Geoffrey Cumberlege,. Oxford University Press. 1950.  Daiches, David: A Critical History of English Literature, Vol. I: New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1969.  Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966.  Evans, Ifor: A Short History of English Literature, England, Penguin Books,  1976.  Hudson, William H.: An Introduction to the Study of Literature. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 1989. (Text)  Legouis, Emile: A Short History of English Literature, Oxford, Clarendon Press,  1976.  Rees, R. J.: An Introduction for Foreign Readers, Macmillan, 1979.  Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)  William K. Wimsatt, Jr. and Cleanth Brooks. New York: A. A. Knopf,. 1957.  http://users.compaqnet.be/cn127848/obev/obev093.html  www.poemhunter.com/poem/  www.weblens.org/scholar.html

ENO 195.2 Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] V Semester- Paper VI Modern Grammar and Phonetics Unit 1- 15 hours Phonetics Classification of Vowels Classification of Consonants International Phonetic Association (IPA) Phonemic Transcription (List of 200 words given) Unit 2- 15 hours Morphology: The study of the structure of words and Tree Diagrams Affixes. Unit 3- 20 hours Syntax- Theory Practice: Identification of elements and Classification of Noun phrase, Verb phrase, adverbial phrase Unit 4 - 20 hours Usage Issues in Modern English Grammar (punctuation, usage problems, subject verb agreement, auxiliaries, adjective and adverbs confusion, spelling) Transformation of sentences

Reference:  Abercrombie, D., Elements of General Phonetics, Edinburgh University Press, Edin  burgh, 1967.  Bloch. B & Trager. G.L., Outline of Linguistic Analysis, Baltimore, USA 1972.  Chomsky, Noam., Reflections on Language- Panthean Books, 1975.  Collins, Harper., Co-build Grammar- UK, 2011.  Crystal, David. Linguistics, Pelican, 1971.  Eastwood, John., Oxford Guide to English Grammar .,Oxford University Press., New  York 1994.  Gleason, H.A., An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics,  Holt, Tinehart and Winston,Hocket, Charles F.A, A course in Modern Linguistics, Macmillan 1963.  Jones, D., An Outline of English Phonetics , Heffnor & Sons Limited, Cambridge.  Malmberg, B., Phonetics, Dove Publicatuions, 1963.  Jones, Daniel, English Pronouncing Dictionary.  Lyons, John., Introduction to Language and linguistics., Published by Cambridge  University Press., 1981.  Lyons, John., Language and Linguistics, Cambridge University Press., 1981.  Robins, R.H., General Linguistics: An Introductory survey, Longman, 1964.  Ronald W. Langacker., Language and Its structure: Some Fundamental Linguistic  Concepts., Pub.. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. 1973.  Ronald and Langacker,. Language and its structure. Published by Harcourt Brace  Jovanovich., 1973.  Verma S.K., et al., Modern Linguistics- An Introduction, OUP, 2000.

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 196.1 VI Semester- Paper VII Children’s, Eco and Dalit Writings

Unit 1- Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory 15 hours 1. Ecocriticism 2. Theory After Theory Unit 2- Tales From Bygone Times 15 hours 1. Biblical Stories: David and Goliath/ Tower of Babel 2. Hitopadesha Tales: Elephant and Jackal/ Old Tiger and The Greedy Traveller 3. Panchatantra Tales: The Turtle That Fell Off The Stick 4. Chinese Tales: Tale of Hua Mulan/ The Emperor‘s New Clothe/ The Empty Pot 5. Russian Tales: The Story of King Frost/ the story of King Kajota Unit 3-Poetry 20 hours 1. Robert Bly- The Great Society/ A month of Happiness 2. Galway Kinnell- Blackberry Eating/ Day Break 3. Alicia Ostriker- Thirsting/ 4. Ishmael Reed- Dialogue Outside the Lakeside Grocery / Chattanooga 5. D Nurkse- A Night in Brooklyn/ 6. Marilyn Nelson- Ostrich and Lark/ Green-thumb Boy 7. Nina Tassi- Antarctic Visions Unit 4-Novel 20 hours 1. The Vampire Boy by Sharanya Deepak 2. Strange As This Weather Has Been by Ann Pancake

Note: The works of the authors other than the prescribed selections shall be provided for study under project work and presentations Reference: Agarwal,K.A. Indian English Fiction, Book Enclave,2008,Jaipur Aikant,Satish C, Critical Spectrum : Essays in Literary Culture,Pencraft International,2004, New Delhi Badal,R.K. Indo-Anglian Literature, Prakash Book,1975,Bareilly Budholia,O.P. Critical Essays on Indian English Literature,Book Enclave, 2003, Jaipur. C.D. Narasimhaiah, Makers of Indian English Literature;2003,Pencraft International, New Delhi C.D. Narasimhaiah, English Studies in India : Widening Horizons;2002,Pencraft International,New Delhi. Das, Vijay Kumar., Twentieth Century Literary Criticism., Atlantic., New York., 1966. Deshpande,G. An Anthology of Indo-English Poetry,Hindi Pocket Books,New Delhi Dwivedi, A.N. Papers on Indian Writing in English Vol I, Atlantic,2001,New Delhi Dwivedi, A.N. Papers on Indian Writing in English Vol II, Atlantic,2002,New Delhi Edwards. D. Justin., Postcolonial Literature- A readers guide to essential criticism., Chins., Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. Huxley,A. Indian Writing in English, Writer‘s Workshop,1973, New Delhi

Iyengar,Srinivasa,K.R., Indian Writing in English, Sterling; 1985,New Delhi Iyengar,Srinivasa,K.R., Indian Writing in English 14th Ed., Sterling,2004,New Delhi Krati,C.L.,Indian Literature in English, Book Enclave,2003,Jaipur Mukherjee,Meenakshi; The Twice Born Fiction: Themes and Techniques of the Indian Novel in English,Arnold Heinemann,1974,New Delhi Narasimhaiah C.D.Commonwealth Literature, Macmillan,1981,Madras.Nayar. K.Pramod. Postcolonial Literature- An Introduction., New Delhi., Pearson, 2011.Trivedi R. D: A Compendious History of English Literature, New Delhi, Sanjay Printers, 1976. (Text)Walsh,William,Commonwealth literature, 1973,London Williams, Hayddn Moore,Studies in Modern Indian Fiction in English Volume I, Writer‘s Workshop,1976, Wooden-15. Williams,H.M. Indo-Anglian Literature, Orient Longman, 1976, Bombay.

Subject Title: English Literature [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f 2019-20] ENO 196.2 VI Semester- Paper VIII Linguistics and English Language Teaching Theory (120Marks) Unit I-Basics of English Language Teaching 15 hours Brief History of English Language Teaching Innovations in 19th century, The Changing World of English, English as a Global Language , English as a Second Language (Indian context)

Unit 2- Introduction to Language 15 hours What is Linguistics? Aspects, Levels & Branches of Linguistics Animal Communication and Human Language Varieties of Language Language in Contact and Language Change Unit 3- -Teachers and Learners 20 hours -Role of a Teacher -Classroom Management -Managing Learners -Learner Autonomy -Role of a Learner -Methods of Teaching; -how to begin, mediate, end, test, evaluate, creativity, innovation (class plan) Unit 4-Practice Teaching 20 hours A poem and prose for Teaching Lesson plan and its place in teaching Components of a lesson plan A Prototype of lesson plan (practice- student individual lesson plan) Practice Teaching (Teachers Diary) Self Evaluation Report and peer evaluation Report

Reference:  Shankar,Prem. ,Teaching of English., A P H Publishing Corporation .,New Delhi .,2003  Mehdi, Baqer., Towards A Learning Society., Northern Book Centre.,New Delhi.,2003.  Grellet, Francoise., Developing Reading Skills., Cambridge University Press., India.,2007  Thatrappan,Sunney., Communicative English., Supply And Support System., Karnataka.,1995  Harmer,Jeremy., The Practice of English Language Teaching., Fourth Edition., Pearson Longman., China., 2007

CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A. and B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] PREAMBLE: Additional English is offered as First Language to those who do not opt for Hindi or Kannada. In the globalised scenario the place of English is not just as a language but as a tool for more than one function. The need thus is to understand the role of English and to provide and equip the youth with the necessary skills in order to prepare them to face the challenges in future be it in higher education or in the professional field. Objectives  To build communication skills through language  To build and develop written and spoken skills  To enable them with the necessary language skills for the vocation of their choice in future LEARNING OUTCOMES:  Advanced English Language Skill.  Proficient in reading, writing and listening.

Hrs Class Hrs Marks Internal Paper Title of the of Total Cre & Code of For Assess No. Paper Instruc Marks dits Semester Exam Exam ment Tion I B.A./BSW 1 ENG (A) Essays/short 4 03 80 20 100 02 I Semester 131 stories

I B.A./BSW 2 ENG (A) Poetry 4 03 80 20 100 02 II Semester 132 II B.A./BSW 3 ENG (A) Drama 4 03 80 20 100 02 III Semester 133 II B.A./BSW 4 ENG (A) Novel 4 03 80 20 100 02 IV Semester 134 TOTAL 4 16 08

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH ADDITIONAL ENGLISH SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-20

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH ADDITIONAL ENGLISH Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20 2019-20 I Semester- Paper I II Semester- Paper II Theory (80Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Essays Poetry 1. Work and Play – Herbert Read 1. Surrey-Compliant of the lover Rebuked 2. Three Days to See – Hellen Kellar 2. Shakespeare‘s Sonnets - Who Will 3. Letter to a Teacher – Nora Rossi and Tom Believe My Verse in Time to Come Lole 3. Donne - Batter My heart 4. Professions for Women – Virginia Woolf 4. Robert Frost Mending Wall 5. The Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde 5. John Keats- To Autumn 6. The Best Investment I ever made – A. J. 6. Upon Cromwell‘s Return from Ireland- Cronin Andrew Marvell 7. The Sparrows – K. A. Abbas 7. Peter Porter: Your Attention Please 8. The Monkeys Paw – W.W. Jacobs 8. Wole Soyinka:Telephone Conversation Composition: General Essays - 9. Toru Dutt Casuarina Tree argumentative & descriptive Composition: Speech (Introducing the chief Creative Writing: Story writing guest/ speech as a chief guest in a function) Creative Writing –poems

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH ADDITIONAL ENGLISH Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20 2019-20 III Semester- Paper III IV Semester- Paper IV Theory (80Marks) Theory (80Marks) One Act Plays Novel The King who Limped – Monica Thorne 1. Tennessee Williams- A Streetcar Named 1. Post Early for Christmas – R.H. Wood Desire 2. The Little Man – John Galsworthy Composition: Report writing of situations, 3. Night Watchers – Allan Markhouse programmes and incidences Composition: Letter writing (formal and Creative Writing: Story writing informal) Through Cartoons. Creative Writing: Dialogue Writing (with a story line)

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] Point to take note of: Grammar and Competency in usage and style of Language to be considered during paper valuation. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (I sem to IV sem) Total Marks 80 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours SECTION- A I. Answer the following questions in not more than THREE sentences each: 10x2=20 (Ten questions shall be given- no choice) SECTION- B II. Answer any FOUR in about 100 words each: 4x5=20  Questions 1 and 2: Reference to context of lines extracted from the text. 01 mark for recognising the text and the characters involved, 01 mark to recognise the context/situation, 03 marks for explanation/significance.  Questions 3, 4 and 5: short notes and textual questions related to characters, episodes etc.

SECTION- C IV. Answer any TWO of the following in 300 words each: 2x10=20 (Three questions given and two to be answered) questions shall test their critical and overall understanding of the text

V (A). Composition: 1x10=10 (semesters I/II/IV)Or 2x5=10 (semester III- letter writing)

V (B). Creative writing exercise: 1x10=10

************************************************************

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] ENG(A) 131 I Semester- Paper I Essays Unit I 30 hours Essays 1. Work and Play – Herbert Read 2. Three Days to See – Hellen Kellar 3. Letter to a Teacher – Nora Rossi and Tom Lole 4. Professions for Women – Virginia Woolf 5. The Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde 6. The Best Investment I ever made – A. J. Cronin 7. The Sparrows – K. A. Abbas 8. The Monkeys Paw – W.W. Jacobs

Unit II 18 hours Creative Writing: Story writing by seeing a picture

Composition: General Essays - argumentative & descriptive

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] ENG(A) 132/1 II Semester- Paper II Poetry Unit I 30 hours Poetry 1. Surrey- Compliant of the lover Rebuked 2. Shakespeare‘s Sonnets - Who Will Believe My Verse in Time to Come 3. Donne - Batter My heart 4. Robert Frost Mending Wall 5. John Keats- To Autumn 6. Upon Cromwell‘s Return from Ireland- Andrew Marvell 7. Peter Porter: Your Attention Please 8. Wole Soyinka : Telephone Conversation 9. Toru Dutt Casuarina Tree

Unit II 18 hours Composition: Speech (Introducing the chief guest/ speech as a chief guest in a function)

Creative Writing –poems

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] ENG(A) 133/1 III Semester- Paper III Unit I 30 hours One Act Plays 1. The King who Limped – Monica Thorne 2. Post Early for Christmas – R.H. Wood 3. The Little Man – John Galsworthy 4. Night Watchers – Allan Markhouse

Unit II 18 hours Composition: Letter writing (formal and informal)

Creative Writing: Dialogue Writing (with a story line)

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH [Common for B.A/B.S.W Degree Courses 2019-20] ENG(A) 134/1 IV Semester- Paper IV Novel

1. Tennessee Williams- A Streetcar Named Desire

Unit II 18 hours Composition: Report writing of situations, programmes and incidences

Creative Writing: Story writing through Cartoons.

CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS

Subject Title: ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] INTRODUCTION: The Language proficiency is unique to each individual; it is determined by the individual‘s exposure and experience with that language. When it comes to English Language, in the Indian context, it is not always the medium of instruction in the Primary and Secondary Level Education. This aspect is crucial in determining the language competencies be it the State Language or English Language.

Over the years the experience of English Language teachers has been the gap that exists in the English Language competency level of students. The effort has been to bridge this gap through various courses and tutorials for those with inadequate competencies.

At the syllabus and teaching methodology level, a middle path has been the norm. This results in a stagnation and lack of motivation and growth in those whose language competencies are better or good. With the flexibility that autonomous status grants in the drafting of the syllabus as well as the examination system, a system of teaching and testing is drafted so as to benefit the competency levels of both sets of students. The aim is to facilitate upward growth without losing the essence of the teaching programme. Towards fulfillment of this aim the students of B.A. and B.S.W. are administered a test and special competency development programmes are conducted for those requiring it in the first two semesters.

PREAMBLE:

In the globalised scenario the place of English is not just as a language but as a tool for more than one function. The need thus is to understand the role of English and to provide and equip the youth with the necessary skills in order to prepare them to face the challenges in future be it in higher education or in the professional field.

Objectives

 To build communication skills through language  To build and develop written and spoken skills  To enable them with the necessary language skills for the vocation of their choice in future  To interface technology to enable students to fulfill industry needs  To enhance their language skills to prepare them for higher education

LEARNING OUTCOMES:

 Enhanced English Language Skill.  Competent in reading, writing and listening.  Ready for advancement in competency and skill in English Language.

Class Title of Hrs Hrs Marks Internal Paper Total & Code the of of For Assessmen Credits No. Marks Semester Paper Instruction Exam Exam t I B.A. 1 ELBA Stories 4 03 80 20 100 2 and I Semester 101 Speeches

I B.A 2 ELBA Poems 4 03 80 20 100 2 and II 102 Essays Semester

II B.A 3 ELBA Drama 4 03 80 20 100 2

III 103 Semester

II B.A 4 ELBA Novel 4 03 80 20 100 2

IV 104 Semester

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade – [3 rd Cycle] CREDIT-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-20 ENGLISH LANGUAGE ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] I Semester- Paper I II Semester- Paper II Theory (80Marks) Theory (80 Marks)

Unit I: Short Stories Unit I: Poetry 1. Hunts men- 1. Love came to Flora asking for Flower : 2. Ava Observatory Torudutt Speeches 2. The Patriot by NissimEzeikal 3. DR. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam 's Speech in 3. The River by AK Ramanujam Hyderabad 4. The Bhil woman tasted them, plum by 4. Mother Theresa Mirabai= Pg 93 Unit II- Grammar 5. Kabir : dariyd kl lahar dariyaohaijl waves Adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition. and ocean Essays 6. An Unknown Man from Chennai Unit III- Usage 7. The Cloud and The Sand Dune sentence construction out of five words given. 8. Democratic Lawyering – Indira Jaising Unit II -Grammar Unit IV- Writing Skills Conjunctions, active voice, passive a. Story writing. voice, direct to indirect, correction of b. letter writing- leave note, request, letter grammatical error in a sentence- English to an editor, Complaint letter, Grammar by Albert Hornby Internals: Oral Exercise- story reading/ News Unit III-Usage para jumble reading Unit IV- Writing Skills a. Essay writing. b. Note making. (diagram) Internals: Reciting/ pick and speak

ENGLISH LANGUAGE ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] III Semester- Paper III IV Semester- Paper IV Theory (80Marks) Theory (80Marks)

Unit I: Drama Unit I: Novel

K.V. Puttappa White Tiger By Arvind Adiga

Kurukshetra- The Graveyard Unit II-Grammar

Unit II-Grammar Transformation using the right verb- English Grammar by Albert Hornby. modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, Wh‘ questions- English Grammar by Albert Hornby . Unit III-Usages

correction of verb form in the given sentences. Verbalise correctly. Unit III-Usage Unit IV-Writing Skills sentence construction by using idioms and phrases (usage). a. covering letter and resume with bio-data,

Unit IV-Writing Skills memo and writing of minutes of a meeting a.Dialogue writing Internals: Speaking skills: Speeches/M.C b. Report Writing- interpretation of graphs.

Internals: Dialogue with a theme.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (I sem to IV sem) Point to take note of: Grammar and Competency in usage and style of Language to be considered during paper valuation.

Total Marks 80 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours

SECTION- A

I. Answer the following questions in not more than THREE sentences each: 10x2=20 (ten questions shall be given- no choice-) Five from speeches, five from short stories: I Sem Five from poetry and five from Essays: II sem Ten questions from the text under study: III and IV sem SECTION- B

II. Answer any Four From the following: 4x5=20

Question1 and question 2: Read the selection given from the text and respond with reference to context:

(One from Unit 1 and 2): One mark for recognising the text and the characters involved, one mark to recognise the context/situation, Three marks for explanation and significance of the selection to the text. Referrence to context, Question 1 (speeches) and question 2 (short stories): I Sem Referrence to context, Question 1 (poetry)/ Question 2 (Essays): II Sem Referrence to context, Question 1 &Question 2 from the text under study : III & IV Sem Questions 3. to 5. Paragraph questions from Unit I (speeches) and (short stories): I Sem (poetry) and (Essays): II Sem Three questions from the given texts: III and IV Sem All the questions shall test their knowledge of the text- character sketch, episodes and incidences from the text, any other textual questions may be asked. SECTION- C

IV. Answer any TWO of the following in 300 words each: 2x10=20

Question 1 (speeches) and question 2 (short stories): I Sem Question 1 (poetry)/ Question 2 (Essays): II Sem TWO questions from the given texts, two to be answered out of Three : III and IV Sem

(All three questions out of which they answer two) questions shall test their critical and overall understanding of the text- themes, compare and contrast characters.

V. i. Rewrite as directed: (Grammar- 05 and usage-05 marks) 10x1=10

a) I Sem: 1 mark each for adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition (grammar). 5 marks for sentence construction out of five words given. (usage)

b) II Sem : 1 mark each for conjunctions, active voice, passive voice, direct to indirect, correction of grammatical error in a sentence. (grammar) 5 marks for para jumble (Usage)

c) III Sem: 1 mark each for modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, and 2 marks for ‗Wh‘ questions. (grammar). 5 Marks for sentence construction by using idioms and phrases (usage).

d) IV Sem: 1 mark each for Transformation of five sentences using the right verb. 5 marks for correction of verb form in the given sentences.

V. ii. Composition or Creative Writing : 1x10=10 or 2x5=10

I Sem: a. Story writing. (5 marks)

b. letter writing- leave note, request, letter to an editor,

Complaint letter, (5 marks).

II Sem: a. Essay writing. (5 marks)

b. Note making. (diagram) (5 marks)

III Sem: a. Dialogue writing (5 marks)

b. Report Writing- interpretation of graphs. (5 marks)

IV Sem: a. covering letter and resume with bio-data,

memo and writing of minutes of a meeting (5+5 marks)

*********************************************************************

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] ELBA 102 I Semester- Paper I Short Stories and speeches Unit I 25 hours Short Stories 1. Hunts men- 2. Ava Observatory Speeches

3. DR. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam 's Speech in Hyderabad 4. Mother Theresa Unit II- Grammar 08 hours

Adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition English Grammar by Albert Hornby.

Unit III- Usage 05 hours

sentence construction out of five words given.

Unit IV- Writing Skills 10 hours

a. Story writing.

b. letter writing- leave note, request, letter to an editor, Complaint letter,

Internals: Oral Exercise- story reading/ News reading

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] ELBA 102 II Semester- Paper II Poems and Essays Unit I 25 hours Poems

1. Love came to Flora asking for Flower : Torudutt 2. The Patriot by NissimEzeikal 3. The River by AK Ramanujam 4. The Bhil woman tasted them, plum by Mirabai= Pg 93 5. Kabir : dariyd kl lahar dariyaohaijl waves and ocean a. Essays 6. An Unknown Man from Chennai 7. The Cloud and The Sand Dune 8. Democratic Lawyering – Indira Jaising

Unit II- Grammar 08 hours

Adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition (grammar).

Unit III- Usage 05 hours

sentence construction out of five words given. (usage)

Unit IV- Writing Skills 10 hours a. Story writing. b. letter writing- leave note, request, letter to an editor, Complaint letter. Internals: Reciting/ pick and speak Reference:

Albert S Hornby: A guide to Patterns and Usage in English, U.K., Oxford University Press, 1975. Blundell Jr and Middle Miss: Functions of English NMG. Jones. Leo: Cambridge Advanced English, New Delhi, Cambridge UP, 1998. Leech Geoffrey N: Meaning and the English Verb, England, Longman, 1985. Murphy, Raymond: Intermediate English Grammar, New Delhi, Cambridge (UP), 1994. Tickoo and Jaya Sasikumar: Writing With a Purpose, Madras, Oxford U P, 1980. Tickoo and Gunasekhar Paul: Reading for Meaning (A course in Reading Skills) S. Chand and Company Pvt Ltd. New Delhi.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] ELBA 103 III Semester- Paper III Drama Unit I 25 hours K.V. Puttappa Kurukshetra- The Graveyard

Unit II-Grammar 10hours modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, Wh‘ questions.

Unit III-Usage 05 hours sentence construction by using idioms and phrases (usage).

Unit IV-Writing Skills 10 hours a. Dialogue writing b. Report Writing- interpretation of graphs. Internals: Dialogue with a theme.

Reference:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.A. Degree Courses 2019-20] ELBA 104 IV Semester- Paper IV Novel

Unit I- Novel 25 hours White Tiger By Arvind Adiga

Unit II-Grammar 10 hours Transformation using the right verb.

Unit III-Usages 05 hours correction of verb form in the given sentences. Verbalise correctly

Unit IV-Writing Skills 10 hours a. covering letter and resume with bio-data, memo and writing of minutes of a meeting. Internals: Speaking skills: Speeches/M.C

Reference:

Albert S Hornby: A guide to Patterns and Usage in English, U.K., Oxford University Press, 1975.

Blundell Jr and Middle Miss: Functions of English NMG.

Jones. Leo: Cambridge Advanced English, New Delhi, Cambridge UP, 1998.

Leech Geoffrey N: Meaning and the English Verb, England, Longman, 1985.

Murphy, Raymond: Intermediate English Grammar, New Delhi, Cambridge (UP), 1994. Tickoo and Jaya Sasikumar: Writing With a Purpose, Madras, Oxford U P, 1980.

Tickoo and Gunasekhar Paul: Reading for Meaning (A course in Reading Skills) S. Chand and Company Pvt Ltd. New Delhi.

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade – (3rd Cycle)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.S.W. Degree Courses 2019-20] PREAMBLE: In the globalised scenario the place of English is not just as a language but as a tool for more than one function. The need thus is to understand the role of English and to provide and equip the youth with the necessary skills in order to prepare them to face the challenges in future be it in higher education or in the professional field.

Objectives  To build communication skills through language  To build and develop written and spoken skills  To enable them with the necessary language skills for the vocation of their choice in Future  To interface technology to enable students to fulfill industry needs.  To enhance their language skills to prepare them for higher education.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:  Enhanced English Language Skill.  Competent in reading, writing and listening.  Ready for advancement in competency and skill in English Language. Class Hrs OF Hrs Marks Internal Paper Title of the Total & Code Ins- of For Assess Credits No. Paper Marks Semester truction Exam Exam ment I BSW. 1 ELBW Inspiratio 4 03 80 20 100 2 I Semester 301 nal Speeches

I BSW 2 ELBW Nature and 4 03 80 20 100 2 II Semester 302 Environ ment Essays II BSW 3 ELBW Drama of 4 03 80 20 100 2 III Semester 303 Life Stories II BSW 4 ELBW Functional 4 03 80 20 100 2 IV Semester 304 English

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20] SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-20

[For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20] [For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20] I Semester- Paper I II Semester- Paper II

Theory (80Marks) Theory (80 Marks)

I Semester II Semester Unit I- Being Human Unit I- Live to Serve 1. Short Story of Independence By Dr. H.K 1. Balgangadhar Tilak Gandhi 2. Nelson Mandela 2. Medha Patkar By Aaron Crawford 3. Mother Theresa 3. The Story of Malala. 4. Steeve Jobs

Unit II- Grammar Adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition Unit II-Grammar (grammar). Conjunctions, active voice, passive voice, direct to indirect, correction of grammatical error in a sentence. Unit III - Writing Skills or Unit III - Writing Skills or (usage) i. Note Making i. Interpreting Graphs/ Drawing a Graphs. ii. Report Writing three kinds. ii. Citatation- Bibliography

Unit IV- Composition Unit IV- Composition Essay Writing – Argumentative Event Management: Introduction, Master of Assignment (Internals): PPT presentation Ceremony, Speech for different Occasions. Assignment (Internals): Facing an interview/GD

[For BSW Degree Courses 2015-2018] [For BSW Degree Courses 2015-2018] III Semester- Paper III IV Semester- Paper IV Theory (80Marks) Theory (80Marks)

Unit I- Heal the World Unit I- Environment 1. Child Labour 1. Untouchability By Dr. B R Ambedkar. 2. Human Rights 2. Our Good Earth By Charles C Mann 3. Global Warming 4. Sexual Orientation

Unit II-Grammar Unit II-Grammar modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, Wh‘ questions. Transformation using the right verb

Unit III - Writing Skills Unit III - Writing Skills or (usage) 1. Project proposal (10 marks) i. Letter Writing Assignmant (project proposal) ii. Cover Letter and Curriculum Vitae

Unit IV- Composition Unit IV- Composition i. Brain Storming on an issue i. Designing a Brochure- NGO ii. Paragraph Writing from a gist logo, slogan-tag line, vision mission, objectives, focus area, type of programme, ways of raising funds. .

ENGLISH LANGUAGE [For B.S.W. Degree Courses 2019-20] SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (I sem to IV sem) Point to take note of: Grammar and Competency in usage and style of Language to be considered during paper valuation. Total Marks 80 Duration of Examination: 3 Hours SECTION- A I. Answer the following questions in not more than THREE sentences each: 10x2=20 (ten questions shall be given- no choice-) SECTION- B II. Answer any Four From the following: 4x5=20 Question1 and question 2: Read the selection given from the text and respond with reference to context: One mark for recognising the text and the characters involved, one mark to recognise the context/situation, Three marks for explanation and significance of the selection to the text. Questions 3. to 5. Paragraph questions. All the questions shall test their knowledge of the text- character sketch, episodes and incidences from the text, any other textual questions may be asked. SECTION- C IV. Answer any TWO of the following in 300 words each: 2x10=20 Three questions out of which they answer two- questions shall test their critical and overall understanding of the text- themes, compare and contrast characters. V. i. Rewrite as directed: (Grammar- 05)) 1x05=05 a) I Sem: 1 mark each for adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition (grammar). II Sem : 1 mark each for conjunctions, active voice, passive voice, direct to indirect, correction of grammatical error in a sentence. (grammar) b) III Sem: 1 mark each for modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, and 2 marks for ‗Wh‘ questions. (grammar). c) IV Sem: 1 mark each for Transformation of five sentences using the right verb.

V. ii. Writing Skills :(As Prescribed in the Syllabus) 1x5 plus 1x10=10 or 3x5=15 *********************************************************************

BSW Degree Courses 2019-20] ELBW 301 I Semester- Paper I

Unit I- Being Human 25 hours 1. Short Story of Independence By Dr. H.K Gandhi 2. Medha Patkar By Aaron Crawford 3. The Story of Malala.

Unit II- Grammar 05 hours Adjectives, tenses, verb, article, preposition (grammar).

Unit III - Writing Skills or 10 hours i. Note Making ii. Report Writing

Unit IV- Composition 08 hours Essay Writing – Argumentative

Assignment (Internals): PPT presentation

Reference:

Albert S Hornby: A guide to Patterns and Usage in English, U.K., Oxford University Press,

1975. Blundell Jr and Middle Miss: Functions of English NMG. Jones. Leo: Cambridge Advanced English, New Delhi, Cambridge UP, 1998. Leech Geoffrey N: Meaning and the English Verb, England, Longman, 1985. Murphy, Raymond: Intermediate English Grammar, New Delhi, Cambridge (UP), 1994. Tickoo and Jaya Sasikumar: Writing With a Purpose, Madras, Oxford U P, 1980. Tickoo and Gunasekhar Paul: Reading for Meaning (A course in Reading Skills) S. Chand and Company Pvt Ltd. New Delhi.

[For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20]

ELBW 302 II Semester- Paper II

Unit I- Live to Serve 25 hours 1. Balgangadhar Tilak 2. Nelson Mandela 3. Mother Theresa 4. Steeve Jobs Unit II -Grammar 05 hours Conjunctions, active voice, passive voice, direct to indirect, correction of grammatical error in a sentence. Unit III - Writing Skills or (usage) 10 hours i. Interpreting Graphs/ Drawing a Graphs. three kinds. ii. Citatation- Bibliography Unit IV- Composition 08 hours Event Management: Introduction, Master of Ceremony, Speech for different Occasions. Assignment (Internals): Facing an interview/GD

Reference:

Albert S Hornby: A guide to Patterns and Usage in English, U.K., Oxford University Press, 1975. Blundell Jr and Middle Miss: Functions of English NMG.

Jones. Leo: Cambridge Advanced English, New Delhi, Cambridge UP, 1998. Leech Geoffrey N: Meaning and the English Verb, England, Longman, 1985. Murphy, Raymond: Intermediate English Grammar, New Delhi, Cambridge (UP), 1994. Tickoo and Jaya Sasikumar: Writing With a Purpose, Madras, Oxford U P, 1980. Tickoo and Gunasekhar Paul: Reading for Meaning (A course in Reading Skills) S. Chand and Company Pvt Ltd. New Delhi.

[For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20]

ELBW 303 III Semester- Paper III

Unit I- Heal the World 25 hours 1. Child Labour 2. Human Rights 3. Global Warming 4. Sexual Orientation

Unit II-Grammar 05 hours modals, auxiliaries, adverbs, Wh‘ questions.

Unit III - Writing Skills 10 hours 1. Project proposal (10 marks) Assignmant (project proposal)

Unit IV- Composition 08 hours i. Brain Storming on an issue ii. Paragraph Writing from a gist

Reference:

Albert S Hornby: A guide to Patterns and Usage in English, U.K., Oxford University Press, 1975. Blundell Jr and Middle Miss: Functions of English NMG.

[For BSW Degree Courses 2019-20]

ELBA 104 IV Semester- Paper IV

Unit I- Environment 25 hours 1. Untouchability By Dr. B R Ambedkar. 2. Our Good Earth By Charles C Mann

Unit II-Grammar 05 hours Transformation using the right verb

Unit III - Writing Skills or (usage) 10 hours i. Letter Writing ii. Cover Letter and Curriculum Vitae

Unit IV- Composition 08 hours i. Designing a Brochure- NGO logo, slogan-tag line, vision mission, objectives, focus area, type of programme, ways of raising funds.

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(b) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Hindi for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 25, 2018 at 10.00 a.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN HINDI HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 2018 AT 10.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE – 2

MEMBERS: 1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : in the Chair 2. Dr.Shivarama P : Member 3. Dr.Nagaratna N Rao : Member - (University Representative) 4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : Member – (Subject Expert) 5. Mr. Ambarish Kumar Singh : Member - (Industry Representative) 6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) AGENDA

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. ii. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct.2017] & II-IV [Apr.2018] Semester Question Papers and results.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

PART - III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III- Semester Oct. 2017 & II- IV Semester Apr. 2018] Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory. The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE

1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U :in the Chair Sd/- 2. Dr.Shivaram P : Member Sd/- 3. Dr.Nagaratna N Rao : Member - (University Representative) Sd/- 4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : Member – (Subject Expert) Sd/- 5. Ambarish Kumar Singh : Member - (Industry Representative) Sd/- 6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) Sd/-

Sd/- DR. Keshava Gowda U CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Hindi

ANNEXURE: I HINDI

LANGUAGE B.S.W OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

I Semester III Semester Particulars Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017

No. of Students Appeared 15 8

No. of Students Passed 12 8

No. of Students Failed 3 -

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018 I Semester III Semester Particulars Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 90% & Above 2 1

80% & Above but below 90% - 1

70% & Above but below 80% 1 1

60% & Above but below 70% 3 1

55% & Above but below 60% 2 -

50% & Above but below 55% 1 1

35% & Above but below 50% 3 3

Below 35% 3 -

Absent - -

Pass Percentage 80.00 100.00

HINDI LANGUAGE B.S.W OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018 Particulars II Semester IV Semester April. 2018 April. 2018 No. of Students Appeared 15 8

No. of Students Passed 14 8

No. of Students Failed 1 -

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

II Semester IV Semester Particulars April. 2018 April. 2018

90% & Above 2 2

80% & Above but below 90% 1 1

70% & Above but below 80% 1 3

60% & Above but below 70% 2 1

55% & Above but below 60% - 1

50% & Above but below 55% 1 -

35% & Above but below 50% 7 -

Below 35% 1 -

Absent - -

Pass Percentage 93.33 100.00

HINDI LANGUAGE B.A OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018 I Semester III Semester Particulars Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 No. of Students Appeared 26 15

No. of Students Passed 22 14

No. of Students Failed 4 01

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.A DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

I Semester III Semester Particulars Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 90% & Above 5 -

80% & Above but below 90% 3 2

70% & Above but below 80% 4 2

60% & Above but below 70% 4 3

55% & Above but below 60% 1 2

50% & Above but below 55% 1 4

35% & Above but below 50% 4 1

Below 35% 4 1

Absent - -

Pass Percentage 84.62 93.33

HINDI LANGUAGE B.A OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester April. 2018 April. 2018

No. of Students Appeared 23 15

No. of Students Passed 23 14

No. of Students Failed - 1

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued 03 -

B.A DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

II Semester IV Semester Particulars April. 2018 April. 2018 90% & Above 4 4

80% & Above but below 90% 8 4

70% & Above but below 80% 6 1

60% & Above but below 70% 3 1

55% & Above but below 60% 1 1

50% & Above but below 55% 1 2

35% & Above but below 50% - 1

Below 35% - 1

Absent - -

Pass Percentage 100.00 93.33

TOP SCORERS HINDI LANGUAGE (B.A): 2015 – 2016 BATCH

Aggregate of all semesters

Reg. No Name of the candidate Marks % Ranking obtained 155560205 Fathima Rufeeda 359 89.75 1 155560308 Fathima Afifa 348 87.00 2 155560305 Aysha wafa sampari C.L 328 82.00 3

TOP SCORERS HINDI LANGUAGE (B.S.W): 2015 – 2016 BATCH

Aggregate of all semesters

Reg. No Name of the candidate Marks % Ranking obtained 155560412 Josliya Treeeza Crasta 358 89.5 1 155560413 Kirti Lakra 346 86.5 2 155560411 Fathima Suhaila 326 81.5 3

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN HINDI HELD ON FRIDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2018 AT 10.00 A.M. TO 4.30 P.M AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : in the Chair 2. Dr. Sukanya Mary.J : Member 3. Dr. Sunitha : Member - (University Representative) 4. Dr. Suma T.Rodanwar : Member – (Subject Expert) 5. Mr. Regha T.R : Member - (Industry Representative) 6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA  Approval of Revised syllabus Choice based credit system in Hindi for implementation w.e.f 2019 - 2020 The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

 The Revised Syllabus for B.A I/II/III/IV & B.S.W I/II/III/IV Semesters for the academic year 2019-2020 was placed the Board was approved and recommended for adoption. As required, the Revised Syllabus of Choice based credit system in Hindi for implementation w.e.f 2019–2020 (Autonomous) for Hindi was drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore-2 in the prescribed format.

The meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE

1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : in the Chair - sd/ - 2. Dr. Sukanya Mary .J : Member - sd/ - 3. Dr. Sunitha : Member - (University Representative) - sd/ - 4. Dr. Suma T.Rodanwar : Member – (Subject Expert) - sd/ - 5. Regha T.R : Member - (Industry Representative) - sd/ - 6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) - sd/ -

sd - DR. Keshava Gowda U. CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Hindi

School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru– 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited By NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade (3rd Cycle)

Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Hindi Autonomous Semester Scheme Subject: Hindi B.A & B.S.W Degree Course 2019-20

Preamble: Hindi is the mostly widely spoken of India‘s official languages. It is spoken mainly in Northern States of Rajasthan, Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Khand, Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand and Bihar. It is the second major language in Andaman and Nicobar Islands and it is also spoken alongside with regional languages like Punjabi, Gujarati, Marathi or Bengali throughout North and central India. Hindi is also understood in other parts of India as well as in the neighboring countries of Nepal, Bangladesh and Pakistan. The syllabus includes computer knowledge base in Hindi translation and reporting, drama, film script, folk and tradition. Attempt is made to acquaint the students to understand the cultural & historical sensibilities of India. Hindi language essentially deals with the network of social relationships in society.

Objectives of the Department: An under-graduate course in Hindi language in this college is based on following objectives.  To impart knowledge on basic National language and development of Nationality.  To help students to achieve a Career after Graduation  To prepare students to stand in good stead in professional, vocational and higher education.  To bring about an integrated development of personality of the students.  To give an exposure to the structure and institutions of Indian Culture and History.  To develop an appreciation of traditional practices that is dying out due to modernization.  To bring out the relevance of literature as an important discipline in today‘s multicultural social conditions. Key Areas of Instructions:  Group discussions and presentations.  Teaching through news papers, magazines etc.  Preparation of charts, clippings of pictures, relevant information from print media.  Arranging mock interviews, role play, and screening of movie.  Presentation of assignments, projects, surveys on mass-media relevant issues.  Learning from field visits, website, Internet skills, Multilingual in computer study.  Problem solving and solving old question papers.  Interpersonal and leadership skills career options include.  HindiOfficers,Translator,Anchor,EventManager,Travel&TourismManagement,Receptionist, Front office executive, Customer service, Executive administrative assistant, Teacher(with B. Ed), Lecturer with PG degree, Government Departments and NGO‘s  The course provides students who qualify an easy entry to the B.Ed and Post Graduation Programme.

Our Vision: To impart language, literature knowledge to the young to sensitize them to the complex character of social reality, to understand change and improve their lives and of others by preserving and perpetuating knowledge of literature in future society. Our Mission: To sensitize students to the different language, literature perspectives, methods, types of art culture, tradition, distinctive problems of modern life, to find out alternative solutions to problems and to reconstruct people to prepare them to be responsible citizens with the scientific knowledge of historical & cultural knowledge in particular and literature in general. Faculty Objectives:  To train the students in research methodology by conducting surveys and research.  Expansion of Hindi library by introducing books on recent Hindi literature themes.  Prepare articles on important Hindi literature and current National issues.  To involve students in literature  The department intends to continue with innovative methods to impart knowledge. Learner Objectives:  To impact computer skills through Hindi, Editing, Publications, Media writing.  To promote opportunities for self-employee through computer based budge & skills.  To facilitate budge regarding aware of culture,folk,acting-drama&film,music, art and Nationality  To promote the budge of in Hindi.  Participation in co-curricular activities,workshops, for self-improvement & motivation.

The B.O.S after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on December 14th, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the Hindi Choice Based Semester Scheme (Autonomous) w.e.f 2019- 2020.

Syllabus: The Department of Hindi offers in all second language for four semester of B.A and four semester of B.S.W degree course. The B.A & B.S.W Hindi syllabus is revised and updated regularly.

B.A: In the B.A First Semester the course is centered on Hindi Kavy. In the Second Semester Hindi Katha Sahithy. Third semester Gadhy Yatra ke Vividh Sopan. In the fourth semester Bharatiy Janpad Sahithya, Hindi Cinema Lekhan, Hindi Vyakaran, Karyalayi Hindi.

B.S.W: In the B.S.W First Semester the course is centered on Hindi Sahithy ka Swarn Yug.In the Second Semester Hindi Gadhy Sahithy. Third semester Sahithyik Vidhayen. In the fourth semester Patan Paatan Kavita, Media Lekhan, Natak Lekhan aur Vyakaran, Karyalayi Computer, Karyalayi Patr ------

School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru– 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited By NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade (3rd Cycle) Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Hindi Autonomous Semester Scheme Department of Hindi B.A Summary Chart – Academic Inputs: 2019-2020

Class Paper Code Title of the Paper Hrs of Hrs of Marks Internal Total Credits & No. Instruct Exam For Assess Mark Semester ion Exam ment s

I B.A HLBA Hindi Kavy 1 4 03 80 20 100 2 I Semester 111 I B.A. HLBA 2 Hindi Katha Sahithy 4 03 80 20 100 2 IISemester 112 II B.A HLBA 3 Gadhy Yatra ke Vividh Sopan 4 03 80 20 100 2 III Semester 113 II B.A Bharathiy Janpad Sahithy, HLBA IV 4 Hindi cinema 4 03 80 20 100 2 114 Lekhan,Karyalayi Semester Hindi,Vyakaran Total 16 8

One paper of Theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total Marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, and Credit 02.

Note:

a) Minimum for a Pass :}

b) Classification of successful

Candidates :} As per the Regulations

c) Rejection of results :}

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject Hindi Title: Hindi Kavy I B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group-I, Paper-I, I Semester Objectives: 1. To give Awareness about Indian Nationality and literature. 2. To Borden the knowledge of Golden Period of Hindi literature.

One paper of theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours, Duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total Marks 100, Teaching Hours 48 and Credit 02.

UNIT-I 20 Teaching hours Madhyakaalin Kavy: 1. Kabirdas aur unki ulatbasiyan 2. Surdas aur unka baalvarnan 3. Tulasidas aur kevat bhakti prasang 4. Bihari aur unke shrungarkaal

 Hindi sahithy yug aur pravruttiyan  Dr. Shiva Kumar Sharma

UNIT-II 18 Teaching hours Aadhunik kaavy: 1. Raashtra prem ki kavitha-.Maithilisharan Gupt: Bharat Bharati 2. Prakruthi prem ki kavitha- Sumitranandan Pant: Baadal 3. Samvedatmak ki kavitha- Udaya Prakash: Maa

 Hindi Kvithayen  Sampadak: Prof. Jayamohan M.S

UNIT-III 10 Teaching hours Aadhunik kavy ke pramukh kavi: ek parichay 1. Chayavad ke Jayashankar Prasad: le chale mujhe bhulaava dekar 2. Halavad ke Harivamsharay Bachchan: Jo beeth gayi so baat gayi 3. Pragathivad ke Nagarjun: Akaal aur uske baad 4. Nayi kavitha ki Anamika: Bejgah

 Adhunik Hindi kavya aur kavi  Sri Nirmal ------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Hindi Katha Sahithy I B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper II, II Semester Objectives: 1. To facilitate an opportunity for students to exhibit their talents through study of Story and Novel 2. To acquaint the students regarding Indian social problems.

One paper of theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02

UNIT-I 18 Teaching hours

Hindi Laghu Katha Sahithy:

 Laghu Katha Kathan  Sampadak: Balram

UNIT-II 20 Teaching hours

Aadhunik Hindi Kahani:

1. Premchand: Pariksha 2. Jainendr: Patni 3. Krishna Sobathi: Sikka Badal Gaya

 Katha Kunj  Sampadak: Dr.Saraswathi Bhalla  Hindi Kahani  Sampadak: Dr.Namdev, Dr.Neelam

UNIT-III 10 Teaching hours

Aadhunik Hindi Upanyas:

 Aana is Desh  Krishna Agnihotri

------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Gadhy Yaatra ke Vividh Sopan II B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper III, III Semester Objectives: 1. To give awareness about Indian Hindi literature. 2. To know more about social problems & find remedies to bring about a change in the society.

One paper of theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02

UNIT-I 18 Teaching hours Hindi Gadhy ki Anya Vidhayen: Sankshipt Parichay Nibandh, aalochana, Jeevani, Aatmakatha, Rekhachitr, Samsmaran, Riporthaj, YaatraVruttant

 Sahithy Vidhayen Dr.Sahagal

UNIT-II 15 Teaching hours Gadhy Yatra (Bhag-I): 1. Sansmaran: Mahatma Gandhi - Ramkumar Varma 2. Rekhachitr: Neelkant – Mahadevi Varma 3. Riporthaj: Lavarish – Devendr Sathyarthi

 Gadhy Yatra Dr. Sriram Sharma  Ek Kahani Ye Bhi Mannu Bhandari

UNIT-III 15 Teaching hours Gadhy Yatra (Bhag-II): 1. Jeevani: Jeevan Saar - Premchand 2. Nibandh: Krodh - Ramachandra Shukla 3. Yatraa Vruttant: Volga se Ganga Meri Jeevan Yaatra – Dr.Rahul Sanskrityayan

 Gadhy Yatra Dr. Sriram Sharma  Ek Kahani Ye Bhi Mannu Bhandari ------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Bharatiy JanpadSahithya,Hindi CinemaLekhan Hindi Vyakaran,KaryalayiHindi II B.A Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper IV, IV Semester Objectives: 1. To Facilitate the Students to Understand the Folklore,Cultural & Historical Sensibilities of India. 2. To Impart Education Regarding the Importance of Mass-Media in the Present Scenario.

One Paper of Theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours Duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02.

UNIT-I 20 Teaching hours 1. Bharathiy Janpad Sahitya ka Sankshipt Adhyayan 2. Hindi tatha Hindi Cinema Lekhan: Ek Sankshipt Adhyayan 1) Patkatha Lekhan 2) Darawahi 3) Vruttchitr 4) Cinema  Media Lekhan (Media writing) Sumit Mohan  Jansanchar Maadhyam Dasha evam Disha Sampadak: Dr.Sou.Deepti Deshpanday

UNIT-II 18 Teaching hours Karyalay Hindi: 1. Karyalayi Computer: Unicode ka Parichay,Hindi Package/Software ka Parichay,Digital Technique,Electronic Media. 2. Karyalayi Patr Lekhan: Gyapan Patr,Aadesh Patr,Anusmarak,Pari Patr,Noukari ke Liye Avedan-Patr.  Bankon Mein Dvibhashi Computerikaran Dr.Jayanti Prasad Nautiyal  Hindi Vyakaran evam Rachana Dr.Avadhesh ‗Vashisht‘, Mamatha Sharma

UNIT-III 10 Teaching hours Vyakaran: 1. Shabd Bhed, Pad Parichay, Sankshepan, Pallavan, Vakya Shuddi 2. Alankar ke Paribhasha aur Bhed 3. Chand ki Paribhasha aur Bhed 3. Anuwad: 1) Hindi to English and Kannada 2) English and Kannada to Hindi  Saral Hindi Vyakaran Tatha Rachana Meenu Kathuriya ‗Kapil‖  Ras, Chand aur Alankar Sri.Chandrashekhar Tiwari ------

School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru– 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited By NAAC with ‘A’ Grade (3rd Cycle)

Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Hindi Autonomous Semester Scheme

Subject: Hindi B.A Degree Course 2019-20 Scheme of Examination U.G – 2019-20 (Common for all semesters)

Total Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Grand Total Marks: 100

SECTION A

10 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions spread across the entire syllabus. No choice . Each question carries 2 marks. 10x2=20

SECTION B

4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire syllabus. Each Question carries 5 marks. 4x5=20 SECTION C

4 essay – type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. 4x10 = 40

------

HINDI REFERENCE BOOKS

First B.A - I Semester 1. Patak Dr.Prathibha (sampadak),Aadhunik kaavy sangrah, Kitabghar, New Delhi-2,F.P:2003. 2. Tripaati Viswanaath,Hindi Saahithy ka sankshipt ithihaas,NCERT,1986. 3. Sharma Dr.Shiv Kumar,Hindi Saahity Yug aur Pravruttiyan,Ashok Prakashan NewDelhi- 6,F.P:2008 4. Dr. Hardayal, Adhunik Hindi kavita, Loka bharati prakashan, Allahabad.F.P:1999. 5. Sri Nirmal, Adhunik Hindi kavya aur kavi, Bhavana prakashan, Delhi,F.P:1986. 6. Nagar Sri Vimalashankar,Prasad ki kavya prathibha,prerana prakashan,Muradabad, P:1990. 7. Sharma Dr.Rama Vilas, Nirala ki sahitya sadhana, Rajkamal prakashan, Delhi,F.P:1998. 8. Sharma Dr.Urvashi,Aadhunik kaavya sangrah,Malik and co.,Jayapur-3,2008.

First B.A - II Semester 1. Sharma Prof.Kiranchandr,Aaj ki prathinidhi kahaniyan,S.Chandra & co.,Delhi,F.P:1946. 2. Vajapayee Bhagavathiprasad, Kathabharathi,Bharathi Saahithy Mandhir,Delhi,1965. 3. Simh Usha paal,Kathamanjari,Gnanadoot,Delhi-92,F.P:2006. 4. Tiwari Dr.Malithi(sampadak),Kahani Navaratna,Manasvi New Delhi-20,1996. 5. Nautiyal, Dr.Jaynti Prasad, Hindi ki pratinidhi kahaniyan taatvik vivechan aarya prakashan mandal,Gandhinagar, Delhi,F.P:2010. 6. Ramashraya, Smt.Savita, Nayi kahani ka shilpa saundaray, Lucknow, sulabh prakashan,F.P:1889.

Second B.A - III Semester 1. Sahagal Dr.Shashi,Sahithy-Vidhayen,kitabghar,New Delhi-2,F.P:1999. 2. Gupt Dr.Raamnivas,Hindi Sahity-sameeksha,Aadhunik prakshan,Delhi-53,F.P:2001 4. Nautiyal Dr.Jayanti Prasad, Sahitya vivechan,Kitabghar prakashan,Delhi.F.P:2010 5. Nautiyal J.P,Anuvaad siddhant avam vyavahar,Radhakrishna Prakashan pvt ltd.,New Delhi-2. 6. Varma Mahadevi,Mera parivaar,Lokbharathi prakashan,M.G.Road,Ilahabad-1.F.P:1960. 7. Husain S,Aabid, Anuvaad-Shukl Durgashankar,Bharat ki raashtriya sanskriti,F.P:1987

Second B.A - IV Semester 1. Prasad Dr.Govind & Pandey Dr.Anupama, Media lekhan aur sampadan kala(Media writing and Editing technology),Discovery publishing house, New Delhi – 110 002, F.P:2012. 2. Gupta Ravindra & Gupta Manjula, Computer shabdkosh ka Hindi roop, Royal book Depo, Delhi,F.P:2010. 3. Sumit Mohan, Media Lekhan, Vani prakashan, New Delhi – 110002,F.P:2008. 4. Deshpanday Dr.Sou.Deepti & Kaande Dr. Suresh,janasanchaar maadyam dasha avam disha, Jaagrat Bharati Prakashan,Ilahabad-3,F.P:2011. 5. Bhat Smt.Susheela & Kulakarni Dhananjay, Kalam uthane se pehale (Hindi grammar through English medium), Vishwabharati prakashan, Nagpur – 440012, F.P:2005. 6. Vaishy L.P & Gupt T.P, Bharathiy Sabhyatha Avam Sanskriti ka ithihas,research publications, Jayapur, F.P:2009. *****************

School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru– 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited By NAAC with ‘A’ Grade (3rd Cycle)

Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Hindi Autonomous Semester Scheme

Subject: Hindi B.S.W Degree Course 2019-20 Department of Hindi B.S.W Summary Chart – Academic Inputs: 2019-2020

Class Paper Code Title of the Paper Hrs of Hrs of Marks Intern Total Credits & No. Instructio Exam For al Marks Semester n Exam Assess ment I B.S.W HLBW Hindi Sahithy ka Swarn 1 4 03 80 20 100 2 I Semester 311 Yug I B.S.W HLBW 2 Hindi Gadhy Sahithy 4 03 80 20 100 2 II Semester 312 II B.S.W HLBW 3 Sahithyik Vidhayen 4 03 80 20 100 2 III Semester 313 Patan Paatan Kavitha, Media Lekhan, Natak II B.S.W HLBW 4 Lekhan aur Vyakaran, 4 03 80 20 100 2 IV Semester 314 Karyalayi Computer, Karyalayi Patr 16 8 TOTAL

Note:

a) Minimum for a Pass :}

b) Classification of successful

Candidates :} As per the Regulations

c) Rejection of results :}

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Hindi Sahithy ka Swarn Yug I B.S.W. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper I, I Semester

Objectives: 1. To bring out the relevance of literature as an important discipline in today‘s multicultural social Conditions 2. To provide knowledge about Golden Period of Hindi literature.

One Paper of Theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours Duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02.

UNIT-I 10 Teaching hours

1. Hindi Sahithy ka Swarn Yug ka Parichay 2. Hindi Madhyakaleen Sahithy ke Pramukh Kavi

 Hindi Sahithy ka Ithihas  Alok Kumar Shukl UNIT-II 20 Teaching hours

1. Samaj Sudharak tatha Vani ke Dectetor Kabirdas 2. Premakhyanak Kavi Mallik Muhammad Jayasi 3. Nirgun ke Anya Pramukh Kavi

 Hindi Sahithy Ithihas  Dr. Nagendr

UNIT-III 18 Teaching hours

1. Samanvay Sadhana va Lokhanayak Tulasidas 2. Vatsaly Ras ke Kavi Surdas 3. Sagun Dhara ke Anya Pramukh Kavi

 Hindi Sahithya Ithihas  Hazari Prasad Dwivedi

------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Hindi Gadhy Sahithy I B.S.W Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper II, II Semester

Objectives: 1. To provide knowledge about social problems faced by middle&lower class people in present scenario. 2. To provide opportunity for students to exhibit their talents through theater.

One paper of Theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02

UNIT-I 20 Teaching hours

Samakalin Kahani: ‗Boo‘

 Mamadev, Dr.Neelam  Dr. Shashi Sahagal

UNIT-II 18 Teaching hours

Aadhunik Hindi Nibandh:

1. Kavitha Kya Hai? – Ramachandra Shukla 2. Aangan ka Panchi – Vidhyanivas Mishra 3. Bharathiy Sahithy ki Ekatha – Nanddulare Vajapayi

 Nibandh Sankalan  Dr. Sushma Dube, Dr.Rajkumar

UNIT-III 10 Teaching hours

Aadhunik Hindi Natak:

 Ab Garibi Hatavo  By: Sarveshwar Dayal Sakshena ------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title: Sahithyik Vidhayen II B.S.W. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper III, III Semester

Objectives: 1. To give awareness and importance about Indian Hindi literature, Historical and Ethnic literature. 2. To know more about social problems & find remedies to bring about a change in the society.

One paper of Theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02.

UNIT-I 15 Teaching hours Sahithyik Vidha ke Sankshipt Parichay:

1) Khanda Kavy 2) Pragati Kavy 3) Natak 4) Ekanki 5) Upanyas 6) Kahani 7) Nibandh 8) Rekhachitr 9) Aatma katha 10) Jeevani 11) Anuvad 12) Janpad

 Sahithy Vidhayen  By: Dr.Sashi Sahagal

UNIT-II 15 Teaching hours

Hindi Upanyas:  Doud  By : Mamatha Kaliya

UNIT-III 18 Teaching hours

Janpad Sahity ka Arth tatha Swaroop:

1. Kannada Janpad Sahithya 2. Tulu Janpad Sahithya 3. Konkani Janpad Sahithya

 Folk art of Karnataka  Wikipedia  Janapada Sahithya Prakaragalu  Ramachandra Gowda ------

Choice Based Autonomous Semester Scheme: Revised Syllabus Subject: Hindi Title:PatanPaatanKavita,Media tatha Natak Lekhan,Vyakaran,KaryalayComputer,Karyalay Patr II B.S.W. Degree Course 2019-2020 Group I, Paper IV, IV Semester Objectives: 1. To provide the awareness of the impact of mass-media in the present scenario. 2. To give practical knowledge of Articles, Computer, Writing and Editing Technology in Hindi.

One paper of theory 80 marks. Exam 3 hours duration, Internal Assessment marks 20, Total marks 100, Teaching Hours 48, Credit 02.

UNIT-I 10 Teaching hours Patan Paatan ke liye Kavitha: 1. Mangalesh Dabaral – Takat ki Duniya 2. Rajesh Joshi – Bhasha ki Aawaz  Adhyatan Hindi Kavitayen  Sampadak Jayamohan. M.S

UNIT-II 20 Teaching hours 1. Media Lekhan: Samachar Lekhan, Riport, Bhentvarta, Vigyapan 2. Natak Lekhan: Rangmanchiy Natak, T.V.Natak, Redio Natak, Nukkad Natak  Media aur Hindi By: Dr. Madhu Kharate  Media Lekhan aur Sampadan kala By: Dr. Govind Prasad, Anupam Pandey

UNIT-III 18 Teaching hours 1. Vyakaran: 1) Shabd Bhed, Pada Parichay, Vakya Shuddi 2) Ras ki Paribhasha aur Bhed 3) Dhwani ki Paribhasha aur Bhed

2. Karyalayi Computer: Unicode ka Parichay, Kaaryaalayo mein Computer, Digital Technique, Electronic Media.

3. Karyalayi Patr Lekhan: Gyapan Patr, Aadesh Patr, Anusmarak, Pari Patr, Noukari ke liye Avedan Patr.  Bankon mein Dvibhashi Computerikaran By: Dr.Jayanti Prasad Nautiyal

------

School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru– 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited By NAAC with ‘A’ Grade (3rd Cycle) Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Hindi Autonomous Semester Scheme Subject: Hindi B.S.W Degree Course 2019-20 Scheme of Examination U.G – 2019-2020 (Common for all semesters)

Total Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Grand Total Marks: 100

SECTION A

10 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions spread across the entire syllabus. No choice . Each question carries 2 marks. 10x2=20

SECTION B

4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire syllabus. Each Question carries 5 marks. 4x5=20 SECTION C

4 essay – type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. 4x10 = 40

------

HINDI: REFERENCE BOOKS

First B.S.W - I Semester 1. Mayya Dr.J.Bhaskara & Bhandary Dr.Madhavi,Bhakti yugin sant saahitya,Rajpaal & sons, Kashmiri gate, Delhi-6,2010.. 2. Hegde Dr.V.D,Hindi ki ling prakriya,Megha Prakashan,Mysore-23,F.P:2001. 3. Tripaati Viswanaath,Hindi Saahithy ka sankshipt ithihaas,NCERT,1986. 4. Sharma Dr.Shiv Kumar,Hindi Saahity Yug aur Pravruttiyan,Ashok Prakashan New Delhi-6,F.P:2008 5. Vaashney Dr.Lakshmisagar, Hindi Sandarbh kosh, Bharathiy saahithy prakashan, Meerath-1, F.P:1979.

First B.S.W - II Semester 1. Sharma Prof.Kiranchandr,Aaj ki prathinidhi kahaniyan,S.Chandra & co.,Delhi,F.P:1946. 2. Tiwari Dr.Malithi(sampadak),Kahani Navaratna,Manasvi New Delhi-20,1996 3. Nautiyal Dr.Jaynti Prasad, Hindi ki Pratinidhi kahaniyan taatvik vivechan Aarya Prakashan Mandal, Gandhinagar, Delhi, F.P:1999. 4. Lal Sri Lakshminarayan, Hindi kahaniyonki shilavidhi ka vikas: Allahabad, Sahitya bhavan, F.P:1998. 5. Ramashraya Smt.Savita,Nayi kahani ka shilpa saundaray: Lucknow, sulabh prakashan 6. Simh Usha paal,Kathamanjari,Gnanadoot,Delhi-92,F.P:2006. 7. Vajapayee Bhagavathiprasad, Kathabharathi,Bharathi Saahithy Mandhir,Delhi,1965. 4.

Second B.S.W - III Semester 1. Sahagal Dr.Shashi,Sahithy-Vidhayen,kitabghar,New Delhi-2,F.P:1999. 2. Gupt Dr.Raamnivas,Hindi Sahity-sameeksha,aadhunik prakshan,Delhi-53,F.P:2001 3. Husain S,Aabid, Anuvaad-Shukl Durgashankar,Bharat ki raashtriya 4. Simha Desharaj,Agney kaavya kosh,Ashok prakashan,Delhi,F.P:2000. 5. Sharma Dr.Rama Vilas, Nirala ki sahitya sadhana, Rajkamal prakashan, Delhi, F.P:2002. 6. Nautiyal J.P,Anuvaad siddhant avam vyavahar,Radhakrishna Prakashan pvt ltd.,,New Delhi-2.

Second B.S.W - IV Semester 1. Sri Nirmal, Adhunik Hindi kavya aur kavi, Bhavana prakashan, Delhi,F.P:1986 2. Nagar Sri Vimalashankar, Prasad ki kavya prathibha, Prerana prakashan, Muradabad, F.P:1997. 3. Sharma Dr.Urvashi,Aadhunik kaavya sangrah,Malik and co.,Jayapur-3,2008. 4. Prasad Dr.Govind & Pandey Dr.Anupama, Media lekhan aur sampadan kala(Media writing and Editing technology),Discovery publishing house, New Delhi – 110 002,F.P:2012 5. Deshpanday Dr.Sou.Deepti & Kaande Dr. Suresh,janasanchaar maadyam dasha avam disha, Jaagrat Bharati Prakashan,Ilahabad-3,F.P:2011. 6. Mohan Sumit, Media lekhan, Vani prakashan, New Delhi – 110002, F.P:2005

************

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(c) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Kannada for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 25th, 2018 at 2.00 p.m is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

PART - I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN KANNADA HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 25th, 2018 AT 2.00 P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS: 1. Mr.Obanatha Mera.P : in the Chair 2. Dr.Prakash Chandra.S : Member- (University Representative) 3.Dr.Meenakshi.R : Member – (Subject Expert) 4. Dr. Nagaveni.N. : Member – (Subject Expert) 5. Mrs. Jnaneshwari : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

iii. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. iv. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct.2017] & II-IV [Apr.2018] Semester Question Papers and results.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1.Mr.Obanatha Mera.P : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 2.Dr.Prakash Chandra.S : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 3.Dr.Meenakshi.R : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 4.Dr. Nagaveni.M : ……………………Sd/- …………………. 5.Mrs. Jnaneshwari : …………………….Sd/- ………………….

Sd/- Mr.Obanatha Mera.P CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Kannada

KANNADA

BA RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars I Sem IIISem

No. of Students Appeared 16 16

No. of Students Passed 14 15

No. of Students Failed 1 1

No. of Students Absent 1 -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.A DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars I Sem III Sem

90% & Above - -

80% & Above but below 90% 1 2

70% & Above but below 80% 3 5

60% & Above but below 70% 5 1

55% & Above but below 60% - 3

50% & Above but below 55% 3 2

35% & Above but below 50% 2 2

Below 35% 2 1

Abesent - -

Pass Percentage 87.50 93.75

BA RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars II Sem IV Sem

No. of Students Appeared 16 16

No. of Students Passed 15 16

No. of Students Failed 1 -

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.A DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017- 2018

Particulars IISem IV Sem

90% & Above - -

80% & Above but below 90% 4 6

70% & Above but below 80% 3 3

60% & Above but below 70% 3 3

55% & Above but below 60% 1 1

50% & Above but below 55% 2 1

35% & Above but below 50% 2 2

Below 35% 1 -

Abesent - -

Pass Percentage 93.75 100.00

KANNADA LANGUAGE (BSW)

B.S.W RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars I Sem IIISem

No. of Students Appeared 12 15

No. of Students Passed 10 12

No. of Students Failed 2 3

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued - -

B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017– 2018

Particulars I Sem III Sem

90% & Above - -

80% & Above but below 90% 1 3

70% & Above but below 80% 3 2

60% & Above but below 70% - 2

55% & Above but below 60% 2 2

50% & Above but below 55% 1 -

35% & Above but below 50% 3 3

Below 35% 2 3

Abesent - -

Pass Percentage 83.33 80.00

KANNADA LANGUAGE(BSW)

B.S.W RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars II Sem IV Sem

No. of Students Appeared 11 15

No. of Students Passed 11 14

No. of Students Failed - 1

No. of Students Absent - -

No. of Students Discontinued 1 -

B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Sem IV Sem

90% & Above 1 -

80% & Above but below 90% 3 4

70% & Above but below 80% - 5

60% & Above but below 70% 2 2

55% & Above but below 60% - -

50% & Above but below 55% 1 2

35% & Above but below 50% 4 1

Below 35% - 1

Abesent - -

Pass Percentage 100.00 93.33

TOP SCORERS in KANNADA LANGUAGE (B.A.) : 2015 - 2018 Batch

Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained

155560315 ASHOORA HALEEMA 347 86.75 FIRST

155560321 SARITHA D SOUZA 333 83.25 SECOND PRIYANKA CLARA 155560320 311 77.75 THIRD RODRIGUES

TOP SCORERS in KANNADA LANGUAGE (B.S.W.) : 2015 - 2018 Batch

Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained

155560425 VINAYA KUMARI 328 82 FIRST

155560418 AYISHA BEEBI 321 80.25 SECOND

155560424 SONIA SALVADOR 305 76.25 THIRD

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN KANNADA HELD ON MONDAY, 17 DECEMBER 2018 AT 10.00 P.M AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE.

MEMBERS PRESENT:

1. Mr.Obanatha Mera.P : Chair Person 2. Dr. Vishwanath Badikana : University Representative 3. Prof. Krishnamoorthy : Subject Expert 4. Dr. Sathish : Subject Expert 5. Dr.Sharabhendra Swamy : Member (Industry Representative) 6. Mrs. Jnaneshwari : Member (Meritorious Alumna)

«µÀAiÀÄ ¸ÀÆa: 1. ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ 2019-20 gÀ ¥ÀÅ£Àgï gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥Àj²Ã®£É.

NAME : SIGNATURE

1. Mr.Obanatha Mera.P ------sd------2.Dr. Vishwanatha Badikana ------sd------3. Prof.Krishnamoorthy ------sd------4. Dr. Sathish ------sd------5. Dr. Sharabhendra Swamy ------sd------6. Mrs.Jnaneshwary ------sd------

Sd/- Mr.Obanatha Mera.P Chair Person

¨sÁUÀ – 1 2018 £ÉÃ r¸ÉA§gï 17, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄªÁgÀ ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß 10.00 UÀAmÉUÉ £ÀqÉzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½, ¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð, gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ – 2 ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ £ÀqÀªÀ½UÀ¼À «ªÀgÀ ºÁdjzÀÝ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ 1. ²æÃ N§£ÁxÀ ªÉÄÃgÀ.¦ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ – 02

2. qÁ.«±Àé£ÁxÀ §¢PÁ£À ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ ¥Àæw¤¢ü ¸ÀAvÀ C¯ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¸ï PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

3. ¥ÉÇæ.PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ,PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ / «µÀAiÀÄ vÀdÕgÀÄ UÉÆÃ«AzÀzÁ¸À ¥ÀzÀ« PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ¸ÀÄgÀvÀÌ¯ï, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

4. qÁ.¸ÀwÃ±À G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ / «µÀAiÀÄ vÀdÕgÀÄ J¸ï.r.¦.n ¥ÀzÀ« PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ PÀnÃ®Ä ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

5. qÁ.±ÀgÀ¨sÉÃAzÀæ ¸Áé«Ä ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ ¤zÉðÃ±ÀPÀgÀÄ EAqÀ¹ÖçÃ ªÀ®AiÀÄzÀ ¥Àæw¤¢ü DPÁ±ÀªÁtÂ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

6. ²æÃªÀÄw eÁÕ£ÉÃ±Àéj G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ºÀ¼É «zÁåyð ¥Àæw¤¢ü ¨É¸ÉAmï ªÀÄ»¼Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ PÉÆrAiÀiÁ¯ï ¨ÉÊ¯ï, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

«µÀAiÀÄ ¸ÀÆa: 1. ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ 2019-20gÀ ¥ÀÅ£Àgï gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥Àj²Ã®£É CA¢£À ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ CzsÀåPÉë ²æÃN§£ÁxÀgÀªÀgÀÄ ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ°è G¥À¹ÜvÀgÁVzÀÝ ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄ UËgÀªÁ¤évÀ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÉ®ègÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁéUÀw¹, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ ¸ÀÆZÀ£É ªÉÄÃgÉUÉ ¥Àæ¸ÀPÀÛ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ªÀµÀð 2019-20 gÀ¥ÁoÀ¥ÀnÖ ¥ÀÄ£Àgï£À«ÃPÀgÀtzÀ §UÉÎ ¥Áæ¸ÁÛ«PÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼À£Áßr, ªÀÄÄA¢£À ¸À¨sÁ PÁAiÀÄðPÀ¯Á¥ÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄÄAzÀÄªÀjPÉUÁV «µÀAiÀÄ¸ÀÆaAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀ CªÀUÁºÀ£ÉUÉ ªÀÄAr¹zÀgÀÄ.

¨sÁUÀ – 2 - C£Àé¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀÅ¢®è –

¨sÁUÀ – 3 - C£Àé¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀÅ¢®è -

100

¨sÁUÀ – 4 ¥Àæ¸ÀPÀÛ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ªÀµÀð 2019-2020 jAzÀ ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ¥ÀÄ£Àgï£À«ÃPÀgÀtPÉÌ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀð¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ C£ÀÄªÀÄw ¤ÃrzÀgÀÄ. CzÀgÉÆA¢UÉ ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÁoÀ¥ÀnÖ / ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À ¹zÀÞvÉAiÀÄ dªÁ¨ÁÝjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ.C.ªÀÄAqÀ½ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ¸À«ÄwAiÉÄÃ ¤ªÀð»¸À®Ä PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ ¤zsÀðj¹vÀÄ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ ¸Áé¢üÃ£ÀPÉÌ M¼À¥ÀlÖ ¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ, gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄÄ DAiÀÄÝ ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÁoÀ¥ÀnÖUÀ¼À bÁAiÀiÁ¥ÀæwVAvÀ (¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃ PÁ¦) FUÁUÀ¯ÉÃ ®¨sÀå«gÀÄªÀ GvÀÛªÀÄ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß DAiÉÄÌªÀiÁr r.n.¦.AiÀÄ°è ªÀÄÄ¢æ¹ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä wÃªÀiÁð¤¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ ¤tðAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ©.J. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ©.J¸ï. qÀ§Æè vÀgÀUÀwUÀ½UÉ JA¢£ÀAvÉAiÉÄÃ ¥ÀævÉåÃPÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ/ ¥ÀoÀå¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄAzÀÄªÀj¸À®Ä ¸ÀªÀÄäw¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. 2. ©.J. ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ £Á®ÄÌ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgïUÀ¼À ªÁå¦ÛºÉÆA¢zÀÄÝ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï£À°è ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀå-UÀzÀå, ¢éwÃAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï£À°è £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀå-UÀzÀå, vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï£À°è ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå, ZÀvÀÄxÀð ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï£À°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw / PÀxÁ£ÀPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C¼ÀªÀr¸À®Ä wÃªÀiÁð¤¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. 3. ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æè ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀÀ°è ¸ÀªÀÄPÁ°Ã£À ªÀiË®å. ¸ÀªÀiÁ£ÀvÉ, ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄvÉ, eÁvÁåwÃvÀvÉ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ «ZÁgÀUÀ½UÉ PÉëÃvÀæPÁAiÀÄðzÀ »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄºÀvÀé ¤ÃqÀ®Ä ¤zsÀðj¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR PÀ«UÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀåUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ ªÉÊZÁjPÀ UÀzÀå¯ÉÃR£À / §gÀºÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ©.J., ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æè ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ°è C¼ÀªÀr¸À®Ä ¤zsÀðj¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ «zÁåyð ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß ©.Jqï, PÉ.J.J¸ï, L.J.J¸ï ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¸ÀàzsÁðvÀäPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ½UÉ vÀAiÀiÁgÁUÀÄªÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ D±ÀAiÀÄ¢AzÀ ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¥ÁæaÃ£ÀvÉ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÁæaÃ£ÀvÉ, ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ aAvÀ£É ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è C¼ÀªÀr¸À®Ä ºÁUÀÆ D ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼À eÉÆvÉUÉ CªÀÅUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀªÁzÀ CUÀvÀåzÀ n¥ÀàtÂUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C¼ÀªÀr¸À®Ä wÃªÀiÁð¤¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. 6. DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖAvÉ FVgÀÄªÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀAqÀUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ MvÀÄÛ PÉÆqÀÄªÀ zÀÈ¶×¬ÄAzÀ C¥ÀÆtðPÀvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÉÃ ¥ÀÆtðUÉÆ½¸À®Ä ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ¤ÃrPÉ, CzÉÃ jÃw ¸ÀªÀÄPÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨ÁèUïUÀ¼À NzÀÄ«PÉ / CzÀgÀ gÀZÀ£ÁPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀA¥ÀÆålgï «¨sÁUÀzÀ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ¢AzÀ PÀ°¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄUÉ ªÀÄºÀvÀé ¤ÃqÀ®Ä ¤zsÀðj¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ¨sÁUÀ – 5 PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ CzsÀåPÉë ²æÃN§£ÁxÀgÀªÀgÀ ªÀAzÀ£Á¥ÀðuÉAiÉÆA¢UÉ CA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀ¯Á¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄÄPÁÛAiÀÄUÉÆAqÀªÀÅ.

***************************************************************

¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-2

101

(CvÀÄåvÀÛªÀÄ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÁåPï¤AzÀ ¥ÀÅ£Àgï ‘J’ ±ÉæÃAiÀiÁAQvÀ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ) gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-2 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ ©.J., /©.J¸ï. qÀ§Æèöå. 2019 – 2020 ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ¸Á®Ä 2007 – 2008 jAzÀ ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ ²PÀët¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀiÁV PÁAiÀÄð¤gÀvÀªÁVgÀÄªÀ ¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð, gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ ¥Àæ¸ÀPÀÛ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ªÀµÀð 2019 – 2020jAzÀ ªÀÄvÉÆÛªÉÄä £Á®Ì£ÉÃ ¨Áj vÀ£ÀßzÉÃ DzÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ, ¥ÀoÀå«µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß, ¥ÀÄ£Àgï £À«ÃPÀj¸À®Ä ¤zsÀðj¹zÉ. ¸ÀgÀPÁgÀzÀ DzÉÃ±ÀPÉÌ C£ÀÄUÀÄtªÁV FªÀgÉVzÀÝ ¥ÀzÀ«ªÀÄlÖzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀªÀÄAqÀ½ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÄ£Àgï £À«ÃPÀj¸À¯ÁVzÉ. CAvÉAiÉÄÃ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ ¥Àæw¤¢üAiÀiÁV ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À ¸ÀAvÀ C¯ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¸ï ¥ÀzÀ« PÁ¯ÉÃf£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀzÀ ¸ÀºÀ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÁzÀ qÁ.«±Àé£ÁxÀ §¢PÁ£À CªÀgÉÆA¢UÉ «µÀAiÀÄvÀdÕgÁzÀ ¥ÉÇæ.PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð,qÁ.¸ÀwÃ¸ï CªÀgÀ®èzÉ, EAqÀ¹ÖçÃ ªÀ®AiÀÄzÀ ¥Àæw¤¢üAiÀiÁV qÁ.±ÀgÀ¨sÉÃAzÀæ ¸Áé«Ä, ºÀ¼É «zÁåyð ¥Àæw¤¢üAiÀiÁV ²æÃªÀÄw eÁÕ£ÉÃ±Àéj gÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½ CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ/PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÁzÀ ²æÃN§£ÁxÀgÀªÀgÀ DAiÉÄÌ ªÉÄÃgÉUÉ £ÉÃ«Ä¹PÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁVzÉ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ DAiÉÄÌ(ZÁ¬Ä¸ï) DzsÁjvÀ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¥ÀzÀÞwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß C¼ÀªÀr¹PÉÆArgÀÄªÀ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛvÉAiÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀªÁV ºÉÆ¸À aAvÀ£É ªÀÄAxÀ£ÀUÀ¼À D«µÁÌgÀPÉÌ MvÀÄÛ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä ©.J. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå vÀgÀUÀwUÀ½UÉ PÁ¯ÉÃf£À GzÁvÀÛ zsÉåÃAiÀÄUÀ¼ÁzÀ ‘CvÀÄåvÀÛªÀÄ ±ÉéPÀëtÂPÀ ¥ÀæUÀw zÀÈ¶Ö ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G£ÀßvÀ AiÀÄ±À¹ì£À ¸ÁzsÀ£É”UÀ¼À D±ÀAiÀÄ¢AzÁV ¥ÀævÉåÃPÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜAiÀÄ£ÀÄß C£ÀÄµÁ×£ÀUÉÆ½¹zÀÄÝ ZÀvÀÄªÀiÁð¸À ¥ÀzÀÞwUÉ C£ÀÄUÀÄtªÁV ¥ÀoÀå «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß DAiÉÄÌªÀiÁqÀ¯ÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ ©. J.¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ vÁwéPÀvÉAiÀÄ GzÉÝÃ±À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D±ÀAiÀÄ 1. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ eÉÆvÉUÉ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉAiÀÄÆ CvÀåUÀvÀå. ¤¢ðµÀÖ ¥ÀzÀå CxÀªÁ UÀzÀåªÀ£ÀÄß N¢ CxÉÊð¹PÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀgÀ ¸ÁgÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀAvÀºÀ ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß «zÁåyð ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÉA§ÄzÉÃ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ GzÉÝÃ±À. ¥ÀoÀåPÉÌ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖAvÀºÀ DzsÁgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀnÖ E¤ßvÀgÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÁªÀiÁVæUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæw «zÁåyðUÉ ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ, CzÀgÀ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ¢AzÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ eÁÕ£ÀzÁ»UÀ¼ÁV vÀªÀÄä n¥ÀàtÂUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÁªÉÃ gÀa¹PÉÆ¼Àî§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¥ÀoÀåPÉÌ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ªÀiÁ»w EgÀÄªÀ ¹zÀÞ PÀqÀvÀªÉÇAzÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ UÀæAxÁ®AiÀÄzÀ°è ¸ÀzÁ ®¨sÀåªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. 2. ¸Á»vÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉ J£ÀÄßªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀåQÛAiÀÄ fÃªÀ£À ªÀiË®åªÀzsÀð£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁªÀPÉÆÃ±À ¤ªÀiÁðtPÉÌ ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ¤ÃqÀÄªÀAvÀºÀzÀÄ. CAvÀºÀ ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðPÉÌ ªÀÄºÀvÀé ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁUÀÄªÀzÀÄ. 3. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §ºÀÄgÀÆ¥ÀvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è ¥ÀjZÀ¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßPÉÌ ºÉaÑ£À M®ªÀÅ vÉÆÃjPÉ. 1. DqÀÄ ªÀiÁw£À £É¯É 2. ¥ÁæAvÀ¨sÉÃzÀ 3. ¨sÁµÁ¸ÁégÀ¸Àå 4. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ¸ÁzsÀåvÉ. 5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ £É¯É.

2. «zÁåyð ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄzÀ PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀæ»¸ÀÄªÀ PË±À®åUÀ½UÉ DzÀåvÉ. UÀæ»¹zÀÝ£ÀÄß §gÀºÀzÀ°è D¼ÀªÀr¹PÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀgÀ §UÉÎ ¥ÉÆæÃvÁìºÀ ¤ÃrPÉ. 4. CAvÀgï ²¹Û£À C¼ÀªÀrPÉUÉ ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ MzÀV¸ÀÄ«PÉ. 5. «zÁåyðUÀ¼À°è£À PÀÄvÀÆºÀ® PÉgÀ½¸À®Ä C£ÉÃPÀ ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀjPÀÄå®A£À°è C¼ÀªÀr¹PÉÆ¼ÀÄî«PÉ, CªÀÅUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ, 1. gÀAUÀVÃvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ D PÁ®zÀ gÀAUÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ «±ÉèÃµÀuÉUÉ ¥ÁæzsÁ£ÀåvÉ. 2. ¤¢ðµÀÖ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀð ¤Ãr UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉðUÉ CªÀPÁ±À. 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ«UÀ¼À PÀªÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ VÃvÉUÀ¼ÁzÀ »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¨sÁªÀVÃvÉUÀÆ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ VÃvÉUÀÆ EgÀÄªÀ ªÀåvÁå¸À w½¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß. 4. DAiÀÄÝ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «µÀAiÀÄUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖAvÉ ºÉaÑ£À ªÀiÁ»w ¤ÃqÀÄªÀAwgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ. F CA±À «zÁåyUÀ¼À°è£À ¨sÁµÉ / ¸Á»vÀåQÌgÀÄªÀ ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß CjAiÀÄ®Ä ¸ÀºÀPÁjAiÀiÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. 5. ªÀiÁ£À«PÀ CA±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßPÉÌ ºÉZÀÄÑ ¥ÁæzsÀå£ÀåvÉ. «zÁåyð vÁ£ÀÄ PÀ°vÀzÀÝ£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è C©üªÀåPÀÛ ¥Àr¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßªÉÃ F ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ GzÉÝÃ±À.

102

6. ¥ÀæZÀ°vÀ ªÀÄ»¼Á, zÀ°vÀ ¸ÀAªÉÃzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ««zsÀ ¥ÀzÀgÀUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ »£Àß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¥ÀzÀ« ²PÀëtQÌgÀÄªÀ ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄRªÀ£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßPÉÌ MvÀÄÛ ¤ÃrPÉ. 7. ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ w¼ÀÄªÀ½PÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¯Á «zÁåyðAiÉÆ§â PÀÄvÀÆºÀÀ°AiÀiÁV £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß. eÁÕ£ÀªÁ»¤AiÀiÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¹UÀ¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ¸ÀªÀiÁPÁ°Ã£À ªÀiÁ£ÀåvÉUÉ CªÀPÁ±À MzÀV¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ¨sÁªÀPÉÆÃ±À ¤ªÀiÁðtPÉÌ C£ÀÄPÀÆ®ªÁUÀÄªÀAvÉ ««zsÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÀ«ÄäPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀÄ. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… © J¸ï. qÀ§Æèöå ¥ÀoÀåPÉÌ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¥ÀlÖAvÉ PÀjPÀÄå®A - ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ vÁwéPÀvÉAiÀÄ GzÉÝÃ±À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D±ÀAiÀÄ

1. ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß «©ü£Àß jÃwAiÀÄ°è AiÉÆÃf¸À¯ÁVzÉ. ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¥ÀæeÉÕ E°è ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀªÁzÀ vÀ¼ÀºÀ¢AiÀiÁzÀÄzÀjAzÀ CAvÀºÀ ¥ÀæeÁÕ PÉÃA¢ævÀ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼À §¼ÀPÉUÉ MvÀÄÛ. ««zsÀ eÁwUÀ¼À d£ÀgÀ £ÀqÀÄªÉ PÀ°PÁ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå«£À PÉÆÃ¸ïð£À°è PÉëÃvÀæPÁAiÀÄðzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ CAvÀºÀ ««zsÀ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄUÀ¼À »£Éß¯É CªÀgÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåUÀ¼ÀÄ, D ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåUÀ¼À »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ PÁªÀå-PÀxÉUÀ¼À ¸ÉÃ¥ÀðqÉ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR D±ÀAiÀÄ. ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁAiÀÄð «ªÀgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÀ ªÀgÀ¢, ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ gÀÆ¦ÃPÀgÀt F ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄzÀ GzÉÝÃ±À. 2. CPÀëgÀ¸ÀÜgÀÄ-C£ÀPÀëgÀ¸ÀÜgÀ ¸ÀªÀiÁdPÀÆÌ EgÀÄªÀ CAvÀgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C¸ÀA¥ÀæzÁAiÀÄPÀ ²PÀëtzÀ »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß CjªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß, CPÀëgÀ¸ÀÜ ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¤ªÀiÁðtzÀvÀÛ ºÉeÉÓ, F ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁzÀ QæAiÀiÁ AiÉÆÃd£É, ¸ÀgÀPÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀPÁgÉÃvÀgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §qÀvÀ£À EªÀÅUÀ¼À ªÀÄzsÉå PÉÆArAiÀiÁV ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå «zÁåyðUÀ¼À ¥ÁvÀæ ªÀÄºÀvÀéªÁzÀzÀÄ. CAvÀºÀ ¥ÁvÀæ ªÀ»¸À¨ÉÃPÁzÀ §zÀÞvÉ, ²¸ÀÄÛ, vÁåUÀ ««zsÀ ªÀiÁzÀj ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À C¨sÁå¸À ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀÄªÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è C¼ÀªÀr¸À¯ÁVzÉ. 3. PÉëÃvÀæ PÁAiÀÄðzsÁjvÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå«£À ªÀÄÄRå ®PÀët. ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÉÃ F «¨sÁUÀzÀ GzÉÞÃ±À. ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß C°è£À M¼À£ÉÆÃlUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CªÀgÀ fÃªÀ£À «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CjAiÀÄÄªÀ PÀæªÀÄªÉÃ ¥ÀoÀå gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀgÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß EAVèµï£À°è §gÉAiÀÄ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è §gÉAiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°vÀÄ F ¥ÀwæPÉUÉ ¥ÀæwPÀæ¬Ä¸À®Ä CªÀPÁ±À«zÉ.

4. ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄUÀ¼À ««zsÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¥Àæw¨sÉUÀ¼À C©üªÀåQÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¨É¼ÀQUÉ vÀgÀÄªÀ, C£ÀÄPÀj¸ÀÄªÀ, §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ, F ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¨ÁAzsÀåªÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßPÉÌ CªÀPÁ±À ¤ÃrPÉ. 5. ¤¢ðµÀÖ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß d£ÁAVPÀ ªÀÈwÛ¥ÀgÀ UÁæ«ÄÃt, £ÀUÀgÀ, ªÀ®¸ÉUÁgÀgÀÄ, JA§ £É¯ÉAiÀÄ°è CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ªÀiÁ»w gÀªÁ£É. 6. ¸Á»vÀåQÌgÀÄªÀ §ºÀÄ CxÀð¸ÁzsÀåvÉAiÀÄ¤ßlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ±ÀQÛAiÀÄ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÀzÀ DzsÁgÀzÀ°è ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CjªÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß. 7. ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è PÉëÃvÀæ PÁAiÀÄð £ÀqÉ¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ d£À¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀågÀ eÉÆvÉ GvÀÛªÀÄ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¨É¼É¸ÀÄ«PÉUÉ CªÀPÁ±À ¤ÃrPÉ. 8. ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀÄjvÀ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ¥ÀæPÀl¸À®Ä ¥ÉÆæÃvÁìºÀ ¤ÃrPÉ. ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÈwÛ ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀzÀ ªÀiÁzÀj PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ¥Àæ±ÉÆßÃvÀÛgÀUÀ¼À ¤ªÀiÁðt, D¥ÀÛ ¸ÀªÀiÁ¯ÉÆÃZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÉëÃvÀæ PÁAiÀÄðPÉÌ ¸ÀgÀPÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ d£ÀgÀ £ÀqÀÄªÉ PÉÆArAiÀiÁV QæAiÀiÁ AiÉÆÃd£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. 9. ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ ¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À CjªÀÅ, ¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀªÀiÁdQÌgÀÄªÀ ¸ÀA§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. d£ÀfÃªÀ£ÀzÀ avÀætªÉÃ ¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À°è ªÀåPÀÛªÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ D ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ CjªÀÅ ªÀÄÆr¸ÀÄ«PÉUÉ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀ D±ÀAiÀÄ.

103

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 1 ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-1 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35 1. zÉÃªÀgÀÄ gÀÄdÄ ªÀiÁrzÀ£ÀÄ - PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ 2.¥ÀÅlÖ «zsÀªÉ - zÀ.gÁ.¨ÉÃAzÉæ 3. K¸ÀÄ-PÀÈµÀÚ - UÉÆÃ«AzÀ ¥ÉÊ 4. ²®Ä¨É KjzÁÝ£É - qÁ. PÉ.J¸ï. ¤¸Ágï CºÀªÀÄzï 5. CªÀé - ºÀ£ÀÄªÀÄAvÀAiÀÄå 6. vÀqÉ - ZÀ. ¸ÀªÀðªÀÄAUÀ¼À ¨sÁUÀ – 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 ¸ÀtÚ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀzÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 1. ªÉAPÀl±Á«ÄAiÀÄ ¥ÀætAiÀÄ - ªÀiÁ¹Û 2 PÀªÀÄ¯Á¥ÀÅgÀzÀ ºÉÆÃmÉÃ°£À°è - ¥ÀAeÉ 3. £Á®ÄÌ ªÉÆ¼À ¨sÀÆ«Ä - ZÀzÀÄgÀAUÀ 4. ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊ§tÚ - ¯ÉÆÃ»AiÀiÁ 5. ªÉÊZÁjPÀ ¥ÀæeÉÕUÉ EgÀÄªÀ CqÉvÀqÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - qÁ. ºÉZï. £ÀgÀ¹AºÀAiÀÄå ¨sÁUÀ– 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. ¥Àæ§AzsÀ gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. ªÉÊZÁjPÀ, ®°vÀ, ºÁ¸Àå ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É 1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 ______MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100 ______DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 2) ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/ ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄðAiÉÆÃd£É 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É

104

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 2 JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-2 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12 x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35 1. Cw¨sÀPÀÛ£À gÀUÀ¼É - ºÀjºÀgÀ 2. PÀÄgÀÄ¥ÀwUÉ PÉÃqÁzÀÄzÉAzÀ£ÀÄ - PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À 3. ¥ÉtÄÚ ¥ÉvÀÛªÀgÀÄ ¥ÉZÀÄðªÀgÀÄ - ¸ÀAaAiÀÄ ºÉÆ£ÀßªÀÄä 4. ¤ªÀÄUÉÆÃ¸ÀÄUÉ£Àß PÀÄ®ªÀÄA PÉr¥É£ÉÃ - gÁWÀªÁAPÀ 5. QÃvÀð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ¸À ¨sÁUÀ– 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 PÁzÀA§j /®°vÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 1.PÀñµÉÚÃUËqÀ£À D£É (PÁzÀA§j) - PÉ.¦.¥ÀÇtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é 2. £ÀªÀÄä ºÀ½îAiÀÄ PÀ«¸ÀªÉÄäÃ¼À£À - ¨sÀÄªÀ£ÉÃ±Àéj ºÉUÀqÉ ¨sÁUÀ- 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. PÁ¯ÉÃdÄUÀ¼À°è ©üwÛ ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. 2. ¦üÃZÀgï CxÀªÁ £ÀÄravÀæ.

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 ______MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100 ______DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 2) ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/ ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄðAiÉÆÃd£É 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É .

105

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 3 ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-3 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12 x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ– 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35 1 PÀuÁðªÀ¸Á£À - ¥ÀA¥À 2. C©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀÄzÀ£É ©°érA - gÀ£Àß 3. C¨sÀAiÀÄgÀÄa C¨sÀAiÀÄªÀÄw ¥Àæ¸ÀAUÀ - d£Àß 4. PÀzÀrzÀ ¸À°®A w½ªÀAzÀzÉ - £ÁUÀZÀAzÀæ ¨sÁUÀ– 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 £ÁlPÀ/ªÀåQÛavÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 1. £ÁlPÀ : mÉÆ¼ÀÄîUÀnÖ - n.¦.PÉÊ¯Á¸ÀA 2. ¸Á»wUÀ¼À ¸ÀAUÀzÀ°è - ¨É¼ÀUÉgÉ PÀÈµÀÚ±Á¹ÛçÃ (qÁ.²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, J¸ï.J¯ï ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà) ¨sÁUÀ – 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ¥ÀvÀæ, DqÀ½vÀ ¥ÀvÀæ : ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À, §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.CfðUÀ¼ÀÄ; ¸Àé«ªÀgÀ 2. ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ vÀgÀ¨ÉÃw – NzÀÄUÀgÀ N¯É, DªÀÄAvÀæt ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À §UÉ

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100

DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 2) ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/ ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄðAiÉÆÃd£É 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 4

106

£Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-4 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12 x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 205 d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35

1. d£À¥ÀzÀ VÃvÉ– PËlÄA©PÀ VÃvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀxÉ : QjÃªÀÄUÀ 3. ºÀ®UÀ° ¨ÉÃqÀgÀÄ - ¯ÁªÀtÂ 4. ¹j ¥ÁqÀÝ£À – DAiÀÄÝ ¨sÁUÀ ¨sÁUÀ– 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸Á»vÀå/aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå 1. ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (DAiÀÄÝ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) - vÉÃd¹é 2. PÀëtºÉÆvÀÄÛ CtÂªÀÄÄvÀÄÛ (DAiÀÄÝ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) - µÀqÀPÀëj J¸ï ¨sÁUÀ– 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. UÁzÉ/ MUÀlÄUÀ¼ÀÄ-¸ÀAUÀæºÀ, «¸ÀÛgÀuÉ, 2. ¤WÀAlÄ, «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±ÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ. (PÀ£ÀßqÀ vÀAvÁæA±ÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ,PÀA¥sÀÇålgï ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÁ®AiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ)

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 1 ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå

107

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-1 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35 1. PÀ°Ì - PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÉÆ¼ï - f.¦. gÁdgÀvÀßA 3. ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ £À¢UÀ¼ÀÄ - ¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå 4.PÀtÂªÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀÄPÀ - ¥ÀÄ.w.£À. 5. CqÀÄUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄV - ªÉÊzÉÃ»

¨sÁUÀ– 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 ¸ÀtÚ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30

1.zsÀ¤AiÀÄgÀ ¸ÀvÀå£ÁgÁAiÀÄt -PÉÆgÀqÀÌ¯ï ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À gÁªï 2.ªÉAPÀnUÀ£À ºÉAqÀw - ªÀiÁ¹Û 3.PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ VgÁQ - ¤gÀAd£À 4. ºÉÆ¸ÀºÀÄlÄÖ - £ÉÃ«ÄZÀAzÀæ 5. ºÀgÀPÉAiÀÄ PÉÆÃ½ - qÁ. £Á. ªÉÆUÀ¸Á¯É ¨sÁUÀ– 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. ¥ÀvÀæ ¯ÉÃR£UÀ¼ÀÄ/¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À PË±À® 2. ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄ / HgÀÄ / £ÀUÀgÀ / ªÀÈwÛ / PÉÃj PÀÄjvÁzÀ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20

MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100

DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 2) ¸ÀÈd£À ²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ / ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄð AiÉÆÃd£É 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 2 JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-2 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

108

ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12x 04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35

1. ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - §¸ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ, CPÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ« 2. ¤ªÀÄUÉÆÃ¸ÀÄUÀ£É£Àß PÀÄ®ªÀÄA PÉr¥É£É - gÁWÀªÁAPÀ 3. ¹ÃvÁ ¥ÀjvÁåUÀ (²æÃ gÁªÀiÁ±ÀéªÉÄÃzsÀzÀ DAiÀÄÝ ¨sÁUÀ) - ªÀÄÄzÀÝt 4. «µÀAiÉÄ «ªÁºÀ (ZÀAzÀæºÁ¸À PÁªÀåzÀ DAiÀÄÝ ¨sÁUÀ) - ºÉ¼ÀªÀ£ÀPÀmÉÖ VjAiÀÄªÀÄä 5. QÃvÀð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¥ÀÅgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸ÀgÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ– 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 UÀzÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÁzÀA§j CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30

1. PÁzÀA§j –‘C¸Ààø±ÀågÀÄ’ - ªÉÊzÉÃ» 2. ¨ÁåAQ£À°è gÀ¸À¤«ÄµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - JZï. qÀÄArgÁeï 3. ªÀÄÆqsÀ£ÀA©PÉUÀ¼À ©Ãr£À°è - ¨sÀÄªÀ£ÉÃ±Àéj ºÉUÀqÉ ¨sÁUÀÀ – 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. ¥ÀwæPÁ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ/gÀÆ¥ÀgÉÃµÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. ¸ÀÄ¢Ý ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀgÀ¢

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100

DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë. 2) ¸ÀÈd£À ²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ / ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄð AiÉÆÃd£É. 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë. 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É .

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 3 ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-3 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

109

ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12 x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35 ¨sÁUÀ– 1 ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå

1. ¸ÀÆ¼ïà qÉAiÀÄ®¥ÀÅöàzÀÄ PÁuÁ ªÀÄºÁfgÀAUÀzÉÆ¼ï - ¥ÀA¥À 2. ¤£ÀßªÉÇÃ¯ï ±ÉéÃvÀPÀÈµÀÚPÁgÀPÀgÉÆ¼ÀgÉÃ - gÀ£Àß 3. avÀæªÀÄ¥ÁvÉæÃ gÀªÀÄvÉÃ £Áj - d£Àß 4. ªÀÄºÁ±ÉéÃvÉ ªÀÈvÁÛAvÀ - £ÁUÀªÀªÀÄð ¨sÁUÀ – 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 £ÁlPÀ / ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ¸Á»vÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 1. ‘ºÀAiÀÄªÀzÀ£À - qÁ. VjÃ±ï PÁ£Áðqï (£ÁlPÀ) 2. £À£ÉÆß¼ÀV£À PÀÆå§ - f.J£ï.ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï(¥ÀæªÁ¸À ¸Á»vÀå) ¨sÁUÀ – 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10 QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15 1. DqÀ½vÀ ¥ÀvÀæzÀ ®PÀët, ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À, ««zsÀ §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, CfðUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸Àé«ªÀgÀ 2. PÉëÃvÀæ PÁAiÀÄðUÀ¼À ªÀgÀ¢ vÀAiÀiÁj.

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 4 £Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ: ¥ÀwæPÉ-4 : ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

110

ªÁgÀPÉÌ 04 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 12 x04=48 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 1 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 20 d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 35

1. d£À¥ÀzÀ VÃvÉ: CtÚ vÀAV 2. d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀxÀ£ÀVÃvÉ : GvÀÛgÁzÉÃ« 3. d£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå: ±ÀAPÀªÀÄä. 4. AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À ¸Á»vÀå : ¥ÁAqÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀéUÁðgÉÆÃºÀt ¨sÁUÀÀ – 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 18 ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸Á»vÀå/aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 30 1. nÃPÉ – n¥ÀàtÂ (DAiÀÄÝ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) - ¦.®APÉÃ±ï 2. DtÂªÀÄÄvÀÄÛ (DAiÀÄÝ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) - µÀqÀPÀëj J¸ï

¨sÁUÀ – 3 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 10QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 15

1. ±À§Ý avÀæ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAPÀt §gÀºÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ. 2. ¥ÀwæPÁ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ,

1) CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80 2) DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 20 MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100 DAvÀjPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1) DAvÀjPÀ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë. 2) ¸ÀÈd£À ²Ã® ¥Àæ§AzsÀ / ¤zÉðÃ²vÀ PÁAiÀÄð AiÉÆÃd£É. 3) ªÀiËTPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë. 4) vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – UÀÄA¥ÀÄ ZÀZÉð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É .

¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-2 (CvÀÄåvÀÛªÀÄ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÁåPï¤AzÀ ¥ÀÅ£Àgï ‘J’ ±ÉæÃAiÀiÁAQvÀ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ)

111

¥Àæ±Éß ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀi ªÀiÁzÀj 2019-20 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁóµÁ ¥ÀwæPÉ ©.J,/ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æè÷å ¥Àæ±Éß ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ «£Áå¸À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAPÀUÀ¼À ºÀAaPÉ (J¯Áè £Á®ÄÌ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgïUÀ½UÀÆ C£ÀéAiÀÄ.) CAPÀ : 80 ªÉÃ¼É : 3 WÀAmÉ 1. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå. / UÀzÀå / QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁUÀ-1 PÉ¼ÀV£À ºÀvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ PÀqÁØAiÀÄªÁV MAzÀÄ CxÀªÁ JgÀqÀÄ ªÁPÀågÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 0x02=20 ¨sÁUÀ-2 PÉ¼ÀV£À LzÀgÀ°è £Á®ÄÌ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ «ªÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀªÁVGvÀÛj¹. 04x05=20 ¨sÁUÀ-3 03x10=30 PÉ¼ÀV£À £Á®ÌgÀ°èªÀÄÆgÀÄ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è «ªÀÄ±ÁðvÀäPÀªÁVGvÀÛj¹. ¨sÁUÀ-4 PÉ¼ÀV£À ªÀÄÆgÀgÀ°è JgÀqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ n¥ÀàtÂ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°èGvÀÛj¹. 02x05=10 ------

112

DzsÁgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀwæPÉ – 1 ºÁUÀÆ 2 ¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼À«ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:

DªÀÄÆgÀ f.J¸ï ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁzÀA§jAiÀÄ ¨É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉ’ ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1983 ©½ªÀÄ¯É ¥ÀÄgÀµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀi PÉ. ‘§AqÁAiÀÄ - zÀ°vÀ” ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä, 1990 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-1990

ºÁªÀ£ÀÆgï ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À ‘ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ CgÀÄuÉÆÃzÀAiÀÄ’ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ, 1974 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ dAiÀÄgÁA JA. J¸ï ‘ºÀvÉÆÛA§vÀÛ£ÉAiÀÄ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï, 1983 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ’ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr ¤¥ÀÄtgÀÄ’ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï 1996 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀÄvÀÄðPÉÆÃn QÃwð£Áxï ‘AiÀÄÄUÀzsÀªÀÄð ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À’ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï, zsÁgÁªÁqÀ 1991

ªÀÄÄUÀ½ Dgï. J¸ï. ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ EwºÁ¸À’ GµÁ ¸Á»vÀå, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1968

£ÁgÁAiÀÄt C£ÀAvÀ J¸ï, ‘ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀåzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É gÁd®QëÃöä ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1976 EAVèÃµï PÁªÀåzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ’ gÁªï ±ÉÃµÀVj ‘ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå’ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «.«. ¤®AiÀÄ, 1975 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå f.J¸ï. ‘£À£Àß d£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸À¥Àß §ÄPïºË¸ï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 2008 EvÀgÀ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ’ ¸ÀÄ«ÄvÁæ¨Á¬Ä ©.J£ï. ‘¹ÛçÃªÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÉÃ²PÉ’ UÁAiÀÄwæ, £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ, 1995 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄgÀÄ¼À¹zÀÞ¥Àà PÉ. ‘DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁlPÀ’ CAQvÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 2002

DzsÁgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

113

©. J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀwæPÉ – 3 ºÁUÀÆ 4 ¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼À «ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:

°AUÀAiÀÄå r gÉrØ ‘eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À’ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï, 1997 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÆwð azÁ£ÀAzÀ ‘ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå’ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «.«. ¤®AiÀÄ 1975 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÁAiÀÄPï ºÉZï. JA. ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ, 1975 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ £ÁAiÀÄPï ºÉZï. JA. ‘eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À’ vÀ¼ÀÄQ£À ªÉAPÀtÚAiÀÄå ¸ÁägÀPÀ 1999 UÀæAxÀªÀiÁ¯É, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄUÀÄ½ gÀA.²æÃ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå ¸ÀAZÀAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1996 ±Á¹Ûç ªÉAPÀmÁZÀ® n.«, ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÉÆÃ «ÄÃªÀiÁA¸É’ r.«.PÉ. ªÀÄÆwð, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 2003 ¸Áé«Ä w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ ‘±ÀgÀtgÀ C£ÀÄ¨sÁªÀ ¸Á»vÀå’ r.«.PÉ. ªÀÄÆwð, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1978

DzsÁgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§ÆèPÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀwæPÉ –1 ºÁUÀÆ 2 ¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼À «ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: ¨sÀmï r. J£ï. ±ÀAPÀgÀ ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, 2009 ªÁåPÀgÀt’ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ azÁ£ÀAzÀ ªÀÄÆwð JA. ‘PÀ«gÁdªÀiÁUÀð’ L.©.ºÉZï. ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, 1973 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ UËqÀ PÉA¥É ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À’ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ. ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1997 ªÀÄÄUÀ½ Dgï.J¸ï. ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ EwºÁ¸À’ GµÁ ¸Á»vÀå, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1968 £ÀgÀ¹AºÁZÁgï r.J¯ï. ‘±À§ÝªÀÄtÂzÀ¥Àðt’ ±ÁgÀzÁ ªÀÄA¢gÀ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1958 £ÀgÀ¹AºÁZÁgï r.J¯ï. ‘¥ÀA¥À¨sÁgÀvÀ ¢Ã¦PÉ’ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «.«. ¤®AiÀÄ, 1976 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ £ÁAiÀÄPï ºÉZï. JA. ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ, 1975 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà f.J¸ï. ‘¥ÀA¥À MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À’ ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1974 «.«. ¤®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀ¹µÀ× ‘PÉÃ²gÁd£À zÀ¥ÀðtA’ ®QëöäÃ ¦æAlgïì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæPÁ±ÀPÀgÀÄ, 1997 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ

DzsÁgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

114

©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æè. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀwæPÉ –3 ºÁUÀÆ 4 ¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼À «ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ¸Áé«Ä ºÉZï PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌöÈw ¸À«ÄÃPÉë r.«.PÉ ªÀÄÆwð ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À 1974 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà f.J¸ï. ‘PÁªÁåxÀð ¥ÀzÀPÉÆÃ±À’ PÁªÀÄzsÀ£ï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1999 ¸Áé«Ä £ÁUÀ¨sÀÆµÀt N.J¯ï «ªÀÄ±ÉðAiÀÄ ¥Àj¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌöÈw E¯ÁSÉ 2011 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ E£ÁAzÁgï «. «ªÀiï. ‘¥Á±ÁévÀå PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA¸É’ GµÁ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀiÁ¯É, 1982 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄºÉÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå gÁeÉÃ±Àéj ‘DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ªÀtð£ÁvÀäPÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÁ®AiÀÄ, 1992 «eÁÕ£À’ zsÁgÀªÁqÀ ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ÀªÀÄÆwð JZï.J¸ï «ªÀÄ±Áð ¸ÀA¥ÀÅl ¸À¥Àß §ÄPï ºË¸ï ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 2011

®APÉÃ±ï.¦ ¸ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀwæPÁ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1990 gÁªï ±ÉÃµÀVj ‘ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ’ CAQvÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1999 ¸ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoï ¸ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±ï ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ªÁå¸ÀAUÀ’ gÀÆ¥ÀgÁ², UÀÄ®âUÀð 1993 ±ÁåªÀÄgÁAiÀÄ vÀ.¸ÀÄ. ‘PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ’ vÀ¼ÀÄQ£À ªÉAPÀtÚAiÀÄå ¸ÁägÀPÀ 1997 UÀæAxÀªÀiÁ¯É, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ²ªÀgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå ©.PÉ. ‘C®APÁgÀ ±Á¸ÀÛç’ ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAU, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1970

²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå n.J£ï ‘¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA¸É’ ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAU, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ 1970 «.«. ¤®AiÀÄ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ªÉAPÀl¸ÀÄ§âAiÀÄå f. ‘EUÉÆÃ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀªÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1996 (¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¤WÀAlÄ) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌöÈw E¯ÁSÉ ‘²ªÀ±ÀgÀtgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄUÀæ ªÀZÀ£À’ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌöÈw E¯ÁSÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ2010 w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ¸Áé«Ä ‘¥Á±ÀévÀå ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ’ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ, 1985 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ vÉÃd¹é ¥ÀÇtðZÀAzÀæ PÉ,¦ vÉÃd¹é PÀxÀ£À CPÀëgÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, 1995 ºÉUÉÆÎÃqÀÄ

115

¸ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï ¸ÉÆÃ²AiÀÄ¯ï ªÀPïð

gÉÆÃ±À¤ ¤®AiÀÄ, ¸ÁéAiÀÄvÀÛ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-2 (CvÀÄåvÀÛªÀÄ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÁåPï¤AzÀ ¥ÀÅ£Àgï ‘J’ ±ÉæÃAiÀiÁAQvÀ ²PÀët ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ) PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÉÆÃzÀ£Á «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ¸ÁgÁA±À ¥ÀnÖ - ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ –2019-20 ©.J. ªÉÆzÀ® ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 1 ©.J. JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 2 °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 1 ¨sÁUÀ – 1 1. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 2 ¨sÁUÀ – 2 2. ¸ÀtÚ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀzÀå – 30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. PÁzÀA§j/ ®°vÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ– 30 ¨sÁUÀ – 3 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 3 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J. ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 3 ©.J. £Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå - 4 °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ)

¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 1 ¨sÁUÀ – 1 1. ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå- ¨sÁUÀ – 2 ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. £ÁlPÀ / ªÀåQÛavÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ- 30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 2 ¨sÁUÀ – 3 2. ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸Á»vÀå / aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ – ¨sÁUÀ – 3 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

116

PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå - PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

¨sÉÆÃzÀ£Á «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ¸ÁgÁA±À ¥ÀnÖ - ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ ¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ / ¥ÀoÀå PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ – 2019-20 ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå ªÉÆzÀ® ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 1 ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 2 °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå: ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁAiÀÄðzÀ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ½UÉ ¸Á»vÀå ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå: ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁAiÀÄðzÀ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ½UÉ ¸Á»vÀå ±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ. ±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ. ¨sÁUÀ– 1 ¨sÁUÀ – 1 1. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå – 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ-2 2. ¸ÀtÚ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ– 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 2 ¨sÁUÀ – 3 1. UÀzÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÁzÀA§j –30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 10 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 3 2. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 3 ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå £Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå 4 °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) °TvÀ «zsÁ£À (80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå: ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁAiÀÄðzÀ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ½UÉ ¸Á»vÀå ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀA§A¢ü ¥ÀoÀå: ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁAiÀÄðzÀ ¥ÀoÀåUÀ½UÉ ¸Á»vÀå ±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ ±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 1 ¨sÁUÀ – 1 1. ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå– 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀ – 2 - ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ– 35 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. £ÁlPÀ– ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ¸Á»vÀå 30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 2 1. ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸Á»vÀå / aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀ – 3 ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 30 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ – 3 2. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ – 15 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ - ©.J. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

117

CAPÀUÀ¼À ¸ÁgÁA±À ¥ÀnÖ 2019-2020 ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À «ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë CAvÀjPÀ MlÄÖ PÉærmïì ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiË¯ÁåAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄð¨sÁgÀ (¥Àæw ªÁgÀPÉÌ) ©.J. ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï – 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÉJ¯ï©J - 121 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 1 ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J. JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï – 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÉJ¯ï©J– 122 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 2 £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J. ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï – PÉJ¯ï©J- 123 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 3 ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå/UÀzÀå gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J. £Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï – PÉJ¯ï©J - 124 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 4 d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ¥ÀwæPÁ/ aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ «¨sÁUÀ - ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

118

CAPÀUÀ¼À ¸ÁgÁA±À ¥ÀnÖ 2019-20

¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À «ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ °TvÀ CAvÀjPÀ MlÄÖ PÉærmïì ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á ¥ÀjÃPÁë ªÀiË¯ÁåAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄð¨ÁgÀ (¥Àæw CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÁgÀPÉÌ)

©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå.ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – PÉJ¯ï©qÀ§Æè- 321 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 1 ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå/¸ÀtÚ PÀxÁ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå.JgÀqÀ£É ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - PÉJ¯ï©qÀ§Æè - 322 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 2 £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå/UÀzÀå/PÁzÀA§j CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå.ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - PÉJ¯ï©qÀ§Æè - 323 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 3 ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå/£ÁlPÀ gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ©.J¸ï.qÀ§Æèöå.£Á®Ì£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - PÉJ¯ï©qÀ§Æè - 324 80 20 100 2 4 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ ¥ÀoÀå – 4 d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ¥ÀwæPÁ/ aAvÀ£À ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence

119

Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(d) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in French for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on 2nd August, 2018 AT 10:00 a.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

120

PART I:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN FRENCH HELD ON2nd AUGUST, 2018 AT 10:00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHINI NILAYA, MANGALORE 575- 002

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Sunita Menezes : In the chair 2. Ms. Samina Nayak : Member (Subject expert) 3. Ms. Ratna Pinto : Member (Meritorious Alumnae) 4. Ms. Eula : Member

AGENDA

1. Preparation of panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018-2019 examinations. 2. Assessment and review of 2nd& 4th(2017-18) Semesters Question Papers and Results. 3. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART II: The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshini Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

PART III: The Board approved satisfaction over the previous semesters i.e. 2nd and4thSemesters April/May 2018, Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory. [See Annexure: I]

PART IV: Revision/Modification of Syllabus.

PART V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable.

The meeting concluded with the chairperson proposing a Vote of Thanks. NAME SIGNATURE 1. Ms.Sunita Menezes …………Sd/-…………. 2. Ms. SaminaNayak …………Sd/-…………. 3. Ms. Ratna Pinto …………Sd/-…………. 4. Ms. Eula …………Sd/-………….

PANEL OF EXAMINERS: MS. SAMINA NAYAK. MS. SUNITA MENEZES. MS. RATNA PINTO. Sd/- Ms. Sunitha Menezes CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in French

121

FRENCH B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

PARTICULARS OCT./ NOV. 2017 OCT. /NOV. 2017

No. of Students No. of Students

No. of Students Appeared 7 13

No. of Students Passed 7 13

No. of Students Failed Nil Nil

No. of Students Absent Nil Nil

No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

PARTICULARS OCT./ NOV. 2017 OCT. /NOV. 2017

No. of Students No. of Students

90% & Above 1 5

80% & Above but below 90% 3 4

70% & Above but below 80% 2 2

60% & Above but below 70% 1 1

55% & Above but below 60% Nil Nil

50% & Above but below 55% Nil 1

35% & Above but below 50% Nil Nil

Below 35% Nil Nil

Absent Nil Nil Pass Percentage 100.00 100.00

122

FRENCH B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

PARTICULARS APRIL 2018 APRIL 2018 No. of Students No. of Students

7 No. of Students Appeared 13

No. of Students Passed 6 13

No. of Students Failed 1 Nil

No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER

PARTICULARS APRIL 2018 APRIL 2018

No. of Students No. of Students

90% & Above 2 6

80% & Above but below 90% 1 4

70% & Above but below 80% 2 1

60% & Above but below 70% 1 1

55% & Above but below 60% Nil Nil

50% & Above but below 55% Nil Nil

35% & Above but below 50% Nil 1

Below 35% 1 Nil

Absent Nil Nil Pass Percentage 85.71 100.00

123

FRENCH B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

PARTICULARS OCT/NOV 2017 OCT/NOV 2017

No. of Students No. of Students 6 No. of Students Appeared Nil 5 No. of Students Passed Nil 1 No. of Students Failed Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil

No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

PARTICULARS OCT/NOV 2017 OCT/NOV 2017

No. of Students No. of Students Nil Nil 90% & Above Nil 1 80% & Above but below 90% Nil 1 70% & Above but below 80% Nil 1 60% & Above but below 70% Nil 55% & Above but below 60% Nil Nil 50% & Above but below 55% Nil 2 35% & Above but below 50% Nil 1 Below 35% Nil Nil Absent Nil

Pass Percentage Nil 100.00

124

FRENCH B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 II SEMESTER VI SEMESTER

PARTICULARS APRIL 2018 APRIL 2018

No. of Students No. of Students 6 No. of Students Appeared Nil 6 No. of Students Passed Nil Nil No. of Students Failed Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil NIL No. of Students Discontinued Nil

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : 2017-2018 I SEMESTER III SEMESTER

PARTICULARS OCT/NOV 2017 OCT/NOV 2017

No. of Students No. of Students Nil 1 90% & Above Nil Nil 80% & Above but below 90% Nil 1 70% & Above but below 80% Nil 2 60% & Above but below 70% 1 55% & Above but below 60% Nil 1 50% & Above but below 55% Nil Nil 35% & Above but below 50% Nil Nil Below 35% Nil Nil Absent Nil

Pass Percentage Nil 100.00

125

TOP SCORERS in FRENCH : 2015 - 2016 Batch B.A. / B.S.W.

Aggregate of all Semesters

Marks Reg. No Name of the Candidate % Ranking Obtained

155560402 RISHIKA ROSE 344 86.00 1

155560301 MISTI K . S. 337 84.25 2

155560102 SHELDON YOHAAN AMANNA 316 79.00 3

126

PART I:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN FRENCH HELD ONSATURDAY, DECEMBER 01, 2018 AT 11:30 AM AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHINI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 575 002.

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Sunita Menezes : In the chair 2. Ms. SaminaNayak : Member (University nominee) 3. Ms. Ratna Pinto : Member (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA

Approval of Revised Syllabus for French for implementation w.e.f. 2019-20

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART II: Panel of Examiners – Not Applicable

PART III:Review of Question Papers & Results - Not Applicable

PART IV:Revision/Modification of Syllabus.

The Syllabus for the I / II /III / IV semesters were placed before the Board for its consideration, scrutiny and approval. After much deliberations, discussions, and incorporation of necessary changes as proposed by the honorable members, the Board accorded its approval for the syllabus and recommended its immediate implementation. Hence the Resolution:

RESOLVED THAT the syllabus of BA/BSW French for I/ II / III / IV semester as approved and recommended by the Board of Studies be hereby adopted for implementation w.e.f. 2019-20.

PART V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable. The meeting concluded with the chairperson proposing a Vote of Thanks.

NAME SIGNATURE 1. Mrs.Sunita Menezes …………Sd/-…………. 2. Mrs.SaminaNayak …………Sd/-…………. 3. Mrs.Ratna Pinto …………Sd/-………….

Sd/- Ms. Sunitha Menezes CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in French

127

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

CREDIT-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: FRENCH [For B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-20]

PREAMBLE: French, being one of the most commonly spoken languages regular revision of its syllabus is necessary in order to remain relevant in the fast-changing world. Now-a-days, recruiters give paramount importance to effective communication skills, positive attitude and knowledge of foreign languages.

The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on December 1st, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the Credit-based Semester Scheme (Autonomous) with its clearly spelt out objectives.

OBJECTIVES:  Emphasis on conversational French  Better knowledge of French culture  More group activities in the class  Consistent emphasis on grammar & vocabulary  Separate work sheets to encourage individual work  CD/DVD helps in pronunciation and intonation  Inter-collegiate participation in competitionsand fests.

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:  Spoken French.  Basic grammar.  Communication skills.

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE: Translators, Lecturers, Office Assistants, Hospitality, Travel and other related job opportunities.

OUR VISION: In Pursuit of Academic Excellence OUR MISSION: Striving for Success

Faculty Objective: To impart basic knowledge in French with a strong emphasis on conversation and grammar with continuous improvement in the language.

Learner Objective: To equip students for careers at the global level using contemporary and communicative methods of learning. Academic Programme and Scheme of Examination are given in detail in the following pages along with Summary Charts showing the semester-wise distribution of Academic content, and the Teaching work- load.

128

Name of the Manual: Echo 1 / Cours de Langue et de Civilization Francaise

Name of the Author: J. Girardet, J. Pecheur/ G. Mauger

Echo has one exercise book for the students and a Guide with teaching methodologies for teachers. It also has a CD/DVD. Echo is divided into three unites. Each unit has four lessons.

Langue et de CivilisationFrancaises: G Mauger popularly known as Mauger Bleu is a new and revised approach to the book. Highlights of the New Edition:

 Full colour version with color coding to help the students to comprehend, absorb and retain the grammatical concepts.  Retaining all the previous contents with extra features.  Table de Matieres / Contents page with full explanation of the chapter.  French - English Word lists after every 4 chapters.  Exercises expanded for students to solve them. One sample answer in all questions included.  A new introductory chapter added on places, food, culture, civilization and salutation etc.

129

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 2 Autonomous College under Mangalore University Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade – [3rd Cycle] DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2020 SEMESTER ONE : Lesson 1: Grammar: Conjugation, Masculine /feminine,singular/plural,Interrogation, Negation Vocabulary: The identity, places of the city,the wordsof etiquette Oralsituations: Say his name, Waving, thank, Chatting someone Civilization: TheFrancophone

Lesson 2: Grammar: Agreement nouns andadjectives,definite and indefinite articles, interrogation Vocabulary: Marital status, peopleandobjects, featuresa country Oralsituations: Identifya personto expresshis tastes,ask for something Civilization: The French company Lesson 3: Grammar: near Future, tonic pronoun Vocabulary: Leisure Oralsituations: Suggest/accept or refuse, ask for an explanation, expressingthe possibility Civilization: Space of France

SEMESTER TWO: Lesson 4: Grammar: Thepast tense, date and time Vocabulary: Thetimes of the day, the year, Oralsituations: Request /give, say, congratulations Civilization: Rhythm of lifein France,the personalitiesof the Francophone world Lesson 5: Grammar: Comparative, demonstrativeandpossessive adjectives Vocabulary: Travel&transport Oralsituations: Choose, negotiate, recommendations,practical situationstrip Civilization: Transportationin France

Lesson 6: Grammar: Articles partitive, use of articles, interrogation, possessive form"a +pronoun" Vocabulary: The food,meals,party Oralsituations: Practical Situationsin restaurantand hotel Civilization: The eating habits ofFrench

130

SEMESTER THREE: Lesson 7: Grammar: The imperative, the expression of the amount Vocabulary: Daily activitiespurchases, money Oralsituations: Requestnew, choose/buy/payto learn Civilization: Behavior ofshoppingand moneymatters

Lesson 8: Grammar: prepositionsand adverbs, prepositionsemployment Vocabulary: Housing, location, orientation, physical condition, time Oralsituations: to learnsomeone'sphysical state,route,ask for help, express a prohibition Civilisation: Climate,living environments

Lesson 9: Grammar: The imperfectexpression of theterm, reciprocal sense Vocabulary: The momentsof life, family, friendships,love, family Oralsituations: Information on biography,Interview, Civilization: the couple andthe family

SEMESTER FOUR: Lesson 10: Grammar: Direct and indirectcomplements,the expression ofthe frequencyand repetition Vocabulary: Means of communication Oralsituations: Asserting arightto expressan opinion onthe truthof a fact Civilization: Tips of etiquettein France

Lesson 11: Grammar: the recent past,present progressive, near future Vocabulary: Thebody, health, disease Oralsituations: callto make an appointment, explain a problem, react Civilization: Tips for Dealingwith emergencies

Lesson 12: Grammar: Place of the adjective, it is/it isimperativeverbswithpronouns,word formation Vocabulary: Thephysical and psychologicaldescriptionof people, clothing, colors Oralsituations: Make an appointment, request / give an explanation Civilization: Some behavioral anddress stylesin France

131

Semester 80 20 100 2 4 One- Paper FRE 241

Semester 80 20 100 2 4 Two- Paper FRE 242

Semester 80 20 100 2 4 Three- Paper

FRE 243

Semester 80 20 100 2 4

Four- Paper

FRE 244

Note: a) Minimum for a Pass :} b) Classification of successful :} As per the Regulations candidates :} c) Rejection of results :}

132

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(e) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Criminology for B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday 28th July 2018 at 10.00 a.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

133

PART – I: PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN U.G. CRIMINOLOGY HELD ON SATURDAY 28TH JULY 2018 AT 10.00 A.M. IN THE DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY, SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 575002. MEMBERS: 1. Ms. Sarik Ankitha - in the Chair 2. Ms. Saritha D‘Souza - Faculty Member 3. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteiro - University Nominee 4. Dr. Geethalakshmi - Allied Area 5. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty - Subject Expert 6. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro - Subject Expert 7. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai - Meritorious Alumna AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners for academic year 2018-2019 examination. ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V (October 2017) & II-IV-VI (April 2018) Semester Question Papers and results. iii. Any other matter. [ The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board. PART – II The Panel of Examiners for the academic year 2018-2019 was placed before the Board. After the discussion, the final list of Panel of Examiners has been approved by the Board and recommended for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format. PART- III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester (i.e. I-III-V Semester October 2017 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2018) Question papers. The Board pertaining to the performance of the students in the semester examinations as reflected in the results is found to be satisfactory. (See Annexure: 1.)

PART- IV: Any other matter with the permission of chairperson

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Mrs. Saritha D‘Souza - Sd/- 2. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteir - Sd/ 3. Dr. Geethalakshmi - Sd/ 4. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty - Sd/ 5. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro - Sd/ 6. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai - Sd/ -Sd- Sarik Ankitha Chairperson Board of Studies in Criminology

134

ANNEXURE: I - CRIMINOLOGY

B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 No. of Students Appeared 50 38 16

No. of Students Passed 45 34 16

No. of Students Failed 5 4 --

No. of Students Absent ------

No. of Students Discontinued ------

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2016-2017

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 90% & above marks ------

80% & Above but below 90% marks -- 6 1

70% & Above but below 80% marks 14 10 6

60% & Above but below 70% marks 18 8 4

55% & Above but below 60% marks 10 3 1

50% & Above but below 55% marks 2 2 1

35% & Above but below 50% marks 1 5 3

Below 35% 5 4 --

Absent ------

Pass Percentage 90.00 89.47 100.00

135

B.A. RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester VI Semester April 2018 April 2018 April 2018 No. of Students Appeared 47 38 16

No. of Students Passed 45 33 15

No. of Students Failed 2 5 1

No. of Students Absent ------

No. of Students Discontinued 03 -- --

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017-2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester VI Semester April 2018 April 2018 April 2018 90% & above marks ------

80% & Above but below 90% marks 5 7 1

70% & Above but below 80% marks 14 6 5

60% & Above but below 70% marks 15 13 4

55% & Above but below 60% marks 4 3 2

50% & Above but below 55% marks 5 1 1

35% & Above but below 50% marks 2 3 2

Below 35% 2 5 1

Absent ------

Pass Percentage 95.74 86.84 93.75

TOP SCORERS IN CRIMINOLOGY: 2015-2018 BATCH

(Aggregate of all six Semesters) Register No. Name of the Candidate Marks Obtained Percentage Ranking

155560205 Fathima Rufeeda 1008 84.00 First

155560202 Charlene Mariette D’Souza 900 75.00 Second

155560113 Akshara 899 74.91 Third

136

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN CRIMINOLOGY HELD ON THURSDAY, DECEMBER 13, 2018 AT 10.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 2 MEMBERS PRESENT:

1. Ms. Sarik Ankitha - in the Chair 2. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro - Member – Subject Expert 3. Mr.Darshan D - Member – Subject Expert 4. Dr. Nagesh K.R. - Member – University Nominee 5. Dr. P.P. Jagadish Rao, - Member – Allied Area 6. Ms. Bhavyashree G Kulal - Member – Meritorious Alumna 7. Ms. Saritha D‘Souza - Faculty Member AGENDA:

i. Approval of Revised Syllabus Choice Based Credit System in Criminology for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020. ii. Approval of syllabus for elective paper.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The syllabus for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters and open electives for Choice based credit scheme were placed before the board for its consideration, scrutiny and approval. After much deliberation, discussions and incorporation of necessary changes as approved by the honourable members, the Board accorded its approval for the syllabus and recommended its immediate implementation. Hence the Resolution:

RESOLVED THAT the syllabus for B.A Criminology for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters and open electives for Choice based credit scheme as approved and recommended by the Board of Studies be hereby adopted for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020.

The scheme of Examination is provided in the Annexure.

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

137

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro Sd/-

2. Mr. Darshan D Sd/-

3. Dr. Nagesh K.R. Sd/-

4. Dr. P.P. Jagadish Rao, Sd/-

5. Ms. Saritha D‘Souza Sd/-

6. Ms. Bhavyashree G Kulal Sd/-

Sd/- MS. SARIK ANKITHA CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Criminology

138

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade 3rd Cycle CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS

Subject: CRIMINOLOGY [For B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020]

PREAMBLE: Criminology is an optional subject taught at B.A degree level. The course content includes the study of basic principles of Crimes, social problems and their repracations. The students also study in the area of scientific investigation, court functions, criminal psychology, security and vigilance. Students acquire practical knowledge in the relevant field by the exposure visits and Laboratory experiments. OBJECTIVES: Students are expected to learn in the course of three years  Fairly good knowledge about varieties of crime and its impact on society.  Learn to handle scientific evidences in the crime scene for successful investigation.  Learn to understand the behaviour of Anti-social elements in the Society.  Learn the formal procedure of giving complaints to police to seek justice.

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:

 Group Discussions and presentations  Teaching through News Papers / Magazines / Journals etc.,  Motivate Students to prepare charts/clippings of Pictures and Criminological relevant information from Print media/Drawings relating to the subject matter of the study.  Teaching through actual conduction of practical related to the syllabus.  Arranging simulated crime scenes, Mock interrogation of suspects, Mock intervening of witnesses etc.,  Giving exercises to write simulated FIR, issuing of summons, warrants, search and seizure etc.,  Teaching by making them to write assignments, Projects of criminological Relevant issues and present them in the class room.  Taking them for visits to learn from field experiences.  Teaching them by solving old Question papers in class rooms and giving them model question papers (question bank) and answers. CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE:  Job opportunities in police establishments  Career opportunities in Prison department  Opportunities in vigilance and security departments of Banking and financial Institutions  Opportunities to establish private detective agencies or working for such agencies.  Opportunities in Government and Private Forensic Science Laboratories

139

OUR VISION: To provide Academic Knowledge to practice excellent Social Living and Social Service

OUR MISSION: To provide quality education to bring awareness about Social Justice FACULTY OBJECTIVE: 1. To impart academic theory and practical knowledge as per the prescribed syllabus in a time bound frame work and involve them in co-curricular activities with equal interest. 2. To create awareness of social responsibilities among the students from within the syllabus components prescribed for them. 3. To develop independent thinking and guide them to pursue career of their interest/choice.

LEARNER OBJECTIVE: 1. To acquire in-depth collegiate knowledge to achieve desired goal in the area of their interest. 2. To participate in co-curricular activities of their choice to keep their body & mind in a sound state. 3. Learn to face the life in an open society with courage and responsibilities.

140

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU-575002

Autonomous College under Mangalore University, Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY, SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2022

I Semester II Semester

Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks)

PAPER-I: PRINCIPLES OF Conduction of PAPER-II - FUNDAMENTALS OF Conduction of CRIMINOLOGY Practical 30 Marks FORENSIC SCIENCE Practical 30 Marks Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Viva Voce 05 Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Viva Voce 05 Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Marks Class Record 05 Marks Marks Class Record 05 Marks Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks

III Semester IV Semester

Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks)

PAPER-III - POLICE Conduction of PAPER-IV - CRIMINALISTICS IN Conduction of ADMINISTRATION Practical 30 Marks THE INVESTIGATION OF CRIME Practical 30 Marks Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Viva Voce 05 Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Viva Voce 05 Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Marks Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks Class Record 05 Marks Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks Class Record 05 Marks V Semester VI Semester Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks)

141

PAPER-V: PAPER-V - FORENSIC PAPER VII: PAPER-VIII - VICTIMOLOGY, PAPER X: MEDICINE AND PROCEDURAL LAW Conduction of CORRECTIONAL Conduction of Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Practical 60 Marks ADMINISTRATION AND FORENSIC Practical 60 Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Viva Voce 10 PSYCHOLOGY Viva Voce 10 Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks Marks Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Marks Class Record 10Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Class Record 10Marks ------Marks Theory (80 Marks) Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks - PAPER-VI - TECHNOLOGY IN ------SECURITY SYSTEM, VIGILANCE , Theory (80 Marks) CRIME PREVENTION & CYBER PAPER-IX: LAWS OF CRIME , CRIME MINOR ACTS Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Short Answers 10x2=20 Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Marks Short Notes 4x5= 20 Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks Marks Analytical Questions 4x10=40 Marks

OPEN ELECTIVE PAPER Theory (40 Marks) Theory (40 Marks) Theory (40 Marks)

CYBER CRIME CRIMINALISTICS PUBLIC LEGAL EDUCATION Short Answers 5x2=10 Marks Short Answers 5x2=10 Marks Short Answers 5x2=10 Marks Short Notes 5x2= 10 Marks Short Notes 5x2= 10 Marks Short Notes 5x2= 10 Marks Analytical Questions 10x2=20 Marks Analytical Questions 10x2=20 Marks Analytical Questions 10x2=20 Marks

142

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY SUMMARY CHART w.e.f. 2019-22 Examination Int. Total Credits Teaching Semester Assmnt. Marks Work load Theory Practical Marks PerTh. week+ Pr. Marks Marks I Semester - CRI-221 PAPER-I: PRINCIPLES OF 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. CRIMINOLOGY II Semester -CRI-222 PAPER-II - FUNDAMENTALS OF 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. FORENSIC SCIENCE III Semester - CRI-223 PAPER-III - POLICE 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. ADMINISTRATION IV Semester -CRI-224 PAPER-IV - CRIMINALISTICS IN 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. THE INVESTIGATION OF CRIME V Semester -CRI-225.1 Paper-V: PAPER-V - FORENSIC 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. MEDICINE AND PROCEDURAL LAW CRI-225.2 PAPER-VI - TECHNOLOGY IN 6 3 Hrs. SECURITY SYSTEM, VIGILANCE 80 -- 20 100 , CRIME PREVENTION AND CYBER CRIME Paper VII: Practical -- 80 20 100 4Hrs. VI Semester - CRI-226.1 PAPER-VIII - VICTIMOLOGY, 3 Hrs. CORRECTIONAL 80 -- 20 100 ADMINISTRATION & FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY CRI-226.2 80 -- 20 100 6 PAPER-IX: LAWS OF CRIME , 3 Hrs. MINOR ACTS

Paper X: Practical -- 80 20 100 4 Hrs. Note: a) Minimum for a Pass :} b) Classification of successful candidates :} As per the Regulations c) Rejection of results :}

143

I B.A. – I SEMESTER – THEORY

PAPER-I: PRINCIPLES OF CRIMINOLOGY Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hour 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I: 18 hours 1. Meaning, Definitions, Development and Scope of Criminology

2. Crime – Meaning, Definitions, Characteristics and Classification of Crime a. Classification of Crime under law- IPC b. Pioneers classification of crime: i. Bonger‘s ii. Lemert‘s iii. Clinard Quinney‘s iv. Haye‘s c. Pioneers classification of Criminals: i. Havelock‘s ii. Ferris‘s iii. Edwin Sutherland‘s iv. Garofelo‘

3. Origin and development of criminal law, Characteristics of criminal law

4. Theories of Crime: a. Biological Theory b. Psychological Theory c. Sociological Theory

UNIT-II: 14 hours

5. Social institutions and Crime- Family, Political, Education, Media, Economic Institutions and Crime.

6. Methods in Criminology: a) Case study method b) Statistical method c) Study of Criminal in the open d) Observation method UNIT III 16 hours

7. Female Criminality and Women Offenders: Factors, types and its prevention

8. Professional Crime: Meaning, characteristics and types

9. Organised Crime: Meaning, characteristics and types

144

I B.A. – I SEMESTER – PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hour 30 Credit: 01

1. Identification of Criminologically important news item from a given newspaper. 2. Identification of crime news item from a newspaper. 3. Identification and classification of crime news item from a newspaper. 4. Identification of causes for crime reported in a newspaper. 5. Identification of social problems reported in newspapers like Victims of Road Accident/ Homicide and classifying them on the basis of causes and place of occurrence. 6. Identification and analysis of road accident cases reported in newspapers. 7. Collection of photographs of criminological importance published in newspapers. 8. Graphical representation of crime data. 9. Techniques of calculation of crime rate. 10. Visit a simulated incident of crime and to write a press note on it.

BIBLIOGRAPHY: 1. Sutherland Edwin. H (1924)-Principles of Criminology, Rawman and Littlefeild Publications, Inc., Lanham, Boulder, NewYork, Oxford

2. Rao S.Venugopal (1988)-Perspectives in Criminology, Vikas publication

3. Johnson E.H. – Crime, Correction and Society, Dorsey Press, Illinois.

4. Cain Maureen E. (1973) – Society & the Policeman‘s, Role, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd., London.

5. Paranjape. N.V (2004)-Criminology and Penology with Victimology, Central law publication

6. Watts, Rob, Bessant Judith & Richard H. (2008) - International Criminology: A Critical Introduction, Routledge Taylor & Francis Groups, London & New York.

7. Eamonn, Cox Ram and others (2008) – Criminology: A Sociological Introduction, Routledge Taylor and Francis Groups, London & New York.

8. Skogan Wesley G. & Michael Maxfield G. (1981) - Coping with Crime: Individual & neighbourhood Vol.124, Sage Publication, Beverly Hills, London

9. Abadinsky Howard (1979)-Social Service in Criminal Justice, Prentice Hall, Inc., London

10. Bannu Rosen & P Dennis (1986)-Community Crime Prevention: Does it work, SAGE Publications, Delhi.

11. James V. (1997) -The Police, the People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing Corp. Delhi-2.

12. Jewkes, Yvonne (2nd Edition) (2011) - Media and Crime, SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‘s Yard, 55 City Road, London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.

13. Barnes and teeters 3rd edition- New horizons in criminology- Prentice Hall Of India Private Limited New Delhi

14. Ahuja Ram - Criminology- Rawat Publication New Delhi

145

15. Ronald L Akers and Christine S Sellers- Criminological theory, introduction evaluation in application- Rawath publication, New Jaipur and New Delhi

16. Dae H Chang- Criminology: a cross culture perspective volume II, Vikas Publication House Private Limited, New Delhi, Bombay, Bangalore and Kanpur

17. B K Goswami- Criminology and Penology, Sunil printing press, Allahabad

18. Paranjape N V - Criminology and Penology- Central law agency, Allahabad

19. Vatsyatan- Criminology and Penology, Kedar Nath Ram Nath and Co. publishers, Meerut

20. Ahuja Ram - Sociological Criminology, New Age International (P) Limited publishers, New Delhi

21. Masters Ruth and Robertson Cliff - Inside criminology- Prentice hall Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey

22. Berger Donald J, Marvin D free, Searless Patricia - Crime justice and Society: An introduction to criminology, Viva book Private Limited, New Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore and Hyderabad

23. Bhosle Smriti –Female crime in India and theoretical perspectives of crime-Kalpaz publications New Delhi

24. Darrow Clarence - Crime its causes and treatments- Sristhi book distributors New Delhi for criminology

25. Puri Ramakant - Handbook of Criminology- Dominant publishers and distributors, New Delhi

146

I B.A. II SEMESTER

PAPER-II - FUNDAMENTALS OF FORENSIC SCIENCE

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hour 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I: 16 Hours 1. Introduction to Forensic Science: a. Meaning, definition and principles b. Role of forensic science in crime detection c. Forensic Science Laboratory- different branches & their functions

2. Pioneers of Forensic Science: i) MatheiuOrfila ii) Alphonse Bertillon iii) Francis Galton iv) Hans Gross v) Edmond Locard vi) Karl Landsteiner vii) Calvin Goddard viii) Albert Osborn

UNIT-II: 16 Hours 3. Instruments used in the Forensic Science Laboratory: i)Microscope ii) Spectroscope iii) Rays – UV rays, IR rays & X rays

4. Finger Print: Meaning, Importance and History a. Patterns and Classification of Finger Prints b. Methods of taking Specimen Finger Prints of Living and Dead Person c. Development of Finger Prints from a Scene of Crime d. Comparison of Finger Prints

5. Glass and Glass Fractures as Evidence in Crime Detection.

UNIT-III: 16 Hours 6. Tool Marks: Importance and Role in Crime Detection.

7. Soil, Dirt and Dust Examination: Main Constituents and Importance of- Visual & Chemical

8. Paint Scrape Marks: Its importance and Techniques of Examination

9. Skid marks and Tyre Marks: Methods of Examination and its role in Crime Detection

I B.A. – II SEMESTER – PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hour 40 Credit: 01

1. Finger print recording – living persons 2. Finger print sketching – Arch, Loop and Whorl 3. Developing latent prints– Gray powder, Black powder, Anthracene powder & Iodine fume instruments 4. Classification of finger prints 5. Comparison of finger prints

147

6. Direction of force in a broken glass piece. 7. Tool mark examination. 8. Comparison of Tyre Marks. 9. To study the structure of microscope: a) Student microscope b) Medical microscope c) Stereoscopic microscope d) Comparison microscope

BIBLIOGRAPHY: 1. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Singh V. H. K. (2008) - World Encyclopedia of Forensic Science (Rs.15,500/-)

2. Amin M. G. & Singh Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation Unique Law Publisher, Ahmadabad (Rs.1,260/-)

3. Sharma B. R. (2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial, 4th Edition Universal Publishers (Rs.995/-)

4. Saferstein Richard - (1988 Edition) - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, Day-Star Publication

5. Belkin R and Korukhov Yu. -Fundamentals of Criminalistics-Progress publications, Moscow

6. Eckert William G -Introduction to Forensic sciences- The CV Mosby company St Louis Toronto London

7. Saferstein Richard - Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi.

8. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House, Hyderabad

9. Sodermann Harry - Modern Criminal Investigation

10. Walls H. J. (2nd Edition 2008) - Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Company Private Limited, New Delhi-33.

11. Venkatesh R- Police diaries statements reports and investigation with special reference to scientific evidence – DNA, Brain mapping tests ,Narco-analysis, Forensic science and Cyber crime, premier publishing company Allahabad

12. Kubic Thomas & Petraco Nicholas (3rd Edition) (2009) – Forensic Science Laboratory manual and Workbook - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

13. Caddy, Brian (2001) – Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint – Analysis and Interpretation - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

14. Robertson James & Grieve Michael (2nd Edition) (1999) – Forensic Examination of Fibres - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

15. Lee, Henry C & Gaensslen R.E. (2nd Edition) (2001) – Advances in Fingerprint Technology - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

16. Jayadevi C V- Identification of handwriting and fingerprints by graphic point Banglaore

17. Bridges B.C revised by O'Hara Charles- Practical fingerprinting- funk and Wagnalls company New York

18. Kumar Ashok- Encyclopedia of Forensic science ,Discovery publishing house Pvt Ltd New Delhi

19. Shah Giriraj-Book for Forensic science and police administration scientific aids to investigation ,Anmol Publication pvt. ltd New Delhi

148

II B.A. III SEMESTER

PAPER-III - POLICE ADMINISTRATION

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hour 48 Credit: 02

UNIT I:

1. Introduction to Police Science & Police Administration: origin and development of police

2. Police station: a) Meaning and establishment b) Routine functions of a police station c) Different crime control records maintained in police station

3. a) General organization of police in a state b) Special units of state police c) Central police organization

UNIT II: 4. Scene of Crime: Meaning a. Types of crime scene-outdoor, indoor and mobile b. Methods of inspections c. Procedure of Sketching the Scene of Crimes

5. Physical clues found in crime scenes like: i) murder ii) rape iii) burglary

6. Role of Photography in crime scene investigation

7. Techniques of handling packing and collection of Evidences found in Scene of Crime.

UNIT III: 8. Examination of witness and interrogation of suspects: a. Witness- mahazar witness and crime scene witness b. Types of crime scenes witnesses and techniques of their examination c. Types of suspects and techniques of their of interrogation.

9. a)Investigation of Cognizable and Non cognizable crime b) Investigator & his qualities

10. Police-public relations in prevention of crime

II B.A. – III SEMESTER – PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hour 40 Credit: 01

1. Visit a police station and preparation of a report. 2. To study the crime control records maintained in a police station. 3. Visiting DAR/ CAR and Presentation of report. 4. Analysis of crime statistics of a police station. 5. First information to police about simulated cognizable offence.

149

6. Inspection & reconstruction of simulated scene of crimes: a) Unnatural death b) Property Crimes 7. Sketching of indoor scene of Crime: Base-line Method/Fixed Point Method. 8. Photographing a simulated Indoor/Outdoor scene of crime. 9. Procedure of handling & packing of physical clues to seek expert opinion. 10. Interviewing and recording the statement of a witness in a simulated crime. 11. Interrogating suspects involved in a simulated crime. 12. Procedure of claiming compensation by the victims of crime

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. CainMaureen E - Society and the police man‘s role, Routledge and Kegan Paul London and Boston

2. Mir Mehraj Ud Din- Crime and criminal justice system in India, Deep and Deep publications New Delhi

3. Joshi R P- Police training in community relations perspectives on the United States and India, Rawat publications Jaipur and New Delhi

4. Ghazvini Mohamed Farajiha - Police protection to victims of crime- deep and the publications Private Limited New Delhi

5. Vadackumchery James -The police the people and criminal justice-APH publishing Corporation New Delhi

6. Mullik B N - A philosophy for the police- Allied publishers Private Limited New Delhi

7. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

8. Horgan J. John (1974) - Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow – Hill Book Company New York.

9. Sullivan John L- Introduction to police science 3rd edition, Gregg division/ McGraw Hill book company New York

10. Ghosh S K -Police Informant, Light and life publishers, New Delhi, Jammu & Trivandrum

11. Mahajan Amarjit -Indian policewomen, Deep and deep Publications, New Delhi

12. Mishra Rashmi and Mohanty Samarendra -Police and social change in India, Ashish publishing house, New Delhi

13. Nath Trilok -Indian police Administration a guide for police officers, Sterling publishers Private Limited New Delhi

14. Shah Giriraj-Book for Forensic science and police administration scientific aids to investigation ,Anmol Publication pvt. ltd New Delhi 14. Nath Trilok - Indian police in action- super publishing house, New Delhi

15. CramerJames A - Preventing crime-Sage publications Beverly Hills, London

16. Favreau Donald F And Gillespie Joseph E -Modern police Administration-Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey

17. Myren Richard A and Swanson Lynn D -Police work with children-US Department of health education and welfare Washington

18. CoxEdmund C -Police and crime in India-Manu publications, New Delhi

19. Sadhu Singh Mangat-Police man‘s guide to crime and criminal investigation-Eastern book company, Lucknow

20. Abadinsky Howard (1979)-Social Service in Criminal Justice- Prentice-Halls, Inc., London

150

21. Shenoy S. Ganesh (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka, Lawyers Law Book, Bangalore

22. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim, Sage Publication, London

23. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing House, New Delhi-02

24. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal (2008)-Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C), Wadhwa& Co., Pvt., Ltd., Nagpur.

25. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‘s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology (23rd Ed.), ButterworthsWadhwa, Nagpur

26. Saini Kamal (2007) – Police Investigation: Procedural Dimensions, Law & Methods, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

27. James V. (1997)-The Police,The People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing Corp. Delhi- 2.

28. Sharma P.D.–Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, Delhi.

29. Chaturvedi J.C. (Editor 2006)–Police Administration & Investigation of Crime, Isha Books, New Delhi 33

30. Ramanujam T- Prevention and detection of crime, Madras Book Company, Madras

31. Banerjee P C - Investigation and trial of criminal cases- Purna publishing house, West Bengal

32. Menon N R Madhava - Criminal justice India series volume to Karnataka 2001 -Allied publishers Private Limited, Ahmedabad in collaboration with National University of Judas diction sciences, Kolkata

33. Roy S. K. Sinha (3rd Ed. 2008) - Police Diaries, Premier Publishing Co., Allahabad.

34. Saini Kamal- Police investigation procedural dimension law and methods, Deep and deep Publication New Delhi

35. Sharma P D-Police and criminal justice administration in India, Uppal publishing house New Delhi

36. Shah Raj Giri - Investigation of Crime & Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2

37. Venkatesh R- Police diaries statements reports and investigation with special reference to scientific evidence DNA brain mapping tests narco-analysis forensic science and cyber crime, Premier publishing company Allahabad

38. Saxena N S law and order in India Abhinav Publications New Delhi

39. Introduction to police science 3rd edition John L Sullivan, Gregg division/ McGraw Hill book company New York

40. Goel S L-Topics of police public relation book name is law and order Administration and the Police, Regal publications New Delhi

41. Shah Giriraj Book for forensic science and police administration scientific aids to investigation, Anmol Publication pvt ltd New Delhi

42. Horgan John J- Criminal investigation, McGraw Hill book company, New York

43. Swanson R. Charles and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear Publishing Company. Inc., California.

44. Weston B. Paul & Wells M. Kenneth-Criminal Investigation: Basic Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London

45. Schultz O.Schultz (1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New Jersey

46. Indian Police Act 1861 with Amendments

47. The Karnataka Police Act 1963 with Amendments

48. The Karnataka Police Manual, Volume 1, Volume 2, Volume 3

151

II B.A. IV SEMESTER

PAPER-IV - CRIMINALISTICS IN THE INVESTIGATION OF CRIME

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hour 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I: 16 Hours 1. Hair: Meaning, Importance and Morphology a. Location and Collection of Hair in a Crime Scene b. Techniques of Hair Examination in the Laboratory

2. Fibers in Crime Scene: Importance and Classification a. Evidentiary Materials and Techniques of Examination of Fibers

3. Questioned Document: i. Meaning, Importance and Types ii. Principles of handwriting/signature & identification of authorship of a Disputed Documents iii. Scientific examination of- i) Erasures, Deletions, additions ii) Analysis of Ink and Papers iv. Scientific Examination of Anonymous writings, Invisible writing & Charred Documents

UNIT- II: 18 Hours 4. Foot Print: In crime detection. Types of Foot Print a. Preservation, Recording and Evidentiary Value of Foot Print b. Walking Picture/Gait Pattern

5. Blood- Laboratory examination & importance of blood in crime detection

6. DNA profile: importance, nature, clue material and evaluation

7. Techniques used for investigation of crime: a. Voice Printing: Techniques and Evidential Value b. Lie-detector and its role in the Criminal Justice System.

UNIT-III: 14 Hours 8. Forensic Ballistics: Classification of Fire-Arms. a) Ammunition- Cartridge and their Components b) Identification, Collection and Preservation of Ballistic Evidences found in a Crime Scene. c) Identification of a Shooter-Gunshot residue analysis (GSR) d) Determination of Range of Firing, Angle of Firing, Identification of fire arms

9. Explosives: Characteristics, Classification of Explosives-Various Kinds of High and Low Explosives Location, Collection and Identification of Explosives Methods of Disposal and Dispatch of Explosives

152

II B.A. – IV SEMESTER – PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hour 40 Credit: 01

1. Morphological analysis of Hair. 2. Examination of medulla of a Hair. 3. Cuticle examination of a given Hair. 4. Examination and identification of Ballistic remains. 5. Identification of Forgery of Handwriting. 6. Identification of Disguised Writing. 7. Identification of Forged Signature. 8. Blood stain examination: Preliminary test – Benzedine. 9. Microscopic examination of Biological stains. 10. Foot prints sketching/Photography 11. Taking the plaster cast of sunken foot print.

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Walls H. J. (2nd Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.

2. Nayak Akshay Kumar & SinghV. H. K. (2008)- World Encyclopedia of Forensic Science

3. Amin M. G. & Jai Shanker Singh (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh (Rs.1,260/-)

4. SharmaB. R. (2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial, 4th Edition Universal Publishers (Rs.995/-)

5. Safer SteinRichard -(1988 Edition)-Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, Day-Star Puctn.

6. Harrison Wilson R -Suspect Documents their scientific examination- and Maxwell Limited London

7. Eckert William G- Introduction to Forensic sciences- The CV Mosby company St Louis Toronto London

8. Safestein Richard - Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi.

9. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House, Hyderabad

10. Sodermann Harry - Modern Criminal Investigation

153

11. WallsH. J. (2nd Edition 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Company Private Limited, New Delhi-33

12. Kelly, SeamanJan & Lindblom, Brian S (2nd Edition) (2006) – Scientific Examination of Questioned Documents - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

13. Gaur S N -Firearms And forensic ballistics-Delhi Law house Delhi

14. Venkatesh R- Police diaries statements reports and investigation with special reference to scientific evidence DNA brain mapping tests narco-analysis forensic science and cyber crime, Premier publishing company Allahabad

15. Eckert William G -Introduction to Forensic sciences- The CV Mosby company St Louis Toronto London

16. Reddy KS Narayan - The essentials of forensic medicine and toxicology- Raghu Mohan printers Hyderabad

17. Belkin R and Korukhov Yu. -Fundamentals of Criminalistics-Progress publications Moscow

18. Guharaj PV -Forensic medicine-Orient Longman Bombay Calcutta Madras New Delhi Bangalore Hyderabad Patna

19. Chadha PV -Handbook of Forensic medicine and toxicology-Jaypee Brothers New Delhi

20. HarrisonWilliam R- Suspect documents their scientific examination, London sweet and Maxwell limited

21. Califana Antony L- Criminalistics for law enforcement officers

22. Lovkov Jerome S- Library of Congress cataloging in Publication data, California

23. Bates Billy Proir-Identification system for question documents, Charles Thomas publishers Springfield Illinois USA

24. Kumar Ashok-Forensic science and criminal investigation (modern scientific technique of narco analysis test polygraph test brain mapping test and remand) unique law Publishers Jodhpur and Ahmadabad Encyclopedia of forensic science 1 forensic science Discovery publishing house Pvt Ltd New Delhi

154

III B.A. V SEMESTER

PAPER-V - FORENSIC MEDICINE AND PROCEDURAL LAW

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hour 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I 15 Hours 1. Introduction to Forensic Medicine: Meaning and importance of Forensic Medicine. Injuries: Classification and Medico-legal importance: (i)Abrasions (ii) Contusions (iii) Incised wound (iv) Lacerated wound v) Gun-shot injuries

2. Personal identity: a) Identification of living and dead persons

UNIT-II 15 Hours 3. Death: Meaning and Types a. Changes take place after death – Rigor Mortis, Post-mortem staining, Algor Mortis, Decomposition, Adipocere and Mummifation b. Types of Asphyxial death and their medico-legal importance

4. Poison: a) Definition & Classification b) Medico-legal importance of plant poisons, Insecticides(organophosphates, rat poison), Snake bite( Common snakes available India)-its clinical features, first aid and treatment

5. Drugs of addiction (Heorine, Coicaine, Marijuna, Ganja)

UNIT-III 15 Hours 5. Inquest: Procedure of conduction of Police and Magistrate inquest

6. Organizational set-up of criminal courts and their powers as under Cr. P.C.

7. Salient features of Karnataka Police Act 1963 and amendments

8. Summons and warrant of arrest to compel appearance of a person as in Cr. P.C.

9. Police procedure and powers of arrest as in Cr. P.C

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Reddy KS Narayan -The synopsis of forensic medicine and toxicology-Kakathiya medical College Warangal

2. Chadha PV -Handbook of Forensic medicine and toxicology- Jaypee Brothers New Delhi

3. Guharaj P V -Forensic medicine-Orient Longman Bombay Calcutta Madras New Delhi Bangalore Hyderabad Patna

4. Simpson Keith - Forensic medicine-Edward Arnold publishers Limited London

5. Rao Nagesh Kumar G -Textbook of Forensic medicine and toxicology-JP Brothers medical publishers Private Limited New Delhi

155

6. KumarAshok -Forensic science -Encyclopedia of forensic science, Discovery publishing house Private Limited New Delhi 7. The police training College- A handbook of Forensic science-Mysore

8. Parikh C.K. (1990) – Medical Jurisprudence & Toxicology, CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi-32.

9. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‘s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology (23rd edition), ButterworthsWadhwa, Nagpur.

10. Krishnan‘s M.K.R. & Patnaik V.P. (Editor) (11th Edition 1999), Handbook of Forensic Medicine including Toxicology, Para Medical Publisher, Hyderabad - 095.

11. Reddy Narayan K.S. (26th Edition 2006) – The Essentials of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, Published K. Suguna Devi, Hyderabad.

12. Rao Nageshkumar G. (2009 & 2010) – Text book of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, Jaypee Publishers, New Delhi.

13. Mukherjee J.B. (Vol.1 1981) – Forensic Medicine & Toxicology, Academy Publishers, Calcutta.

14. Krishnan MKR -Handbook of Forensic medicine and toxicology-Ragu Mohan printers Hyderabad

15. Sher - Gunlore, Lock , Stock and barrel-People‘s publishing house New Delhi

16. Mangat Sadhu Singh -police man‘s guide to crime and criminal investigation-eastern book company Lucknow

17. Goyle DN and Kapur A S -A guide to scientific aids in crime detection-Aathma Ram and sons Delhi

18. SchultzDonald O -Crime scene investigation-Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey

19. ZaidiS Z A - your 12 bore Gun its history , mechanism and use-Sagar are you publications New Delhi

20. Kirk Paul A -Crime investigation-John Wiley and sons. New York London Sydney Toronto

21. Koehlerand Steven A, Wecht Cyril H - Post mortem establishing the cause- Firefly book New York

22. Koppenhaver Catherine M - Forensic Document examination principles and practice-Humana press,New Jersey

23. Modi Jai Singh-medical jurisprudence and toxicology LEXIS-NEXIS Butterworth Wadhwa Nagpur

24. Modi MJ -medical jurisprudence and toxicology- N M Tripathi Private Limited Bombay

25. O‘Hara Charles E and Osterburg James W -Criminalistics The application of Physical sciences to the detection of crime- Indiana University press London

26. Krishan Vij-Textbook of forensic medicine and toxicology principle and practice 5th edition Printed and bound at Rajkamal electric press Haryana

27. Mukherjee J B -Forensic medicine and toxicology volume 1 academic publishers Calcutta New Delhi

28. Basu Rabindra Fundamentals of forensic medicine and toxicology books and allied Private Limited Chintamani Das Lane Kolkata

29. Pillay V V-Textbook of forensic medicine and toxicology 16th edition Paras medical publishers Hyderabad New Delhi

156

III B.A. V SEMESTER

PAPER-VI - TECHNOLOGY IN SECURITY SYSTEM, VIGILANCE , CRIME PREVENTION AND CYBER CRIME Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching Hours 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I 14 Hours 1. Security System: a) Concept, importance & types b) Security of men & material c)Private security organizations

2. Modern technology/ Instruments in the field of security system

3. Terrorism: a)Types and Extent b) Security programs to combat terrorism

UNIT-II 16 Hours 4. Vigilance: a) Meaning & significance b) Functions of State & Central Vigilance Commission

5. Corruption: causes, Extent and prevention of corruption in India.

6. Frauds in Banks: Types & Techniques of prevention

UNIT-III 18 Hours 7. Counterfeiting Coins and Fake Currency Notes: a) Definition and extent of Fake Currencies in India b) Procedure of Identification of fake currency notes c) Procedure of Identification of counterfeiting coins

8. Crime Prevention methods: a) Patrolling and surveillance b) Collection of criminal intelligence

9. Cyber crime: a) Nature and Characteristics of Cyber Crimes b)Types of Cyber Crimes and Classifications

10. a) Cyber Forensic-Investigation process b) Cyber Laws and Preventive Techniques

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Verma Preeti (Editor) - The Terror of POTA and other Security Legislations, Human Rights Law Network, New Delhi-14.

2. Sharma B. R (2009)-Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd edition), Universal Law Publishing. Co.,

157

3. ChandraRamesh (Vol. 6 2004) – Global Terrorism, A Threat to Humanity, Kalpaz Publications, New Delhi-52.

4. Saxsena N.S. – Terrorism: History & Facts in the World and in India, Abhinav Publications, N. Delhi.

5. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‘s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology (23rd edition), ButterworthsWadhwa, Nagpur.

6. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.

7. Walls H. J. (2nd Ed. 2008), – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.

8. Sharma B. R. (4th Ed. 2008)- Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial, Universal Publishers

9. Johnson, Thomas A. (2006) – Forensic Computer Crime Investigation - CRC Taylor & Francis, London.

10. Westphal, Christopher (2009) – Data Mining for Intelligence, Fraud, & Criminal Detection – CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

11. Chiesa, Raoul, &Ducci, Stefania (2009)–Profiling Hackers-CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

12. Peltier, Thomas R. (3rd Edition) (2010) – Information Security Risk Analysis - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

13. McDougall, Allan & Radvanovsky (2008) – Transportation Systems Security - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

14. Sweet, Kathleen M. (2nd Edition) (2009) – Aviation and Airport Security (Terrorism and Safety Concerns) - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

15. Nemeth, Charles P. (3rd Edition) (2010) – Private Security and The Investigative Process - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

16. Lee, Elsa (2009) – Homeland Security and Private Sector Business ( Corporations‘ Role in Critical Infrastructure Protection) - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

17. Bryan, Kellie, Dunnesen, Kristen & Jean Jayson (2009) – Cyber Fraud (Tactics, Techniques and Procedures) - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

18. Pasco, Gregory A. (2009) – Criminal Financial Investigations (The use of Forensic Accounting Techniques and Indirect Methods of Proof) - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

158

19. Kaushik Anjali -sailing safe in cyberspace-Sage publications New Delhi

20. Gautam Anju –Cyber Intelligence- Publishers & distributors Private Limited New Delhi

21. Sengupta Mohan -cyber crimes-Centrum Press New Delhi

22. Gautam Anju -Cyber Security-Sonali publications New Delhi

23. Yogesh Barua-Cyber surveillance and security-dominant publishers and distributors Private Limited New Delhi

24. Bulli HC -Best banking methods-RK printers New Delhi

25. Charll NK- Forgery cheating counterfeiting and criminal misappropriation-East India publishers Bombay

26. Augustine Paul T -Cybercrime & legal issues Crescent publishing Corporation New Delhi

27. Augustine Paul T - Combating cybercrime impressing publishing Corporation New Delhi

28. Bharadwaj Varun- Global Security and cyber crime by Nil Prakashan, Jaipur

III B.A. – V SEMESTER – PAPER-VII PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Msx. Teaching hours :48 Credit: 02

1. Examination and Identification of plant poisons. 2. Examination and Identification of Injuries from a model/photograph. 3. Examination and Identification of major human bones and their medico-legal importance. 4. Procedure of search and seizure in simulated criminal cases. 5. Procedure of issue of simulated summons for appearance of persons. 6. Procedure of issue of simulated warrant to produce before justice system. 7. Identification of fake note and genuine note 8. Exposure to modern gadgets used for the security purposes in various field 9. Court visit and report of its proceedings. 10. To draw a Portrait-Parle of a person. 11. Procedure of registration of cognizable case and filling of FIR. 12. Law relating to the procedure of recovery of stolen/Seized properties by the Law Enforcing Agency/Judiciary 13. Case study on child pornography 14. Case study on transmission of obscene information electronically

159

III B.A. VI SEMESTER

PAPER-VIII - VICTIMOLOGY, CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching Hours: 48 Credit: 02

UNIT-I 16 Hours 1. Introduction to Victimology: Meaning, definition, historical development. 2. Classification of victims, victimizing factors 3. Restitution: Compensation to the victims of crime. 4. Victims of Crime: a) Causes, consequences and preventive measures. b) Problems of Victims in criminal justice system

UNIT-II 16 Hours 5. Punishment: Meaning, definition, types and theories of punishment. 6. Institutional system of correction: a)Prison: Meaning and types b)Juvenile homes c) Functions – Prison Labour, Prison Education and Prison Discipline d)Usual and unusual problems in correction. 7. Non Institutional system of correction: a) Probation: Meaning, principles, advantages & limitation b) Parole: Meaning, principles, advantages & limitation

UNIT-III 16 Hours 8. Introduction to Criminal Psychology: Meaning, definition and scope of Forensic Psychology 9. Psychological motives and its impact on behavior. 10. Mental disorder and Mental deficiency as factor in the causation of crime 11. Psychological methods of control and rehabilitation of offenders : Psychotherapy

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Kaur Rajpal - Forensic Psychology: New Trends and Innovations, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

2. Thou Teisi -Forensic Psychology-ABD publishers Jaipur New Delhi

3. Gibson L. Robert & Mitchell H. Marianne (2006) - Introduction to Counseling and Guidelines, 6th edition, Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi-01

4. Ravi Meera (2007) - Counselling What, Why and How- Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

5. Koranji Shiamak Kersi (2004) - A Text book of Criminal Psychology, Dominant Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi-51

6. Haward L. R. C. - Forensic Psychology, Batsford Academic and Educational Ltd. London

7. The Prisoners Act, 1900 with Amendments

160

8. Mednick A. Sarnoff & Christiansen O. Karl (Ed.1977) - Bio-Social Bases of Criminal Behaviour, Gardners Press Inc., New York.

9. Mental Health Act, 1987

10. Feldman & Philip M. (1978) – Criminal Behaviour: A Psychological Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York.

11. Hibbard & Whitney.S & Reymond W. Worring (1982) – Psychic Criminology: An operations Manual for using Psychics in Criminal Investigations, Charles C. Thomas Publishers, Illinois, USA.

12. Toch Hans – Legal & Criminal Psychology.

13. Mc Donald – Psychological Disorder and Crime

14. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.

15. Bartol, Curt R 7 Bartol, Anne M, ( 2008) Current perspectives in Forensic Psychology and Criminal Behaviour, Sage, London.

16. Meier, Augustine & Boivin, Micheline (2011)- Counselling and Therapy Techniques (Theory & Practice) Sage, London.

17. Bhattacharya Sunil Kanti-Probation system in India & appraisal, Manas Pubtn.Delhi

18. Thou Teisi- Forensic psychology, ABD publishers jaipur New Delhi

19. Choudhary Nitai Roy- Indian prison laws and correction of prisoners, Deep and deep publications Private Limited

20. Conrad John P- Crime and its correction and international survey of attitude and practice, tavistock Publications limited

21. Bhushan Vidya, Shah Jyostana H- Prison administration in India with reference to Uttar Pradesh , S Chand and Co New Delhi

22. TrivediB B- Prison administration in India, Uppal publishing house New Delhi

23. Rajan V N-Victimology in India, an introductory study , Allied publishers Pvt. Ltd., Delhi

24. Chaturvedi J C-Rehabilitation of offenders and role of counselling, Esha books Delhi

25. Chaturvedi J C -Penology and correctional Administration, Esha books Delhi

26. Kodanji K C Shaimak -A Textbook of criminal psychology, Dominant publishers and distributors New Delhi

27. Agarwal Rajendra Sharan and Kumar Sarvesh-Crime and punishment in new perspective, Mittal publications Delhi

28. The Prisons Act 1894 with Amendments

29. The Karnataka Prisons Act 1963 with Amendments

161

III B.A. VI SEMESTER

PAPER-IX: LAWS OF CRIME, MINOR ACTS

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching hours : 48 Credit: 02 UNIT-I 16 Hours 1. Functions of criminal justice system in a democratic set-up

2. Definitions of important terms used in Indian Penal Code, Mens Rea and motive

3. Law of general exceptions: Section 76 to 106 Indian Panel Code

UNIT-II 16 Hours 4. Offences against human body: IPC sections: 299, 300, 304A, 304B, 319, 320, 339, 340, 350, 359, 361, 362, 375, 377

5. Offences against property: IPC sections: 378, 383, 390, 391, 403, 405, 415, 425, 441, 442, 445

6. Salient features of Indian Evidence Act: a) Provision of confession b) Types of Evidence c)Burden of proof

UNIT-III 16 Hours 7. Juvenile Delinquency: causes, prevention and salient features of JJ (Care & Protect) Act 2000.

8. Salient features of- a) Prevention of Children from Sexual Offences Act 2012 b) Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention, Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013

9. a) Salient features of Right to Information Act 2005 b) Salient features of Motor Vehicle Act 1988 with recent proposed Amendments. c) Salient features of Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances, Act 1985

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The code of criminal procedure-LEXIS-NEXIS butterworthsWadhwa Nagpur

2. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The law of evidence -LEXIS-NEXIS butterworthsWadhwa Nagpur

3. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The Indian Penal code – Wadhwa and company Nagpur

4. Mishra S N- Indian penal Code -Central or publications Allahabad

5. Robison Sophia M- Juvenile delinquency its nature and control, Halt Reinhart and Winston, New York Chicago san Francisco Toronto London

6. Paul W Tappan- Juvenile delinquency by McGraw Hill book company Inc. New York Toronto London

162

7. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‘s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology (23rd Ed.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur. 8. Abadinsky Howard (1979) - Social Service in Criminal Justice- Prentice-Halls, Inc., London

9. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim, Sage Publication, London

10. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing House, New Delhi-02

11. Pande G.S. (2nd Ed. 1982) – The Indian Evidence Act, Allahabad Law Agency, Law Publishers, Allahabad.

12. Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015

13. Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012

14. Right to Information Act , 2005

15. Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 with Amendments

16. Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances, Act 1985 with Amendments

17. Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention, Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013

III B.A. – VI SEMESTER – PAPER-X – PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 80 + 20 =100 Max. Teaching Hours : 48 Credit: 02

1. To prepare interview schedule to take public opinion on criminological relevance. 2. To prepare questionnaire on topics of Juvenile delinquency. 3. To prepare an interview schedule to take the opinion of victim of crime. 4. To prepare an interview schedule to take the opinion of the convicts. 5. To submit a brief study report on a topic of criminologically relevance assigned by a teacher. 6. Visiting a correctional institution and presentation of report. 7. Counseling the witness/victims/accused/ their Family members. 8. A Case study report on Child in Conflict with Law/ Neglected Child/ Child Labour. 9. Procedure of recording confessional statement. 10. Procedure of recording dying declaration.

163

OPEN ELECTIVES

CYBER CRIME

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hours 24 Credit: 01

UNIT 1 12 Hours 1. Meaning of Cyber Forensics, Nature and Characteristics of Cyber Crimes 2. Types of Cyber Crimes and Classifications

UNIT II 12 Hours 3. Laws relating to Cyber Crime: Salient features of IT Act-2000, with emphasis on aspects relating to offences, Punishments, Investigative powers and regulations 4. Credit card frauds. 5. Prevention of Cyber Crimes

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Kaushik Anjali -sailing safe in cyberspace-Sage publications New Delhi

2. Gautam Anju –Cyber Intelligence- Publishers and distributors Private Limited New Delhi

3. Sengupta Mohan -cyber crimes-Centrum Press New Delhi

4. Gautam Anju -Cyber Security-Sonali publications New Delhi

5. Yogesh Barua-Cyber surveillance and security-dominant publishers and distributors Private Limited New Delhi

6. Augustine Paul T -Cybercrime and legal issues Crescent publishing Corporation New Delhi

7. Augustine Paul T - Combating cybercrime impressing publishing Corporation New Delhi

8. Bharadwaj Varun- Global Security and cyber crime by Nil Prakashan, Jaipur

9. Venkatesh R- Police diaries statements reports and investigation with special reference to scientific evidence DNA brain mapping tests narco-analysis forensic science and cyber crime premier publishing company Allahabad

164

CRIMINALISTICS

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Max. Teaching hours 24 Credit:01 UNIT I 12 hours 1. Introduction to Forensic Science: a) Meaning and principles b) Forensic Science Lab., different branches & their functions

Finger Print:

a) Definitions & principles of finger prints b) Classification of Patterns c) Techniques of recording finger prints of living persons d) Techniques of developing latent prints

UNIT II 12 hours 2. Foot Print: a) Meaning & importance b) Techniques of recording & preservation c) Role of foot print in the detection of crime

3. Hair: a) Meaning & Importance of hair evidence in criminal cases b) Laboratory examination of hair

4. Questioned Document: a) Meaning, Importance and Types b) Principles of handwriting/signature & identification of authorship of a Disputed Documents

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Singh V. H. K. (2008) - World Encyclopedia of Forensic Science (Rs.15,500/-)

2. Amin M. G. & Singh Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh (Rs.1,260/-)

3. Sharma B. R. (2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial, 4th Edition Universal Publishers (Rs.995/-)

4. Safer Stein Richard - (1988 Edition) - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, Day-Star Publication

5. Belkin R and Korukhov Yu. -Fundamentals of Criminalistics-Progress publications Moscow

6. Eckert William G -Introduction to Forensic sciences- The CV Mosby company St Louis Toronto London

7. Safestein Richard – Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi.

8. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House, Hyderabad

9. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation

165

10. Walls H. J. (2nd Edition 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Company Private Limited, New Delhi-33.

11. Venkatesh R- Police diaries statements reports and investigation with special reference to scientific evidence DNA brain mapping tests narco-analysis forensic science and cyber crime premier publishing company Allahabad

12. Kubic Thomas & Petraco Nicholas (3rd Edition) (2009) – Forensic Science Laboratory manual and Workbook - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

13. Lee, Henry C & Gaensslen R.E. (2nd Edition) (2001) – Advances in Fingerprint Technology - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London.

14. Jayadevi C V- Identification of handwriting and fingerprints by graphic point Bangalore

15. Bridges B.C revised by O'Hara Charles- Practical fingerprinting- Wagnalls company New York

16. Kumar Ashok- Encyclopedia of Forensic science, Discovery publishing house Pvt Ltd New Delhi

17. Shah Giriraj-Book for Forensic science and police administration scientific aids to investigation, Anmol Publication Pvt ltd New Delhi

PUBLIC LEGAL EDUCATION

Max. Marks: 40 + 10 =50 Credit :01

UNIT I 1. Procedure of approaching police and courts 2. Retrieval of stolen property from law enforcement officials 3. Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012 with recent Amendments

UNIT II 4. Salient features of Indian Evidence Act: a. Types of evidences b. Confession c. Witness testimony 5. The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 with recent Amendments 6. Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 with recent Amendments

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

1. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The code of criminal procedure-LEXIS-NEXIS

2. Butterworths Wadhwa Nagpur

3. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The law of evidence -LEXIS-NEXIS butterworths Wadhwa Nagpur

4. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal-The Indian Penal code – Wadhwa and company Nagpur

5. Mishra S N- Indian penal Code -Central or publications Allahabad

6. Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012

7. Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances, Act

8. Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention, Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013

9. Pande G.S. (2nd Ed. 1982) – The Indian Evidence Act, Allahabad Law Agency, Law Publishers, Allahabad.

166

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(f) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Economics for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

167

PART - I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN ECONOMICS HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 27, 2018 AT 2.30 P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS: 1. Ms Cecilia F. Goveas : in the Chair 2. Dr Norbert Lobo : Member - (University Representative) 3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : Member - (Subject Expert) 4. Dr Radakrishna Shetty : Member - (Subject Expert) 5. Mr Harish Shenoy : Member - (Allied Sector) 6. Ms Nayana : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2017] & II-IV-VI [2018]. iii.Any other matter. The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board. PART – II The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format. PART - III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. 2017 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr.2018] Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2017] and II-IV-VI [2018] Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory. [See Annexure: I] PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable. PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable. The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks. NAME: SIGNATURE: 1. Ms Cecilia F Goveas : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 2. Dr Norbert Lobo : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 4. Dr Radhakrishna Shetty : ……………………Sd/-………………… 5. Mr Harish Shenoy : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 6. Ms Nayana : ……………………Sd/-……………

Sd/- Ms CECILIA F. GOVEAS CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Economics

168

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester

No. of Students Appeared 15 12 18 No. of Students Passed 15 11 18 No. of Students Failed Nil 01 Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester

90% & Above Nil Nil 01 80% & Above but below 90% 01 02 05 70% & Above but below 80% Nil 01 04 60% & Above but below 70% 05 03 06 55% & Above but below 60% 03 02 01 50% & Above but below 55% Nil 01 Nil 35% & Above but below 50% 06 02 01 Below 35% Nil 01 Nil Absent Nil Nil Nil Pass Percentage 100.00 91.67 100.00

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

II Semester IV Semester VI Semester Particulars No. of Students Appeared 14 12 18 No. of Students Passed 13 11 18 No. of Students Failed 01 01 Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil Nil

169

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester VI Semester

90% & Above 01 Nil Nil

80% & Above but below 90% Nil 02 04

70% & Above but below 80% Nil 01 05

60% & Above but below 70% Nil 01 03

55% & Above but below 60% 01 Nil 03

50% & Above but below 55% 02 01 02

35% & Above but below 50% 09 06 01

Below 35% 01 01 Nil

Absent Nil Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 92.86 91.67 100.00

TOP SCORERS IN ECONOMICS 2015 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]

Marks obtained Reg. No. Name of the % Ranking Candidate [out of 1200]

155560315 Ashoora Haleema 1066 88.83 First

155560321 Saritha D‘Souza 984 82.00 Second

155560307 Edna Fernandez 969 80.75 Third

170

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN ECONOMICS HELD ON FRIDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2018 AT 2.00 P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms Cecilia F. Goveas : in the Chair 2. Dr Jayavantha Nayak : Member - (University Representative) 3. Dr Norbert Lobo : Member - (Subject Expert) 4. Dr A. Jaya kumar Shetty : Member - (Subject Expert) 5. Mr Abdullah A Rehman : Member - (Allied Sector) 6. Ms Priya Shetty : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Approval of Revised syllabus Choice based credit system in Economics for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020. ii. Approval of syllabus for Open elective course.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II: Approval of Revised syllabus Choice based credit system in Economics for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020.

The syllabus for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters for Choice based credit scheme were placed before the board for its consideration, scrutiny and approval. After much deliberation, discussions and incorporation of necessary changes as approved by the honourable members, the Board accorded its approval for the syllabus and recommended its immediate implementation. The Board also approved the three elective courses. Hence the Resolution: RESOLVED THAT the syllabus for B.A Economics for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters and open electives for Choice based credit scheme as approved and recommended by the Board of Studies be hereby adopted for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020. The scheme of Examination for the core courses in Economics is provided in the Annexure.

The scheme of Examination for the Elective course is provided in the Annexure.

PART – III: Not Applicable

PART – IV: Not Applicable

PART – V: Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

171

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Cecilia F Goveas : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 2. Dr Jayavantha Nayak : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 3. Dr Norbert Lobo : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 4. Dr A. Jaya kumar Shetty : ……………………Sd/-………………… 5. Mr Abdullah A Rehman : ……………………Absent-…………….

6. Ms Priya Shetty : ……………………Sd/-……………

Sd/-

Ms CECILIA F. GOVEAS CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Economics

172

PREAMBLE

Economics is one of the important subjects of social science and has acquired the position of the queen of social sciences. The subject has undergone major changes with development and growth. In the concept of globalization, privatization and liberalization it is important that the students are equipped with the skills and relevant knowledge to understand and respond to the changing scenario. The subject has great scope to employment opportunities in banking and other financial sectors.

The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Friday, December 14th, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the Choice - based credit semester scheme (Autonomous) w.e.f 2019-2020.

The Syllabus of Economics Major in the B.A. degree Course (Choice- based Credit Semester Scheme) at the undergraduate level under Autonomy, will include theory subjects such as Principles of Micro and Macro Economics, Statistical methods, International Economics, Economic thought, Indian Economy, Public finance and branches of applied interest such as Development economics.

Objectives of the syllabus are as follows 1. To understand the role of an economic agent in the decision making process. 2. To impart knowledge regarding the formulation and implementation of macro economic policies. 3. An understanding of the operations of money and Banking and their interaction with the rest of the economy. 4. To provide knowledge on the basic concepts, tools and theories of International trade. 5. An understanding about the working of the Public Finance system. 6. An understanding of the Contributions made by the economists in the field of economics. 7. To comprehend and critically appraise the current Indian economic problems. 8. To understand and analyze the concepts and theories in the development and growth process. 9. To enable students to gain knowledge about the dynamics of development. 10. To understand economic problems clearly by use of quantitative techniques.

173

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:

 Group discussion  Seminar presentation  Graphic and Algebraic components  Review/Recap  Project work/Survey  Practical visits  wall magazine  Field exposure  Interpersonal and leadership skills

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE:

Banking, Business consultant, Investment banker, Management consultant, Statistician, Front Office Executive, Customer Service Executive, Administrative Assistant, Executive Assistant, Marketing Executive, Marketing Specialist, Office Manager, teacher with B.Ed. , Lecturer with M.A, .

OUR VISION: Gain more knowledge.

OUR MISSION: Reach Greater Heights.

Faculty Objective: To make learning purposeful and relevant.

Learner Objective: To work for self-improvement and be socially responsive student community.

174

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK ROSHNI NILAYA B.A. Degree Course Economics Major Three year (Six Semester) Course

Choice-Based Credit Semester Scheme

Hrs Class Hrs Marks Paper Title of the of Internal Total Credit & Code of For No. Paper Instruct Assessment Marks s Semester Exam Exam ion Principles of I B.A. ECO 1 Micro 6 03 120 30 150 3 I Semester 151 Economics I B.A Principles of ECO II 2 Macro 6 03 120 30 150 3 152 Semester Economics II B.A ECO Statistical III 3 6 03 120 30 150 3 153 Methods Semester II B.A ECO International IV 4 6 03 120 30 150 3 154 Economics Semester III B.A ECO Economic V 5 5 03 120 30 150 3 155.1 Thought Semester III B.A. ECO V 6 Public Finance 5 03 120 30 150 3 155.2 Semester III B.A. Indian ECO VI 7 Economy 5 03 120 30 150 3 156.1 Semester III B.A. ECO Development VI 8 5 03 120 30 150 3 156.2 Economics Semester TOTAL 44 24

Note: a) Minimum for a Pass :} b) Classification of successful :} As per the Regulations candidates :} c) Rejection of results :}

175

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2022

I Semester II Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120 Marks)

Consumer Behaviour National income

Cost & Revenue concepts Theories of employment

Market Analysis Money and banking

Factor Pricing Inflation and Trade cycles

III Semester IV Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks)

Central tendency & Dispersion Foreign Exchange

Correlation & Regression Balance of payments

Index Numbers & Time series Trade policy & Trade barriers

Probability International Economic integration

V Semester VI Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) classicism & Socialism Private Finance Vs Current Challenges Economic Public finance growth and development Marginalism & Neo- Public revenue Rejuvenation of Economic classicism Indian agriculture development- Strategies Keynesianism & New Public expenditure & Indian Industries- Human Economics Public Debt development since resource 1991 development Indian Economic Budget & Fiscal Policy Tertiary sector- Institution & Thought development since economic 1991 development

176

ECO 151 - I SEMESTER – PRINCIPLES OF MICRO ECONOMICS – PAPER 1 Objectives  To introduce the concepts and theories of micro economics.  To enable the students to gain knowledge regarding the importance of micro economics and its applicability in the day to day world.  To acquire knowlege and understanding of the Principles of Economics that can be applied to the decisions of individuals- both consumers & Producers.  To acquire knowledge of the different market structures and their operations.

Unit I

THEORY OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR: (15 hours) Micro Economics - Branches of Micro economics – Scope - uses - Limitations of micro economics.

Utility – Cardinal and Ordinal -Total and Marginal utility. Cardinal Utility analysis- Law of diminishing marginal utility- Law of Equi Marginal Utility- Marshallian Consumer‘s Surplus. Ordinal analysis - Indifference curve analysis –Meaning - properties - Price line - consumer‘s equilibrium - Income effect - Price effect - Substitution effect. Demand - Determinants of Demand - Law of demand - Reasons for operation - Exceptions to the law of demand - Price elasticity of demand - Degrees/Types - Measurement of Price elasticity- factors determining Price elasticity of demand - Concept of Revealed Preference.

Unit II

THEORY OF PRODUCTION: (15 hours) Production Function- Law of Variable Proportions- Law of Returns to scale- internal and External economies of scale - Law of supply - determinants of supply. Cost Concepts – Opportunity cost - Fixed - Variable - Total- Average - Marginal costs – Explicit costs - Implicit costs – Accounting costs- Economic costs - Incremental Costs- Sunk costs- Short run - Long run costs. Revenue – Total- Average - Marginal revenue- Relationship between Average revenue & Marginal Revenue under Perfect & Imperfect competition.

Unit III

THEORY OF PRODUCT PRICING: (20 hours) Perfect competition – features – price output determination under perfect competition in the short & Long run. Monopoly – features – price output determination in the short & Long run. Price discrimination - Concepts & kinds. Monopolistic competition - features – price output determination in the short & Long run. Oligopoly – Meaning - features - Collusive and Non - collusive Oligopoly.

Unit IV

THEORIES OF FACTOR PRICING: (20 hours) Rent - Ricardian theory of rent - Modern Theory of rent - Quazi rent. Wages – Marginal productivity theory of wages. Interest – Loanable funds theory - Liquidity preference theory. Profit – Risk and Uncertainty Bearing theory - dynamic theory - Innovations theory.

177

References

Ahuja, H.L. ( 2007). Advanced Economic Theory, Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Dewett & Varma.( 2006). Modern Economic Theory, Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Henderson, J & R. E. Quandt. (1980). Micro Economic Theory – A Mathematical Approach, New Delhi: McGraw Hill.

Jhinghan , M.L.(2004). Advanced Economic Theory - Micro & Macro , New Delhi: Konark Publications. Jhinghan, M.L. (1992). Micro Economic Theory, New Delhi: Konark Publications. Koutsoyannis, A.(1990). Modern Micro Economics, Mumbai :Macmillan Publishers india Ltd. Lepsey, R. G. and Crystal, K.A.( 2002). Principles of Economics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

McConnell and Gupta.(1975). Economics – Vol I, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Mithani, D. M. (1984). Micro Economic Theory, Bombay: Seth Publication. Seth , M.L. (1997). Principles of Economics, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publishing. Renukacharya , C.K. (2006). Arthashastrada paribhashe, Bangalore : Abhinava . Roy, P.N.(2003). A Dictionary of Economics.Calcutta: New Central Book Agency. Baumol, W.J.(2006). Economic theory and operations Analysis, New Delhi: Prantice hall Of India Pvt Ltd. Varian, H.R.(2000). Intermediate Micro Economics: A Modern Approach, New Delhi: East West Press.

178

EC0 152 - II SEMESTER - PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS – PAPER 2

Objectives  To enable the students to gain knowledge regarding the importance of macro economic variables in the functioning of an economy.  To impart knowledge regarding the formulation and implementation of macro economic policies.  To understand the functions & operations of money.  To gain knowledge on the functions and working of Commercial & Central Bank.

Unit I

INTRODUCTION TO MACRO ECONOMICS: (15 hours) Macro Economics - Meaning – Branches of macro economics – scope, uses & limitations of macro economics – Circular Flow of Income and Wealth. National Income- Meaning –definition- concepts – GNP- GDP- NNP- Personal income- Disposable income- Real income – Per capita income – Measurement and difficulties in calculation of National Income. GDP and welfare. Unit II

THEORIES OF EMPLOYMENT: (20 hours) Classical theory - Say‘s law of market, Pigou‘s wage cut policy. Keynesian theory of employment- effective demand - Consumption function- APC & MPC-Keynes psychological law of consumption- Determinants of Consumption function- Investment function- Autonomous & Induced Investment-MEC- Determinants of MEC. Multiplier- working & leakages of multiplier. Accelerator- Concept. Unit III MONEY AND BANKING: (20 hours)

Money - Determinants of demand for Money- Theory of Liquidity Preference- Composition of Supply of Money - Value of Money- Quantity theory of Money- Fisher‘s Equation – Cambridge Equations. Banking -Commercial Banking - Functions- Credit creation. Central Banking - Functions- Monetary Policy- Credit control techniques.

Unit IV INFLATION AND TRADE CYCLES: (15 hours) Inflation - Meaning and types of Inflation - Demand Pull and Cost Push Inflation- inflationary gap - effects of inflation- Measures to control inflation - Stagflation (Concept) - Phillips Curve (Concept) Trade Cycle –Meaning – definition – Features –Types - Phases - causes and measures to control trade cycles.

179

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Ahuja, H.L. ( 2007). Advanced Economic Theory, Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Ahuja, H.L. ( 2009). Macro Economic Theory, Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Baye & Jansen .(1999). Money, Banking and Financial Markets, Delhi :AITBS Publishers. Chopra P.N. ( 2009). Macro Economics, Ludhiana: Kalyani Publishers. Cohn ,S.M.(2009). Macro Economics, Ahmedabad: Jaico Publishing House. Crowther, G. (1992). An Outline of Money, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall. Dewett and Verma.(2006). Modern Economic Theory, Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Dharmaraj.(2008). Financial services, New Delhi: S. Chand Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. Magill, F. (2002). International Encyclopedia of Economics Vol / I & II, S. New Delhi : Chand & Co. Ltd. Gupta, S. B.(1994). Monetary Economics, New Delhi: S. Chand & Co. Jhinghan, M. L. (2004). Principles of Economics, New Delhi: Vrinda Publication. Lewis, M. K. and Mizan P. D.(2000). Monetary Economics, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Luckett, D.G.(1976). Money and Banking, Tokyo: MC Graw Hill Kog Akusha Ltd. Mithani, D. M. (1981). Macro Economic Analysis and Policies, New Delhi: Oxford Press. Parson, J . (2004). Illustrated Dictionary of Economics, New Delhi : Lotus Press. Sayers, R. S.(1981). Modern Banking, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Seth, M.L. (1997). Macro Economics, Agra; Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publication. Seth, M.L. (1984).Monetary Economics, Agra:Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publication. Seth, M.L.(2003). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publication. Shapiro, E.(1996). Macro Economic Analysis, New Delhi: Galgotaea Publication. Sundaram K.P.M.(1985). Money, Banking, Trade and Finance, New Delhi: Sulthan Chand & Sons. Varian, H. R. (2000). A Modern Approach, New Delhi: East West Press. Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance, (Annual), Mumbai. Reserve Bank of India, A Report on Trend and Progress of Banking in India. HSK. (1985). Banking Nighantu, Bangalore: SBI. http:// www. Indiatimes.com http:// www.rbi.org.in

180

ECO153 - III SEMESTER – STATISTICAL METHODS – PAPER 3

Objectives:  To introduce the students to the basic concepts of statistics.  To enable the students to understand the importance of Quantitative techniques.  To develop skills of data analysis and ability to interpret.  To enable the students to have a working knowledge of statistics for testing and understanding economic theory. UNIT I CENTRAL TENDENCY AND DISPERSION: (20 hours) Central Tendency –Characteristics of a good average - Arithmetic Mean – Direct method- step deviation method - Median – Mode – Logarithm - Geometric Mean - Harmonic Mean. Measures of dispersion – Range - Quartile Deviation - Mean Deviation - Standard Deviation - Lorenz curve. Measures of Skewness - Quartile and Pearsons Coefficient of Skewness. UNIT II CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: (20hours) Correlation - Simple correlation b/w two variables - Scatter Diagram - Karl Pearsons Coefficient of Correlation - Rank Correlation. Regression - Meaning - regression lines and equations and their properties – Uses. UNIT III INDEX NUMBERS AND TIME SERIES: (20 hours) Index Numbers - Meaning - types –Computation of Index Numbers - Simple and weighted index numbers – Laspeyer‘s - Paasche‘s - Marshall‘s Edgeworth‘s and Fisher‘s Index Numbers - Consumer price index number- wholesale price index number -Uses &limitations of Index Numbers. Time Series - Components - Measurement of trends - Moving Averages - Principle of Least Square and Straight line trend. UNIT IV PROBABILITY: (10 hours) Probability - Concept of probability - Approaches to probability -Mathematical expectations - concept of estimation.

BOOK FOR REFERENCE Agarwal, B. L.(1989). Basic Statistics, 1989, New Delhi: Wiley Eastern Ltd. Agarwal, B.M.(2010). Business Mathematics and statistics, New Delhi : Ane Books Pvt. Ltd. Arora,P.N.(2010).Comprehensive Statistical Methods, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Elhance. (1976). Fundamental Methods of Statistics, Alahabad: Kitab Mahal Publication. Gupta, S. P.(1999). Statistical Methods, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Gupta, C.B. and gupta, V.(2007). Statistical Methods, New Delhi:Vikas Publishing house Pvt. Ltd. Pillai,R.S.N and Bagvathi. (2010). Statistical Theory and Practice, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Sancheti, D. C. and Kapoor, V. K. (1991). Statistics (Theory, Methods, and Application), New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Shukla, M. C. and Gulshan, S. S.(1983). Statistics (Theory and Practice), New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Srivastava , S.C. and Srivastava, S. (2003). Fundamentals of Statistics, New Delhi : Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd.

181

ECO 154 - IV SEMESTER - INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS – PAPER 4

Objectives  To be able to know the trade policies at the national and international levels and the.  To acquire knowledge on the basic principles that governs trade at the global level.  To know the impact of free trade and tariffs on the different sectors of the economy.  To understand the structure of the Balance of Payments. Unit I

INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS: (20 hours) Internal Vs International –Differences between Internal and international trade- Bases of International Trade. Theories of International Trade- Absolute advantage Theory - Comparative cost theory - Factor Endowments Theory-Opportunity cost theory. Terms of Trade - Meaning –factors determining terms of trade- concepts of terms of trade- terms of trade and economic development. Unit II FOREIGN EXCHANG (15hours) Foreign Exchange Market- Functions of foreign exchange Market-Transactions in the Foreign exchange market-Instruments used in the foreign exchange market-Determination of rate of Exchange- Purchasing Power Parity Theory- Balance of Payments theory of Exchange Rate. Exchange control- Methods of exchange control. Unit III BALANCE OF PAYMENTS & TRADE POLICY: (20hours) Balance of Payments - Meaning - components- Types of disequilibrium - causes of disequilibrium and remedial measures. Free Trade – Meaning- Arguments for and against. Protection - Meaning- Arguments for and against- Methods of protection. Tariffs – Meaning , Types and effects Quotas- Meaning , Types and effects Unit IV INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC INTEGRATION: (15hours) Economic integration- Meaning, definition, Types of economic integration, advantages of economic integration, Economic integration and developing economies, effects WTO- Objectives – Functions-Structure – WTO core agreements -TRIPS- TRIMS – GATS- India and WTO- Achievements and Challenges of WTO IMF- Objectives – Functions World Bank - Objectives - Functions BRICS - Objectives - Functions

182

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Behrenan, J. N. (1987). International Economics, New York: Rinchart and Company. Charles, Kindleberger, (1975). International Economics, Mumbai: Macmillan Publishers. Chacholiades , M. (1973).The pure theory of International trade, Mumbai: McMillian press Ltd. Cherunilam, F.(2008), International Economics, 5th edition, New Delhi: TataMcGraw Hill Education Private Ltd. Jhingan, M. L. (1986). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, New Delhi: Konrak Publication Ltd. Jhingan, M. L. (2012). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, New Delhi: Vrinda Publications . Jhingan, M. L. (2016). Public Finance and International Trade, New Delhi: Vrinda Publications . Mithani, D. M. (1998). International Economics, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House Publishing House. Mithani, D. M. (1992). Modern Banking and Foreign Trade, Mumbai:Himalaya Publishing House Publishing House. Mithani, D. M. (1993). Money, Banking, international Trade, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House Publishing House. Rao, M .B.(2002). WTO & International Trade, New Delhi :Vikas Publishing House Pvt ltd. UBS Publishers. Salvatore, D. (2011). International Economics: Trade and Finance, U.S: John Wiley and Sons, ltd. Sodersten ,B. and Reed, G. (2005). International Economics, 3rd edition, Mumbai:McMillian Press Ltd. Seth, M. L.(2012). Money, Banking, International Trade and Finance, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal. Sundaram, K.P.M.(1985). Money, Banking, International Trade and Finance, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons. Krugman & Obstfeld. (2005). International Economics Theory and Policy, New Delhi: Pearson Education. Rao, M B . (2002).Wto and International Trade, New Delhi :Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. Annual Reports of IMF and World Bank http:// www. Indiatimes.com

183

ECO 155.1 - V SEMESTER - ECONOMIC THOUGHT- PAPER 5 Objectives  To acquire knowledge on the development of economic ideas and concepts.  To enable the students to analyse the economic ideas from earlier schools to modern schools and their applications.  To understand how contemporary economics came to be what it is.  To understand the contributions made by eminent economists. Unit I CLASSICISM AND SOCIALISM: (15 hours) Adam Smith -Naturalism and Optimism – nvisible hand- Division of labour- theory of value - Theory of distribution-Public finance. David Ricardo - Theory of value - theory of distribution. T.R. Malthus - Theory of population - Market gluts. Karl Marx - Dialectical Materialism - Theory of value - Theory of surplus value –Theory of economic development Unit II MARGINALISM AND NEO-CLASSICISM : (15 hours) William Stanley Jevons-Theory of Consumption- theory of value- sunspot theory Karl Menger- Theory of value – classification of goods – theory of imputation Leon Walras – marginal Utility analysis – General equilibrium analysis. Alfred Marshall – Nature of Economics- Theory of value - Time Element- Theory of Consumption - theory of distribution. A.C. Pigou – wefare economics – theory of employment – Pigou effect. Unit III KEYNESIANISM AND NEW ECONOMICS: (15 hours) J.M. Keynes- Theory of employment- consumption function- investment function-Multiplier- rate of interest-Keynes ideas on government and economic policy. Gunnar Myrdal - welfare state - Backwash effects –Spread effects- Asian Drama. Joan Robinson- Imperfect competition-Theory of rent- Theory of economic development. Unit IV INDIAN ECONOMIC THOUGHT: (15 hours) Kautilya - Wealth - Vartha - Agriculture – Labour - Public Finance – welfare state. Dadabhai Naoroji – The Drain theory. M.K. Gandhi - Machinery- Industrialization – Decentralization - Village republics- Sarvodaya - Trusteeship - Bread Labour - Population - Prohibition. Amartya Sen - Choice of technology - Poverty and Famine – Poverty and income inequality - Economic policy.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Agarwal. (1992). History of Economic Thought, Agra:Ratan Publication. Bhatia , H. L.(1992). A History of Economic Thought, New Delhi: Vikas Publishers. Chandra, J. S, (1990). History of Economic Thought, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications. Gray, A. ( Recent Edition). History of Economic Doctrines, London : Longmans , Green. Hajela, T. N. (1995). A History of Economic Thought, New Delhi: Konark Publication. Haney. H. L.( 1979). A History of Economic Thought, New Delhi: Sujeet Publication.

184

Kumar, A.S and Kumar ,R.S.( 1999). Economics of A. K. Sen, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications. Lokanathan ,V. (2004). History of Economic Thought, New Delhi: S. Chand Co. Ltd. Roll, E. (1974). History of Economic Thought,Calcutta : OUP. Sen, A. (1975). Inequality Re-examined and Sen, Amartya, Employment, Technology and Development, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Srivastava, S. K.(1999). History of Economic Thought, New Delhi:S. Chand Co. Ltd. Taylor, D. H. (1970). History of Economic Thought, New York: McGraw Hill.

185

ECO 155.2 - - VI SEMESTER – PUBLIC FINANCE – PAPER 6

Objectives:  To enable the students to understand the working of the Public finance system.  To enable students to understand and evaluate the Tax structure, expenditure pattern and debt management.  To understand the importance of role of Government in the development process.  To acquire knowledge about the fiscal policy instruments and its relevance in the economic stabilization. Unit I NATURE OF PUBLIC FINANCE: (15 hours) Public Finance- Meaning- Definitions- Difference between Public and Private Finance-Principles of Public Finance - Components of Public Finance - Role of Public Finance in a developing Economy- Principle of maximum social advantage - Public goods Vs Private Goods - Market Failure - Externalities.

Unit II PUBLIC REVENUE: (15 hours) Sources of Public revenue - tax and non tax revenue - Canons of taxation - Adam Smith and Bastable canons of taxation - Merits and demerits of direct & Indirect Taxes -Taxable capacity - meaning and determinants - Concept of Impact- Shifting - Incidence of Tax- Effects of taxation on Production - consumption – distribution - VAT- GST. Unit III PUBLIC EXPENDITURE AND PUBLIC DEBT: (15 hours) Public expenditure –Meaning - Classification of Public Expenditure – Canons of Public Expenditure- causes for growth in public expenditure- Effects of public expenditure on production and distribution. Public Debt- meaning-Types- Methods of debt redemption- Effects of public debt.

Unit IV BUDGET & FISCAL POLICY: (15hours ) Budget- meaning-definitions-objectives-Types-components- Impact of budget. Fiscal Policy – meaning-definitions-Objectives – components- role of fiscal policy in developing economy

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Bhagwan, V. and Bhushan V. (2001). Public administration, S.Chand New Delhi: Bhatia,H.L. (2004) .Public Finance(24 Ed), New Delhi:Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. Dalto , H. (1970). Principles of Public Finance, Bombay: Allied Publication Ltd. Jhingan, M. L.(1986). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, New Delhi: Konrak Publication Ltd. Jhingan, M. L. (2012). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, New Delhi: Vrinda Publications . Jhingan, M. L. (2016). Public Finance and International Trade, New Delhi: Vrinda Publications .

186

Lal, G.S.(1996). Public Fince and Financial Administration in India, New Delhi: H.P.J.Kapoor.

Lekhi, R K. (2016). Public Finance, Ludhiana:Kalyani Publishers .

Mishra, M.N.(1987). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, New Delhi:S. Chand & Company Ltd.

Mithani, D.M. (1986). Fundamentals of Public economics, Bombay:Vora & Co Publishers Pvt Ltd.

Musgrave , R. A. and Musgrave P. B.(1983). Public finance in theory and practice( 3rd Ed), New Delhi: McGraw Hill international Book company.

Salvatore, D. (2011). International Economics: Trade and Finance, U.S: John Wiley and Sons, ltd.

Seth ,M. L.(2003). Money, Banking, International Trade and Finance, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal.

Seth, M. L.(2012). Money, Banking, International Trade and Finance, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal.

Singh , S.K.(2016). Public finance in theory and practice, New Delhi: S. Chand Publications.

Sundaram, K.P.M.(1985). Money, Banking, International Trade and Finance, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.

Taylor, P. E. (1986). Economics of Public Finance , New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.

Tyagi, B.P. (2016). Public Finance, Meerut: Jai Prakash Nath & Co. http:// www. Indiatimes.com

187

ECO 156.1 - VI SEMESTER – INDIAN ECONOMY– PAPER 7

Objectives:

 To understand the current Indian economic problems.  To understand the changing trends in the Indian economy.  To critically analyse the role of government policies in promoting the development of Indian economy.  To understand the leading issues in India‘s economic development.

Unit I NATURE AND CURRENT CHALLENGES OF INDIAN ECONOMY: (15 hours)

Sectoral Changes in Indian Economy since 1991. Poverty-Magnitude of Poverty in India- Absolute & Relative Poverty-Nature & Causes of Poverty- Poverty alleviation programmes. Unemployment- Types - Employment Generation programmes. Population – composition - size – density- sex ratio- literacy ratio- rural- urban ratio- Occupational distribution- causes for population growth - effects - population policy (Recent). Unit II

INDIAN AGRICULTURE: (15 hours)

Role of Agriculture - Cropping pattern in India- Factors determining Cropping pattern-IInd phase of Green revolution. Agricultural marketing -Problems of agricultural marketing-Measures for the improvement of agricultural marketing. Schemes in Agriculture – Major Government Schemes/ Programmes in Agricultural sector- Agricultural Insurance - Food security. Need for the rejuvenation of Indian agriculture.

Unit III INDIAN INDUSTRIES: (15 hours)

Industrial Policy 1991- Industrial Sector Reforms since 1991 Micro and Small enterprises - Problems & Prospects. Industrial sickness- Meaning- Causes-Remedies. Entrepreneurship – Meaning – Features - Government policy towards Entrepreneurial development.

188

Unit IV

TERTIARY SECTOR: (15 hours)

Financial sector reforms since 1991. Trade sector reforms since 1991. Fiscal sector reforms since 1991

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Agarwal, A. N. (1981). Indian agriculture, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing house.

Agarwal, A. N. (2010). Indian Economy, New Delhi: Wishwa Prakashan.

Datt, R. (2001). Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication.

Datt, R. and Sundaram. K. P. M. (2004). Indian Economy, New Delhi: S. Chand and Co. Ltd.

Dhingra, I. C.(2015). Indian Economy, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.

Jalan, B. (1996). India‘s Economic Policy New Delhi: S. Chand and Sons.

Misra, S. K. & Puri, V. K. ( 2003). Indian Economy, Its Development Experience, Mumbai:Himalaya Publishing House.

Relevant Policy Statements by the Government covered in Newspapers and Periodicals www. Pratiyogita darpan.org http:// www. Commerce.nic.in http:// www. Planningcommision.nic.in http:// www. Epw.org.in http:// www. Worldbank.org

189

ECO 156.2 - VI SEMESTER –DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS – PAPER 8

Objectives:  To enable the students to gain knowledge about the dynamics of development.  To critically examine the stages in economic growth and strategies for development.  To evaluate the role of planning in economic development.  To analyze and understand the concepts and theories in the development and growth process. Unit I

INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT: (15 hours)

Economic Development - Meaning- definitions-distinction between economic growth and economic development. Determinants of Economic Development - economic & non-economic indicators. Obstacles to Economic Development. Measurement of Economic Development –Per Capita Income Measure – Human Development Index – Poverty Index- Gender Development Index –Physical Quality of Life Index – Gender empowerment Measure.

Unit II

STRATEGIES OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT: (15 hours)

Schumpeter‘s theory Rostow‘s stages of economic growth. Big Push theory Balanced and Unbalanced growth strategy.

Unit III

CAPITAL FORMATION AND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT:(15 hours)

Role of capital formation in economic development – causes for low capital formation in LDC‘s - Capital output ratio – sources of capital formation – Internal and External – Role of Forien Capital in promoting economic development . Human Resources Development: Population and Economic Development – Theory of Demographic Transition – Nurke‘s Theory of Disguised Unemployment - Lewis‘s Theory of Surplus Labour – Education and Manpower Planning

190

Unit IV

PLANNING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT: (15hours) Planning-Meaning – Role of State in Economic Planning- Objectives – need for economic Planning – Pre requisite of Economic planning –Types of economic planning – Physical and financial planning – Planning by Inducement and planning by Direction – Good Governance

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Agarwal, A. N. & Kunder, L.(1989). Economics of Development and Planning, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.

Bhatia, I. C. (1981). Does Foreign Aid Help, New Delhi: Birla Institute of Scientific Research.

Dhingra, I. C. (1992). The Indian Economy, New Delhi: Sultan Chand and Sons.

Gupta. Economic Growth models, New Delhi : Atlantic publishers.

Meir, G. M. and Baldwin R. E. (1973). Economic Development Theory, History, Policy, Bombay: Asia Publishing House.

Meir, G. M. (1986). Leading Issues in Economic Development, Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Mishra and Puri, (2005). Economics of Development, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

Sundaram K.P.M. and Vaish M. C. (1994). Principles of Economics, New Delhi: Ratan Prakashan Mandir.

Journal of Development research , Mumbai.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (COMMON FOR ALL SEMESTERS)

Total Marks: 120 No. of Hours: 3 SECTION A

Answer all Questions in two to three sentences. 10x 2=20

SECTION B Answer any 4 questions out of 5. 4x5 =20

SECTION C Answer any 4 questions out of 5. 4x20=80

191

OPEN ELECTIVES

ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Objectives:  To enable the students to gain knowledge on the basic problems of economics.  To acquire knowledge of the different market structures and their operations.  To acquire knowledge about the decision making behaviour of the consumer .  To understand how various economic forces influence the working of a firm.

Unit I

INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT: (8 hours)

Basic Problems of Economics -Production Possibilty Curve. Economic Environment- Meaning- Types of Environment - Internal and External Environment.

Unit II

DEMAND AND SUPPLY ANALYSIS: (8 hours)

Demand- definition - determinants of demand - demand schedule - demand curve - forces behind the demand curve- Law of demand-exceptions to the law. Supply definition - determinants ofsupply - supply schedule - supply curve- law of supply- Exceptions to the law of supply

Unit III [ MARKET FORMS: (8 hours)

Market- meaning, types of market- Perfect competition – Imperfect Cometition- Monopoly, monopolistic Competition – Oligopoly- duopoly. Cost and Revenue Concepts Determination of equilibrium price - Changes in equilibrium price.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Ahuja , H.L. (1999). Business economics- Micro and macro, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & company Ltd.

Ahuja , H.L.(2006). Modern economics, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & company Ltd.

Baumol, W.J. (2006). Economic theory and operations Analysis, New delhi :Prantice hall Of india Pvt Ltd .

Dewett & Varma.(2006). Modern Economic Theory, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & company Ltd.

Henderson, J. & Quandt, R. E.(1980). Micro Economic Theory – A Mathematical Approach, New Delhi: McGraw Hill.

192

Jhinghan, M.L.(1992). Micro Economic Theory, New Delhi: Konark publications.

Jhinghan, M.L. (2004). Advanced Economic Theory,Micro & Macro , New Delhi: Konark publications.

Koutsoyannis, A. (1990). Modern Micro Economics, Mumbai : Macmillan publishers india Pvt. Ltd.:1990

Keat, Paul G. & others. (2009). Managerial economics, New Delhi :Pearson Education .

Lepsey, R. G. and Crystal, K.A. (2002). Principles of Economics, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

McConnell and Gupta. (1975). Economics – Vol I, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.

Mithani, (1990). Fundamentals of Business economics, Delhi : Himalayan publication house.

Mithani D.M. (2009). Managerial economics ,Theory & applications, Mumbai :Himalayan publications.

Seth, M.L. (1997). Principles of Economics, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publishing.

BANKING MANAGEMENT Objectives  To understand the functions & operations of money.  To gain knowledge on the functions and working of Commercial & Central Bank.  To acquire knowledge on the modern banking instruments and their interaction with the rest of the economy.  To understand the relationship between Banker and a Customer. Unit I BANKER AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP : (8 hours)

Banker and Customer-Meaning and definition of banker and customer- Legal relationships of banker and customer. Customer relationship management- Importance of CRM, Benefits of CRM to customers Know your customer (KYC) norms . Unit II COMMERCIAL BANKING: (10 hours)

Commercial Bank - Functions - Investment policy - Credit creation. Banking Instruments - Core Banking- ATM, Credit Card, Debit Card. Methods of transfer of funds- Traditional and Electronic transfer methods .

Unit III CENTRAL BANKING: (6 hours)

Central Bank - Functions - Credit Control methods –Quantitative methods- Bank rate- Repo rate- Reverse Repo rate- Open Market Operations- Variable Cash Reserve Ratio- Qualitative Methods.

193

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Crowther, G. (1992). An Outline of Money, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall.

Baye & Jansen . (1999). Money, Banking and Financial Markets, Delhi : AITBS Publishers.

Dharmaraj. (2002). Financial Services, New Delhi: S. Chand & Co.

Gupta, S. B., Monetary Economics, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi: 1994

Lewis, M. K. and Mizan P. D. (2000). Monetary Economics, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Luckett, D.G.(1976). Money and Banking, Tokyo: MC Graw Hill Kog akusha Ltd.

Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance, (Annual), Mumbai.

Reserve Bank of India, A Report on Trend and Progress of Banking in India.

Sayers, R. S. (1981). Modern Banking, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Seth, M.L. (1984). Monetary Economics, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publication.

Seth, M.L.(2003). Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publication.

Sundaram, K.P.M., (1985). Money, Banking, Trade and Finance, New Delhi: Sulthan Chand & Sons.

Magill, F. (2002). International Encyclopedia of Economics Vol / I & II, New Delhi : S. Chand & Co. Ltd. http:// www. Indiatimes.com http:// www.rbi.org.in

194

INDIAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Objectives  To understand the changing trends in the Indian economy.  To understand the various issues and components of the Indian Economy.  To critically analyse the role of government policies in promoting the development of Indian economy.  To enable the students in evaluating the achievements and failures of various economic policies and programmes. Unit I

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY (8 hours) Introduction- Main Characteristics of the Indian Economy- Sectoral development in the Indian Economy- Sectoral and Regional Imbalances- GDP of India.

Unit II

POPULATION, UNEMPLOYMENT AND POVERTY: (8 hours) Population- Size, Growth and Trends of Population –Recent Population Policy. Unemployment – Employment trends, major Employment Programmes. Poverty- Concept of Poverty line- Safety nets for poor- Poverty Alleviation programmes. Unit III

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT- EDUCATION AND HEALTH: (8 hours) Human Resource Development -Importance of Human Resource Development. Education – Education in India and development of Human Resources-Education Policy in India. Health- National Health Policy 2017.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Agarwal, A. N. (1981). Indian agriculture, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing house.

Agarwal, A. N. (2010). Indian Economy, New Delhi: Wishwa Prakashan.

Datt, R. (2001). Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication.

Datt, R. and Sundaram. K. P. M. (2004). Indian Economy, New Delhi: S. Chand and Co. Ltd.

Dhingra, I. C. (2015). Indian Economy, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.

Misra, S. K. & Puri, V. K. ( 2003). Indian Economy, Its Development Experience, Mumbai:Himalaya Publishing House.

Relevant Policy Statements by the Government covered in Newspapers and Periodicals www. Pratiyogita darpan.org http:// www. Commerce.nic.in

195

http:// www. Planningcommision.nic.in http:// www. Epw.org.in

http:// www. Worldbank.org

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (OPEN ELECTIVES) Total Marks: 40 No. of Hours: 2 SECTION A

Answer all Questions in two to three sentences. 5x 2=10

SECTION B Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2x5 =10

SECTION C Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2x10=20

196

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(g) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Psychology for B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

197

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY HELD ON SATURDAY, JULY 28, 2018 AT 9:30 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo : in the Chair

2. Ms Yamini Gowda PC. : Member

2. Dr. Vani Ballal : Member - (University Representative)

3. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Mr. Mahesh B. S : Member - (Allied area- Representative)

6. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 Examinations. ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2017] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2018] Semester Question Papers and results. iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART - III

198

PART – IV: NA

PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo :…..………..Sd/-………………

2. Ms. Yamini Gowda PC. :…..……….. Sd/-………………

3. Dr. Vani Ballal :……………Sd/-…………..….

4. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S :…………… Sd/-………………

5. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : …………. .Sd/-………………

6. Mr. Mahesh B. S : …………. Sd/-………………

7. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal :…………….Sd/-…………….....

Sd/-

SANDRA S. LOBO

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Psychology

199

ANNEXURE: I

PSYCHOLOGY (Optional Subject)

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Sem Oct. III Sem Oct. V Sem Oct. 2017 2017 2017 No. of Students Appeared 50 38 16 No. of Students Passed 45 32 14 No. of Students Failed 05 06 02 No. of Students Absent NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL NIL

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Sem Oct. III Sem Oct. V Sem Oct. 2017 2017 2017 No. of students passed with NIL NIL NIL 90% & above No. of students passed with 05 10 01 80% & above but below 90% No. of students passed with 70% 09 10 02 & above but below 80% No. of students passed with 17 06 02 >=60% but <70% No. of students passed with 07 NIL 03 >=55% but <60% No. of students passed with 06 05 04 >=50% but <55% No. of students passed with 01 01 02 >=35% but <50% No. of students <35% 05 06 02 Absent NIL NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 90.00 84.21 87.50

200

PSYCHOLOGY (Optional Subject)

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Sem April IV Sem April 2018 VI Sem April 2018 2018 No. of Students Appeared 47 38 16 No. of Students Passed 45 34 15 No. of Students Failed 02 04 01 No. of Students Absent NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Discontinued 03 NIL NIL

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Sem Apr. IV Sem Apr. 2018 VI Sem Apr. 2018 2018 No. of students passed with NIL NIL NIL 90% & above No. of students passed with 10 11 01 80% & above but below 90% No. of students passed with 70% 13 07 03 & above but below 80% No. of students passed with 10 08 05 >=60% but <70% No. of students passed with 05 02 01 >=55% but <60% No. of students passed with 03 03 01 >=50% but <55% No. of students passed with 04 03 04 >=35% but <50% No. of students <35% 02 04 01

Absent NIL NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 95.74 89.47 93.75

201

TOP SCORERS IN PSYCHOLOGY: 2015 - 2018 Batch

Aggregate of all Six Semesters]

Marks Over all obtained Ranking Reg. No. Name of the % Grade Ranking Among B.A Candidate [out of Degree 1200] Students

155560205 FATHIMA 925 77.08 A+ First FIRST RUFEEDA

155560105 ANN HORMIS 884 73.67 A+ Second THIRD THARAKAN

155560113 849 70.75 A+ Third TWELFTH AKSHARA

202

PART - I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL BOARD OF STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY HELD ON MONDAY, DECEMBER17, 2018 AT 10:00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 2

MEMBERS: 1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo : in the Chair 2. Ms.Yamini Gowda PC : Member 3.Dr. Vani R Ballal : Member - (University Representative) 4. Assoc. Prof.Vinatha K : Member - (Subject Expert) 5. Dr. I. ShaliniAiyappa : Member - (Subject Expert) 6. Mr. Mahesh BS : Member - (Allied area- Representative) 7. Ms.Sarah Crasta : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA: i. Approval of Revised Syllabus Choice based credit systemin Psychology for implementation w.e.f 2019-2020. ii. Approval of Syllabus for open elective course.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II: Approval of Revised Syllabus Choice based Credit system (Autonomous) in Psychology for implementation w.e.f.2019-2020.

After detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Monday, December 17, 2018, the BOS approved the following Revised Syllabus for the Choice based Credit system in Psychology to be implemented w.e.f2019-2020. The Board also approved the three elective courses.

The scheme of Examination for practical and theory Examinations in the Core Course of Psychology is provided in the Annexure. The scheme of Examination for the Elective course is also provided in the Annexure.

PART – III: Not Applicable PART – IV: Not Applicable PART – V: Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing the Vote of thanks.

203

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Sandra S. Lobo :…..………..Sd/-………………

2. Ms. Yamini Gowda PC :……………Sd/-…………..…

3. Dr. Vani R. Ballal :………….. Sd/-…………..….

4. Assoc. Prof. Vinatha K :…………… Sd/-………………

5. Prof. I. ShaliniAiyappa :………… .. Sd/-……….……..

6. Mr. Mahesh BS :…………… Sd/-………………

7. Ms. Sarah Crasta :………….ABSENT………......

Sd/- SANDRA S. LOBO CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Psychology

204

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: PSYCHOLOGY [For B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020] PREAMBLE: The study of Psychology is a quest to understand behaviour and relationships. Recruiters give importance to candidates who understand themselves better in terms of the potentialities they possess so that there exists an appropriate person - job fit. The Special BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Monday, December 17, 2018 approved the following revised syllabus for the Choice-based Semester Scheme (Autonomous) with its clearly spelt out objectives.

OBJECTIVES: At the end of a six-semester Degree Course, a student of Psychology is expected to acquire a fairly reasonable competence in the following areas:  Awareness of one‘s personal growth.  Gain knowledge of the major paradigms for understanding human development across life span.  Demonstrate sufficient and sensitive oral communication skills.  Gain adequate interpersonal awareness, of individual and group dynamics.  Become more perceptive, socially aware and self -reflective.  Able to collaborate effectively to complete tasks within reasonable time frames.  Able to identify the nature of Psychopathology.  Administer and interpret standardized tools for psychological assessment of diverse dimensions of human behaviour.  Knowledgeable in the use of statistical analysis, interpretation and presentation of psychological data.

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:  Self-Assessments  Interpersonal and leadership skills  Diagnostic assessments procedures  Psychometric skills  Numeracy Skills  Human resource practices

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE:

Case Manager, Special Education teacher, Shadow teacher, Social Work Assistant, Day Care Centre Supervisor, Community Relations Officer, Research Assistant.

205

The course provides students a broad exposure to knowledge in the various aspects of Psychology. The course helps develop and hone their interpersonal and analytical skills and the ability to recognize how surroundings affect behaviour.

OUR VISION: In Pursuit of Academic Excellence OUR MISSION: Striving for Success

Faculty Objective: To respond academically to the continuously changingrequirements of the job market. Learner Objective: To increase understanding of the complicated systems of individual and group psychological processes involved in the world of work.

Academic Programme and Scheme of Examination are given in detail in the following pages along with Summary Charts showing the semester-wise distribution of Academic content and the Teaching work-load.

206

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 2 Autonomous College under Mangalore University Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2020 I Semester II Semester Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) 1.The science of * Psychometric 4. 1. Motivation and *Psychometric skills Humanbehaviour skills 5. Emotion (10 Marks) 2. Biological (10 Marks)6. 2. Learning and Memory * Data Interpretation Bases of * Data 7. 3.Intelligence (10 Marks) Behaviour Interpretation and Personality *Research 1. 3. Sensation, (10 Marks) Methodology 2. Attention and *Research (05 Marks) 3. Perception Methodology * Statistics (05 Marks) (05 Marks) * Statistics (05 Marks) III Semester IV Semester Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) 1.Perspectives * Psychometric 1. Adolescence *Psychometric skills and Biological skills 2. Young and Middle (10 Marks) Foundations (10 Marks) Adulthood * Data Interpretation to Life Span * Data 3. The Elderly (10 Marks) Development Interpretation *Research 2.Prenatal and (10 Marks) Methodology Infant *Research (05 Marks) Development Methodology * Statistics 3. Early (05 Marks) (05 Marks) Childhood * Statistics Development (05 Marks) and Disorders V Semester VI Semester Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks) 1. Introduction to Abnormal *Psychometric 1. Introduction to Social *Psychometric skills Psychology skills Psychology (30 Marks) 2. Schizophrenia, (30 Marks) 2. Attitudes, Prejudice, *Data Interpretation Bipolar, *Data Stereotypesand (20 Marks) Depressive and Interpretation Aggression * Statistics Anxiety disorders (20 Marks) 3. Social Influence and (10 Marks) 3. Obsessive * Statistics Pro-Social Behaviour Compulsive (10 Marks) disorders,

207

Dissociative and Personality disorders ------Theory (80 Marks) ------______Theory (80 Marks) 1. Organizational Note: For every Practical ------Note: For every Structure Semesters: I - IV Theory 2. Organizational Viva Voce :05 Marks 1. Health Psychology I – VI Semesters: Change and Class Records : and Health Theory: Development 05 Marks Behaviours 80 Marks 3. Organizational Issues InternalAssessment 2. Stress, Pain and InternalAssessment: 10 Marks Illness. 20 Marks Semesters: V &VI Viva 3. Positive Voce : Psychology and 10Marks Health Care Class Records : interventions 10Marks

208

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Examination Teaching Semester Int. Credits Work load Assmnt. Total Per week Theory Practical Marks Marks Marks Marks Th. + Pr. I Sem - Paper I: PSY 211 Fundamentals of Psychology - I 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. II Sem - Paper II: PSY 212 Fundamentals of Psychology - II 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. III Sem - Paper III: PSY213 Life Span Development - I 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs.

IV Sem - Paper IV: PSY 214 Life Span Development - II 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs.

V Sem - Paper V: PSY 215.1 Abnormal Psychology 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs.

Paper VI: PSY 215.2 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Health Psychology

Paper VII : PSY 215.3 -- 80 20 100 4 Hrs.

VI Sem Paper VIII : PSY 216.1 Social Psychology 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs.

6 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Paper IX : PSY 216.2 Organizational Psychology

Paper X : PSY 216.3 -- 80 20 100 4 Hrs.

SUMMARY CHART w.e.f. 2019-2020 Note: a) Minimum for a Pass :} b) Classification of successful :} As per the Regulations candidates :} c) Rejection of results :}

209

SYLLABUS I SEMESTER

PSY 211 PAPER I - FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOLOGY- I

OBJECTIVES: 1. To help students get insights into psychological issues. 2. To build an appreciation of the relevance of Psychology with special relevance to the Indian context. 3. To highlight the significance of Psychology focusing on current developments.

UNIT I –THE SCIENCE OF HUMAN BEHAVIOUR 18 hours Introduction- definition, nature and goals of Psychology, Schools of Psychology- Structuralism, Functionalism, Behaviourism, Gestaltism, Psychoanalysis, Humanistic Psychology, Oriental psychology, History of Psychology in India, Psychology in India – cross cultural studies and the process of indigenization Meaning and characteristics of scientific methods, Scientific methods- Observation (Subjective and Objective), Experimental method and Case study method Branches of Psychology- theoretical and applied

UNIT II –BIOLOGICAL BASES OF BEHAVIOUR 20 hours Neuron –structure, functions, kinds of neurons, and neurotransmitters Nervous System and its sub divisions - Central and Peripheral, cerebral hemispheres, Brain imaging techniques Endocrine system – characteristic features Endocrine Glands-Pineal gland, Pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreas, gonads and adrenal glands Exocrine Glands- sweat and lacrimal gland States of consciousness - Circadian Rhythms – nature, and disturbances. Sleep – stages, functions and disorders

UNIT III –SENSATION, ATTENTION & PERCEPTION 18 hours Sensation-definition and characteristics, sensory thresholds- absolute limen, differential limen and sensory adaptation Attention –definition, Phenomena of attention - span of attention, fluctuation of attention, division of attention, selective attention, kinds of attention Determinants of attention-external and internal Perception – meaning, characteristics and principles of perceptual organization Visual space perception- monocular and binocular cues Extra sensory perception and Subliminal perception

210

4. Parameswaran, E. G., &Beena, C. (2002). An Invitation to Psychology, Hyderabad: Neel Kamal Publications. 5. Feldman, R.S. (2002). Understanding Psychology (6th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw -Hill Company Ltd. 6. Kothari,C.R. (2003).Research Methodology: Methods and Technique,.New Delhi: WishwaPrakashan. 7. Ahuja, R. (2003). Research Methods,Jaipur:Rawat Publications.

PRACTICAL (Any six)

1 Nature of questions & Accuracy of report 2 Set on Attention 3 Division of Attention 4 Stroop Effect 5 Colour Blindness Test 6 Muller Lyer Illusion 7 Study Habits Inventory 8 Sleep-Wake Pattern Assessment Questionnaire (SWPAQ) RESEARCH Meaning of Scientific Research METHODOLOGY Characteristics and objectives of Scientific Research Types of Research STATISTICS Measures of Central Tendency – Mean, Median and Mode for ungrouped data

211

II SEMESTER PSY 212PAPER II - FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOLOGY -II

OBJECTIVES: 1. To impart knowledge of the basic concepts in Psychology. 2. To provide broad coverage of the field of Psychology with special relevance to the Indian context.

UNIT I - MOTIVATION AND EMOTION 18 hours Needs, Drives, Incentives, instinct, motives and Homeostasis Characteristics of motives and motivation cycle Theories of motivation- instinct theory, drive theory Physiological motives- Hunger and thirst Social motives- Need for power and aggression Emotions – meaning and nature, theories of emotions, internal and external changes in emotions, Polygraph technique

UNIT II –LEARNING & MEMORY 18hours Learning – definition, Classical and Operant Conditioning, Trial and error learning Memory – meaning, Remembering, Atkinson – Shiffrin Model, types of LTM, Organisation in memory- concepts, schemas, images, cognitive map and script Phenomena of memory- Eyewitness memory, illusory memory syndrome, Autobiographical and flash bulb memories Causes of Forgetting, Mnemonics

UNIT III-INTELLIGENCE& PERSONALITY 20 hours Intelligence – definition, PASS Model of intelligence, history of intelligence testing, intelligence in Indian context, Artificial intelligence, Flynn effect, Pygmalion effect Genetic and environmental determinants of intelligence Individual differences in intelligence- giftedness and intellectual disability. Personality – definition and meaning Type and trait approaches- Doshas, Triguna theory Freud‘s theory and Carl Jung‘s theory Humanistic theories- Carl Rogers Five factor model of Personality Assessment – Self-report tests, Interviews, Questionnaires, Behavioural observations, Biological measures and Projective techniques Personality and Health – Type A and Bpersonalities

BOOKS: 1. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The Study of Human Behaviour, New Delhi: PHI learning Pvt Ltd. 2. Baron, R.A. (2006). Psychology (5th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. 3. Feldman, R.S. (2002). Understanding Psychology (6th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw -Hill Company Ltd. 4. Kothari, C. R. (2003). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Delhi: WishwaPrakashan. 5. Ahuja, R. (2003). Research Methods, Jaipur:Rawat Publications.

212

PRACTICAL (Any six)

1 Social Motives Scale 2 Recall and Recognition 3 Emotion on Free Association 4 Emotional Intelligence 5 Bilateral transfer 6 Eysenck Personality Inventory 7 Otis test of Intelligence 8 Insight on Motor learning Steps in Research Process RESEARCH Methods of Scientific Research METHODOLOGY Uses of Scientific Research Criteria of Good Research STATISTICS Grouping of data - class intervals and frequencies Measures of Central Tendency - grouped data

213

III SEMESTER PSY 213 PAPER III –LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT- I

OBJECTIVES: 1. To understand the various developments from conception to childhood. 2. To familiarize with the recent theoretical perspectives across life span.

UNIT I –PERSPECTIVES AND BIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS TO LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT 18 hours Importance of studying Life Span Development, Characteristics of Life span Perspective Piaget‘s Cognitive Developmental theory Kohlberg‘s theory of Moral Development Erikson‘s theory of Psycho-Social Development Designs to study development - Longitudinal design, Cross Sectional design Sex cells and their differences Conceiving new life - Fertilization, Multiple Births, Sex determination Genetic Abnormalities – meaning and birth defects - Alpha thalassemia, Cystic fibrosis, Haemophilia, PKU Chromosomal Abnormalities - Down syndrome Sex Chromosome Abnormalities (Table 3-3)

UNIT II -PRENATAL &INFANT DEVELOPMENT 20 hours Conception, Periods of Prenatal development – zygote, embryo and fetus Prenatal Environmental Influences – Teratogens Genetic counseling and testing Prenatal Diagnostic Methods (Table 3.6) Seemantham ceremony Birth Process, Stages of Childbirth Approaches to Childbirth – prepared and caesarean section Complications of child birth –birth trauma, post maturity, prematurity and lowbirth weight Termination of pregnancy and miscarriage, breast feeding and its advantages Physical characteristics of the new born infants – size, body systems and states of arousal. (Table 4-1) New born reflexes (Table 5-1), APGAR Scale, SIDS National Immunization Schedule (NIS) for infants, children and pregnant women Baby massage techniques and benefits

UNIT III - EARLY CHILDHOODDEVELOPMENT &DISORDERS 18 hours Motor development - Sequence and Fine motor development – reaching and grasping Emotional self – regulation, Social referencing Pre linguistic development – receptivity to language and first speech sounds Development of Self Concept – aspects, self-awareness Emergence of gender identity Functions of play and types of play Childhood Disorders – Separation anxiety disorder, Enuresis, Encopresis, Learning Disabilities, Autism, ADHD, ODD and Conduct disorder

214

BOOKS:

1. Santrock, J. W. (2007). A Topical Approach to Life-Span Development(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 2. Papalia, D.E., Olds, S.W., & Feldman, R. D. (2010). Human Development(9th ed.). New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Education Pvt Ltd. 3. Berk, L. E. (2005). Child Development (6th ed.) New Delhi: Pearson Education. 4. Sarason, I.G., &Sarason, B. R. (2005). Abnormal Psychology, the Problem of Maladaptive Behaviour (11th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. 5. Kothari, C. R. (2003). Research Methodology: Methods and Technique, New Delhi: WishwaPrakashan.

PRACTICAL(Any six)

1 Parenting Scale 2 Rao‘s Social Maturity Scale 3 Self-Concept Questionnaire 4 Moral Values Scale 5 Seguin Form Board Test 6 Home Environment Inventory 7 Fear Checklist 8 School Environment Inventory 9 The Indian Scale for Assessment of Autism (ISAA) 10 ADHD Rating Scale RESEARCH Important concepts relating to METHODOLOGY Research design Different Research Designs STATISTICS Measures of Variability – Average Deviation from Mean and Median

215

IV SEMESTER PSY 214 PAPER IV - LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT- II

OBJECTIVES: 1. To sensitize the students about issues relating to different stages of life. 2. To familiarize students toissues pertaining to early and late adulthood.

UNIT I – ADOLESCENCE 20 hours Determinants of Puberty, growth spurt, sexual maturation Psychological dimensions of puberty Social cognition - adolescent egocentrism and perspective taking Development of self – four statuses of identity, identity and social contexts Adolescent sexual problems - adolescent pregnancy, forcible sexual behaviour and sexual harassment Eating disorders – Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa Problems – drug abuse, juvenile delinquency, social networking addiction, fear of missing out (FOMO) phenomenon andsuicide

UNIT II - YOUNG AND MIDDLE ADULTHOOD 18 hours Physical Development - Health status Sexual and Reproductive Issues Education and Work - Entering the world of work Foundations of Intimate Relationships - Friendship and Love Sexuality - Issues and Attitudes, Non marital and Marital Lifestyles Parenthood - Becoming parents, parenthood as a developmental experience Parental roles, Parenting styles and discipline Parent - Adolescent relationships and working parents Mid-life Crisis Abortion –types and psychological impact Menopause and its effects

UNIT III - THE ELDERLY 18 hours Relationships with Maturing children – Adolescent children: Issues for parents The Empty Nest, parenting grown children, Prolonged parenting:The ‗Cluttered Nest‘ Relationships with aging parents Life style and Social Issues related to Aging -Work, retirement and leisure Living arrangements, Mistreatment of the elderly Special losses – Surviving a spouse, losing a parent in adulthood and losing a child Parents Maintenance Act, 2013 Patterns of grieving, Kubler-Ross‘ stages of dying Medical, Legal and Ethical Issues –Aid in dying

216

BOOKS: 1. Santrock, J.W. (2007). A Topical Approach to Life-Span Developmen. (3rd ed.).New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 2. Santrock, J.W. Adolescence (11th ed.). New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 3. Papalia, D.E., Olds, S.W., & Feldman, R. D. (2010). Human Development(9th ed.). New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Education Pvt Ltd. 4. Kothari, C. R. (2003). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Delhi: WishwaPrakashan.

PRACTICAL(Any six)

1 Adolescent Problem Checklist (Revised) 2 Bell‘s Adjustment Inventory adult form 3 Suicidal Ideation Scale 4 Marital Adjustment questionnaire 5 Parental Support Scale 6 Social Competence Scale 7 Reaction Time 8 Old Age Inventory 9 Fear of Missing Out Scale 10 Social Network Addiction Scale Steps in Sampling design RESEARCH Criteria of selecting a sample METHODOLOGY procedure Characteristics of a good sample design Types of Sample designs STATISTICS Standard deviation and z test

217

V SEMESTER PSY 215.1 PAPER V - ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

OBJECTIVES: 1. To familiarize students with a conceptual overview of abnormal behaviour. 2. To understand the nature, symptoms and causes of Psychopathology.

UNIT I - INTRODUCTION TO ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 16 hours Abnormality and its meaning, historical and contemporary views of abnormality Changing attitude in the early 20th century, Causal factors and view points Theoretical perspectives of abnormality - Biological, Psycho dynamic, Behavioural, Cognitive, Humanistic, Existential, Community, Cultural and Interactional Approaches Culture bound syndromes in India - Dhat syndrome, Possession syndrome& Koro DSM-IV-TR classification, Differing Models of diagnostic classification of mental disorders- ICD 11 and DSM V Mental Health Care Act, 2017

UNIT II- SCHIZOPHRENIA, BIPOLAR, DEPRESSIVE AND ANXIETY DISORDERS 16 hours Schizophrenia Spectrum and other Psychotic disorders- Schizophrenia – clinical picture, subtypes and causes Bipolar and Related disorders- Bipolar I disorder, Bipolar II disorder and Cyclothymic disorder Depressive disorder- Major Depressive Disorder, Dysthymia, Premenstrual Dysphoric disorder Anxiety disorders- Specific phobia, Social phobia, Panic disorder, Agoraphobia and Generalized anxiety disorder

UNIT III –OBSESSIVE COMPULSIVE DISORDERS, DISSOCIATIVE AND PERSONALITY DISORDERS 16 hours Obsessive Compulsive disorders- Obsessive - Compulsive disorder, Body Dysmorphic disorder, Hoarding disorder, Trichotillomania Trauma and Stressor- Related disorders- Post-Traumatic Stress disorder and Acute Stress disorder Dissociative Disorders –Dissociative Identity disorder, Dissociative Amnesia & Fugue Somatic Symptom and Related disorders- Conversion disorder and Factitious disorder Neuro Cognitive Disorders – Dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT) Personality disorders- Clusters, Paranoid, Schizoid, Antisocial, Borderline, Histrionic, Narcissistic and Dependent personality disorder

BOOKS: 1. Carson, R.C., Butcher, J. N., Mineka,S& Hooley, J,M. (2008). Abnormal Psychology(13th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. 2. Sarason, I.G., &Sarason, B. R. (2005). Abnormal Psychology, the Problem of Maladaptive Behaviour (11th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

218

PSY 215.2 PAPER VI - HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY

OBJECTIVES: 1. To acquaint the students with stress, illness and health related behaviours. 2. To promote optimal well-being through Positive Psychology. 3. To understand the correlates of pain and its management.

UNIT I - HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY AND HEALTH BEHAVIOURS 16 hours Health Psychology- definition, mind-body relationship, development of health psychology, biopsychosocial model, transtheoretical model of behaviour change Types of health behaviours, health locus of control, the health belief model, theory of planned behaviour Screening and its guidelines Primary prevention and behavioural outcomes Approaches to coping with illness Factors predicting adherence

UNIT II – STRESS, PAIN AND ILLNESS 16 hours Stress- types, physiological changes, General Adaptation Syndrome Stress management Pain- meaning and types, Gate control theory of pain Types of Pain, psychological aspects of pain, assessment of pain, Psychological factors and pain Individual differences and socio-cultural differences in reactions to pain Prevention of pain, treatment of pain- physical, behavioural and cognitive methods Yogasutras, types of yoga, benefits of yoga, mindfulness Illness- Illness cognitions Terminal Illness- Cancer, types, risk factors-personal, behavioural and psychosocial Rehabilitative Interventions- pharmacologic, cognitive behavioural, chemotherapy and psychotherapeutic interventions

UNIT III - POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY AND HEALTH CARE INTERVENTIONS 16 hours Introduction to Positive Psychology, Positive emotions- happiness and subjective well-being Positive cognitive states- Self- efficacy, Optimism, Hope, Mindfulness, Gratitude, Forgiveness and Resilience Health care interventions- hospice care, home care, individual therapy, brief psycho-therapeutic intervention Patient education, social support interventions, family support and social support group. Expressive Therapy- Music, Art and Dance

BOOKS: 1. Taylor, S.E. (2010). Health Psychology(6th ed.).New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw- Hill Education Private Ltd.

219

2. Marks, D.F., Murray, M., Evans, B.,& Estacio, E.V. (2011). Health Psychology: Theory, Research and Practice(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Sage Publication India Pvt Ltd. 3. Brannon, L., & Feist, J. (2007). Introduction to Health Psychology, New Delhi: Thomson. 4. Dimatteo, M.R.,&Martin, LR. (2002).Health Psychology, New Delhi: Pearson Education. 5. Snyder, C.N., Lopez, S.J., &Pedocotti, J.T. (2011). Positive Psychology- The Scientific and Practical Explorations of Human Strengths (2nd ed.). New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt Ltd.

PAPER VII - PSY 215.3 PRACTICAL(Any ten)

H.N Murthy‘s Multiphasic Questionnaire Family Pathology Scale Mindfulness Attention Awareness Scale Personal Stress Source Inventory Health Locusof Control General Health Questionnaire C.M.I Health Questionnaire Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale The Gratitude Questionnaire Subjective Well-Being Scale Oxford Happiness Questionnaire Five Facet Mindfulness Questionnaire Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS) Brief Resilience Scale Statistics: Rank Difference Correlation & Product Moment Correlation

220

VI SEMESTER PSY 216.1 PAPER VIII -SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

OBJECTIVES: 1. To understand the conceptual continuities in the field of Social Psychology. 2. To focus on prosocial and other aspects of social behaviours.

UNIT I –INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 16 hours Social Psychology– meaning Brief history of Social Psychology in India Theories- decision making theory, interdependence and socio- cultural theories Social perception- Non-verbal communication Attribution - Kelly‘s theory of Causal Attribution, Jones and Davis‘s theory of Correspondent Inference Impression formation and management Self- knowledge- sources and aspects

UNIT II -ATTITUDES, PREJUDICE, STEREOTYPES & AGGRESSION 16 hours Attitude- definition and components, formation and change, Measurement of attitude Influence on behaviour Prejudice – meaning, nature and origin, techniques for counteracting its effects Gender stereotypes – differential respect, concept of glass ceiling Aggression – meaning and perspectives, causes – social, cultural, personal and situational Aggression in ongoing relationships: bullying and aggression at work, Prevention and control - punishment and self-regulation Aggression in Society - sexual assault and media violence

UNIT III – SOCIAL INFLUENCE AND PRO-SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR 16 hours Conformity, Asch studies Compliance, six bases of social power, compliance techniques Obedience to authority, Milgram studies Motives for prosocial behaviour, kin selection theory Latane and Darley‘s five crucial steps of responding to an emergency, Situational factors influencing prosocial behaviour, empathy and personality

BOOKS: 1. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne,D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2013). Social Psychology (12th ed.).New Delhi: Pearson Education. 2. DeLamater, J.D., &Myers,D.J. (2009). Text Book of Social Psychology,New Delhi: Cengage Learning. 3. Taylor,S., Peplau,L.A., & Sears,D.O. (2006). Social Psychology (12th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. 4. Kuppuswamy, B. (1995). An Introduction to Social Psychology, Bombay: Media Promoters and Publishers Private Limited.

221

PSY 216.2 PAPER IX - ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

OBJECTIVES: 1. To recognize the changing nature of working structures. 2. To understand work dynamics and organizational development.

UNIT I - ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 16 hours Organizational structure- meaning and characteristics Factors influencing organizational structure Models of organizational structure- Scientific Management Model, Flat and Tall Structure Model, Departmentation Model Modern Models of Organizational Structure- System Model, Project Model, Matrix Model and Contingency Model Individual and Organizational Ethics - Organizational citizen behaviour and Corporate Social Responsibility Technological Change and Organizational Structure - Formalization of the Workplace, Virtual meetings, loss of group cohesiveness, excessive internet use, Electronic - monitoring and multitasking

UNIT II - ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT 14 hours Organizational change – meaning and types, Models of planned change Resistance to change, bases of power, power tactics, change management Organizational development- meaning and its features, components of Organizational development, interventions of corporate development

UNIT III - ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES 18 hours Hawthorne Studies, Theory Z culture Quality of Working Life (QWL) – meaning and definition Constituents of QWL, QWL in the Indian context Quality circle- meaning and characteristics Work Family Balance Work Schedules - flexible work schedules, rest breaks and shift work Sources of organizational conflict Functional and dysfunctional Conflict Pondy‘s model of conflict process BOOKS: 1. Mishra, M.N. (2006). Organizational Behaviour, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. 2. Khanka, S.S. (2009). Organizational Behaviour,New Delhi: S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 3. Matthewman, L., Rose, A., & Hetherington, A. (2009). Work Psychology, New York: Oxford University Press.

222

PAPER X – PSY 216.3 PRACTICAL (Any ten)

Aggression Scale Stereotypes Bhatia‘s Battery of Intelligence tests (Koh‘s and Pass along tests) Minnesota Rate of Manipulation Test Assessment of Leadership Effectiveness Dimensions of Temperament Scale Tweezer dexterity test The type-D Scale Progressive weights Bogardus Social distance scale Assessment of Type AB Behaviour Pattern Assessment of Job Satisfaction Emotional Competence Scale Kakkar Self-Acceptance Inventory The Assertiveness Inventory Career Preference Record Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) Statistics: t test for Independent means& Chi Square

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: THEORY (COMMON TO ALL SEMESTERS)

Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks : 80 Internal Assessment : 20 SECTION A Ten 2 marks questions spread across all the units, with no choice. 10 x 2 = 20 marks SECTION B Answer four out of five questions from across all the units. 4 x 5= 20 marks SECTION C Answer four out of five questions from across all the units. 4x10 = 40 marks

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL (COMMON FROM FIRST UPTO FOURTH SEMESTERS)

Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 40 Internal Assessment: 10 Break up of marks is as follows Plan &Procedure 10 marks Conduction &Discussion 10 marks Research Methodology 5 marks Viva 5 marks Statistics 5 marks Class Record 5 marks

223

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL (COMMON TO FIFTH AND SIXTH SEMESTERS)

Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Internal Assessment: 20 Break up of marks is as follows Plan & Procedure (Two tests- compulsory) 30 marks Conduction &Discussion 20 marks Viva 10 marks Statistics 10 marks Class Record 10 marks OPEN ELECTIVE: LIFE SKILLS EDUCATION

OBJECTIVES:

 To offer a holistic and individualized approach to education and care.  To mobilize a behavior development approach addressing knowledge, attitudes and value based life skills.  To equip learners with psycho-social competencies and emotional skills to build healthy relationships.

UNIT I MANAGING EMOTIONS 8 hours Definition of Emotions, Paul Ekman‘s six basic emotions, Plutchik‘s wheel of emotions, Lazarus' theory of emotions, Components of Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Goleman, Emotion-focused coping techniques.Emotional Quotient Characteristics of emotionally intelligent persons. Amygdala Hijack and the Fight or Flight Response

UNIT II ANGER & TIME MANAGEMENT 8 hours Definition of anger,The Emotional Response Cycle,causes of aggression, types of anger expression. Time Management – meaning, The Eisenhower Method, Pareto analysis, POSEC method Time management systems- GTD and pomodoro technique

UNIT III STRESS & CONFLICT MANAGEMENT 8 hours Definition of stress, General adaptation syndrome, causes of stress, Stress vulnerability, Type A and Type B personality, Effects of stress, coping strategies Definition of conflict, types of conflict, levels of conflict, Sources of conflict, Effects of conflict, Conflict Resolution model

BOOKS:

1. Baron, R.A. (2006). Psychology (5th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. 2. Prabhu, V. V. (2000). Psychology at Work, Mumbai: VipulPrakashan. 3. Prabhu, V. V. (2000). Organizational Behaviour,Mumbai: VipulPrakashan. 4. Goleman, D. (1995) Emotional intelligence. New York: Bantam Book. 5. Life Skills Education Training Module for Adolescent girls and boys.(2005). Jaipur: Sandhan.

224

OPEN ELECTIVE: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVES:

UNIT I PROBLEM SOLVING & DECISION MAKIN 10 hours Problem solving- Meaning, steps and its barriers – confirmation bias, mental set, functional fixedness Decision making – meaning and types, 5 elements of the decision situation, decision making process, techniques of group decision making- brain storming, Delphi technique, nominal group technique and dialectic decision methods Importance of decision making

UNIT II CREATIVE AND LATERAL THINKING 8 hours Creative thinking- meaning and types, creative process model, characteristics of a creative adu Divergent and Convergent thinking, Increasing critical thinking and creativity Lateral thinking – meaning and techniques, Edward de Bono‘s four thinking tools andsix thinking hats

UNIT III GOAL SETTING BEHAVIOUR 6 hours Goal setting- meaning, types of goals, ‗Smart‘ goal setting and its outcome SWOT Analysis- elements and importance

BOOKS: 1. Feldman, R.S. (2002). Understanding Psychology(6th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw -Hill Company. 2. Prabhu, V. V. (2000). Organizational Behaviour, Mumbai: VipulPrakashan. 3. Pandit, V (2017). Skills Development,Jaipur: Mark Publishers. 4. De Bono, E. (1985). Six thinking hats, Boston: Little, Brown.

OPEN ELECTIVE: PERSONALITY DYNAMICS

OBJECTIVES:

225

UNIT ISELF- AWARENESS 8 hours Self- Awareness – meaning, factors influencing self-awareness and its effects, Philippe Rochat‘s five levels of self-awareness, the Johari window model – four selves and four personas, improving one‘s self-awareness Components of self-regulation, Empathy- meaning and types – cognitive, emotional empathy and somatic empathy

UNIT II INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS 8 hours Interpersonal skills- meaning and types Negotiation skills- meaning and stages, types and styles Assertiveness- meaning, types and advantages. Techniques- fogging, stuck record technique, positive and negative enquiry

UNIT III GROUP DYNAMICS 8 hours Group- meaning, definition and characteristics, kinds of groups, Group cohesion, black sheep effect Techniques of Compliance- The Foot in the Door Technique, The Door in the Face Technique, The Low-Ball Technique Techniques of persuasion- The IKEA effect, social proof, hot-hand fallacy, the authority bias, focalism, the liking principle and the scarcity heuristic Win- Win negotiation – meaning, stages and styles of negotiation

BOOKS: 1. Feldman, R.S. (2002). Understanding Psychology (6th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw -Hill Company. 2. Prabhu, V. V. (2000). Psychology at Work,Mumbai: VipulPrakashan. 3. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne,D., &Bhardwaj,G. (2013). Social Psychology (12th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES

Time: 2Hrs Max. Marks: 50 Internal Assessment: 10 Section A

Answer all five questions 5 X 2 = 10 Marks

Section B

Answer two out of three questions from across all the units. 2 X 5= 10 Marks

Section C

Answer two out of three questions from across all the units. 2 X 10= 20 Marks

**************

226

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(h) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Rural Development for B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

227

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT HELD ON 27thJULY, 2018 AT (2.30 PM) AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair 2. Dr. SripathiKalluraya : Member (Subject Expert) 3. Ms. Colin D‘Souza : Member (Subject Expert) 4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : Member (Subject Expert) 5. Mrs. Vineetha K : Meritorious Alumna 6. Prof.Ramaraya Acharya : University Nominee 7. Mr. ChethanMendonca : Industry Representative

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018-2019 examinations ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question papers and Results of I-III-V [2017] & II-IV-VI [2018] iii. Any other matter. The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semesters (i.e. I –III-V Semester Oct. 2017& II-IV-VI Semester April 2018) Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.

(See Annexure: I)

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

228

NAME SIGNATURE

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...... SD/...... 2. Dr.SripathiKalluraya :...... ABSENT...... 3. Ms. Colin D‘Souza :...... ABSENT...... 4. Ms. Evelyn Benis :...... SD/...... 5. Mrs. Vineetha K : ...... SD/...... 6. Prof.Ramaraya Acharya : ...... SD/...... 7. Mr. ChethanMendonca : ...... SD/......

Sd/- Mrs. Anuradha Shetty Chairperson Board of Studies in Rural Development

229

DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester

No. of Students Appeared 21 15 07 No. of Students Passed 18 15 07 No. of Students Failed 03 Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2016 – 2017

I III V Semester Semester Semester Particulars

90% & Above Nil Nil Nil

80% & Above but below 90% 06 06 02

70% & Above but below 80% 08 03 Nil

60% & Above but below 70% 04 03 04

55% & Above but below 60% Nil Nil Nil

50% & Above but below 55% Nil Nil Nil

35% & Above but below 50% Nil 03 01

Below 35% 03 Nil Nil

Absent Nil Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 85.71 100.00 100.00

230

DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester VI Semester

No. of Students Appeared 18 15 07 No. of Students Passed 18 15 07 No. of Students Failed Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued 03 Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II IV VI Semester Semester Semester

90% & Above Nil Nil Nil

80% & Above but below 90% 03 Nil Nil

70% & Above but below 80% 09 04 02

60% & Above but below 70% 03 04 04

55% & Above but below 60% 03 01 Nil

50% & Above but below 55% Nil Nil Nil

35% & Above but below 50% 04 06 01

Below 35% Nil Nil Nil

Absent Nil Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 100.00 100.00 100.00

231

TOP SCORERS IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT 2015 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]

Marks obtained Reg. No. Name of the Candidate % Ranking [out of 1200]

155560205 FATHIMA RUFEEDA 980 81.67 First

155560202 CHARLENE MARIETTE 79.92 Second D‘SOUZA 959

155560201 ABEL TOM ABRAHAM 759 63.25 Third

232

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT HELD ON 11thDECEMBER 2018 AT (2.00 PM) AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair 2. Dr Robert Clive G : University Nominee 3. Dr SripathiKalluraya : Member (Subject Expert) 4. Prof.Ramaraya Acharya : Member (Subject Expert) 5. Ms. Evelyn Benis : Member (Subject Expert) 6. Dr ShivakumarMagada : Allied Sector 7. Ms. JyothiPS : Meritorious Alumna

AGENDA:

i. Revision of the Syllabus for the year 2019-20 ii. Preparation of new syllabus for Choice based/Open Elective Paper iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Revised Syllabus and new syllabus for Choice based/Open Elective Paper was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Revised Syllabus and new syllabus for Open Elective Paperswere drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, RoshniNilaya, in prescribed format.

(See Annexure: I)

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

233

NAME SIGNATURE

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...... SD/......

2. Dr Robert Clive G : ...... SD/......

3. Dr.SripathiKalluraya : ...... ABSENT......

4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : ...... SD/......

5. Prof.Ramaraya Acharya : ...... SD/......

6. Dr.ShivakumarMagada : ...... SD/......

7. Ms. Jyothi P S : ...... SD/......

Sd/- Mrs. Anuradha Shetty Chairperson Board of Studies in Rural Development

234

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – (3rd Cycle)

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

Subject Title: Rural Development [For B.A. Degree Course 2019-2020]

PREAMBLE: Rural development is considered to be one of the important subjects of national interest. The development paradigm has undergone major shifts in India as a result of the New Economic Policies. In the process of modernization of economy, rural society and economy have suffered the neglect of stakeholders. It is important that the students are equipped with skills and relevant knowledge to respond to the present needs of rural concern. The subject has a great scope with regard to employment opportunities in Government as well as NGO sectors.

The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Tuesday, December 11, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the Credit-based Semester Scheme (Autonomous) with it‘s clearly spelt out objectives.

OBJECTIVES: At the end of the six –semester degree course, a student of Rural Development is expected to acquire a fairly reasonable competence in the following areas:  Knowledge about various programmes/schemes of rural development.  Analytical understanding of rural problems.  Develop effective communication skills, written as well as oral, to promote rural development.  Equip the learners with skills to practice the methods and techniques of rural community work  Conduct interviews and home visits.

KEY AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:  Communication skills  Managerial skills  Documentation skills.  Social analysis  Dissemination of information on rural concern CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE: Community worker at NGO sector, Panchayat Development officer, Rural Development Project Officer.

235

The course provides students with the skills and knowledge to render service at the grass root level. It provides the opportunity to understand the basic problems of rural society, the resources available and equip the students to be the change agents in the society.

OUR VISION: In Pursuit of Academic Excellence towards a Sustainable Society

OUR MISSION: Revitalize Rural Economy and Society

Faculty Objective: To sensitize learners to the emerging challenges faced by rural communities and equip them with the knowledge and skills to respond effectively.

Learner Objective: To develop knowledge, skills and attitude to work with rural communities

Academic Programme and Scheme of Examination are given in detail in the following pages along with Summary Charts showing the semester-wise distribution of Academic content, and the Teaching work-load.

Note: a) Minimum for a pass :} b) Classification of successful Candidates :} As per the Regulations c) Rejection of results :}

236

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 2 Autonomous College under Mangalore University Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade – (3rd Cycle) DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2022

I Semester II Semester Theory 120 marks Theory 120 marks Rural Development – Concepts Rural Social Institutions- Concepts Approaches to rural development Panchayat Raj Institutions

Situation of marginalized Co-operative Societies sections III Semester IV Semester Theory 120 marks Theory 120 marks Sources of Rural Economy Non-formal education

Agriculture Knowledge Centers

Rural Industrialization Good governance

V Semester V Semester Theory 120 marks Theory 120 marks Communication skills Techniques of community work Audio/Visual aids Approaches to community Public speaking and work presentation skills Social research VI Semester VI Semester Theory 120 marks Theory 120 marks Analysis of rural problems Management- Concept, Principles Poverty alleviation programmes Environment promotion Functions of management programmes Human relation skills in management

237

DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY CHART w.e.f. 2015-16

Semester Examinati Int. Assmnt Total Credits Teaching on marks marks work load I Sem-Paper I RDE171 Rural 120 30 150 3 6hrs. development –Basic concept II Sem- Paper II RDE 172 Rural 120 30 150 3 6hrs Development Institutions III Sem-Paper III RDE- 173 Rural 120 30 150 3 6hrs Economy of India IV Sem-Paper IV RDE-174 Dimensions 120 30 150 3 6hrs. of rural Development V Sem- Paper V RDE- 175.1 Methods 120 30 150 3 5hrs. and Techniques of Rural Community work V Sem- Paper-VI RDE-175.2 120 30 150 3 5hrs. Communication for Rural Development VI Sem-Paper VII RDE-176.1 Rural 120 30 150 3 5hrs. Development Programmes VII Sem-Paper VIII RDE-176.2 Rural 120 30 150 3 5hrs. Management

238

SUBJECT – RURAL DEVELOPMENT SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

The following pattern will be used in setting the question paper. Question paper will contain three parts, section – A, B and C. Questions will be distributed fairly among all the units.

SECTION – A

Time: 3 Hrs. (Max. Marks: 120)

Instructions to the students: Answer all the questions following the instructions.

I. Two mark questions. 10 out of 10 questions (10 x 2 = 20)

SECTION - B

I Answer any Four out of Five questions (4 x 5 = 20) 2. 3.

SECTION - C

II Answer any Four out of Five questions (4 x 20 = 80) 1. 2. 3.

239

First Year B.A Semester - I Paper – I RDE- 171 RURAL DEVELOPMENT – BASIC CONCEPTS

UNIT – I  Development and Growth – Concept and Features. Types of Development  Rural development - Meaning, Objectives and Indicators  Sustainable Rural Development – Concept and Principles. 15Hrs. UNIT – II  Rural Society: Concept, Meaning and Characteristics, Settlement pattern.  Difference between rural and urban society. 15Hrs UNIT – III  Rural Development Approaches - Area Approach, Growth oriented approach, Basic services and Basic Needs Approach, Target Group Approach and Gandhian Approach.  Integrated Approach, Participatory Approach and Right based Approach 15 hrs.

UNIT - IV  Problems of Marginalized and Vulnerable groups in rural society - Scheduled Caste and Tribes.  Problems of Rural Women and Elderly people  Problems of Children and Child labour in rural India  Situation of Rural labourers and Bonded Labourers in rural India 15hrs.

Books for Reference:

1. Ahuja, Ram: Indian Social System. Rawat Publication. Jaipur 1997 2. Madan G.R.: Indian Social Problems Vol. 1, Allied Publishers. New Delhi 2003 3. Rao, C.N.Shankar: Sociology, S. Chand & Company. New Delhi 2005 4. Sing, K.: Rural Sociaology. Prakashan Kendra. Lucknow 1987 5. Jogdand P.G.; Michael S.M: Globalisation & social Movements- Struggle for a Humane society- Rawat Publications. New Delhi, 2003 6. Narasaiah Lakshmi M.: Education & Human rights – Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi. 2006 7. Datta Sankar, Sharma Vipin: State of India’s Livelihoods. The 4 P Report. Access Development Services, New Delhi 2009 8. Sharma Dhiraj, Bhatia B.S: Sustainable Development – Contemporary Issues and emerging perspectives, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi 2010

240

9. Taori Kamal: Sustainable Human Development. Issues & Challenges, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2000. 10. William Thomas.A.,Christopher. A.J: Rural development – Concept and Recent Approaches, Rawat Publications, New Delhi, 2011. 11. Dutz.A.Mark: Unleashing India’s Innovation- toward Sustainable and Inclusive Growth, The World Bank, Washington .D.C. 2007. 12. Gasper Des: The Ethics of Development- From Economism to Human Development, Vistaar Publications,New Delhi,2004. 13. Sing K.: Questioning Globalisation, Madhyam Books, New Delhi. 14. Joanna, Jerav Nichole, Mehana et al: Child line at your fingertips- A resource book- Child line India Foundation, 2001 15. F.A.O.: State of Food and Agriculture: Lessons from past 50 years, Rome: F.A.O., 2000 16. John G., Sommer: Empowering the Oppressed: Grassroots Advocacy Movements in India, Sage, New Delhi, 2001 17. Kurukshethra

241

First Year B.A Semester – II Paper – II RDE – 172 RURAL DEVELOPMENT INSTITUTIONS

UNIT - I  Rural social Institutions: Concept, Meaning. 15 Hrs  Caste system, Religion and family UNIT – II  Decentralization - Panchayat Raj Institutions: Structure, Functions and Finance to PRIs - Significance of Grama sabha.  People‘s participation in rural local governance including Women and Children in Panchayat Raj. 15 Hrs UNIT – III

 Educational Institutions: Anganwadis, Formal Education and Adult Education  Health Institutions: Health Policy of India, Primary Health Centre, AYUSH, National Rural Health Mission and other governmental programmes to enhance rural health  Media Institution: Folk media, Mass media – Community Radio 15 hrs

UNIT IV

 Co-operative Societies: Types, principles and problems of co-operative Societies in villages.  Agricultural Produce Marketing Committee (APMC)  Role of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), Role of Community Based Organizations (CBOs). 15 Hrs

II Books for Reference: 1. Sing Surat, Sing Mohinder: Rural development Administration in the 21st Century – A multi-dimensional study, Deep & Deep Publiscations New Delhi 2006. 2. Rao, C.N.Shankar : Sociology, S. Chand & Company. New Delhi 2005 3. Goel S.L:Rajesh, Shalini : Panchayat Raj in India: Theory and Practice, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2003 4. Sing, K.: Rural Sociology. Prakashan Kendra. Lucknow 1987 5. Mohanty Jaganath: Modern Trends in Educational Technology- Neelkamal Publications Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi 2003 6. Goel O.P: Role of NGO’s in Development of social system, Isha Books New Delhi 2004 7. Dash M.: Education in India- Problems & Prospectives-, Atlantic Publishers & Distributors. New Delhi 2000

242

8. Rao Chandravadana H.R.; Nagappa T. R.: Towards Total Literacy, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. –New Delhi, 1997 9. Mayhew Arther; James H.R: Development of Education system in India- Srishti Book Distributors. New Delhi, 2003 10. Gosh Ratna; Pramanik Ashok Kumar.- Panchayat Raj system in India- Historical, Constitutional and Financial Analysis, Kanishka Publications. New Delhi, 2003 11. Joshi R.P; Costituion of Panchayat Raj- A reassessment, Rawat Publishing. New Delhi 1998 12. Mehta G.S: Participation of women in the Panchayat Raj. Karishka Publishers and Distributors. New Delhi, 2002 13. Rajshekar D: Decentralized Government & NGO’s Issues, strategies & Ways forward. Concept Publishing company. New Delhi 2006 14. Bharadwaj Bedal, Sangeeta: Gender, Social Structure and Empowerment: Status Report of Women in India, Rawat Publications, Jaipur, 2009.

243

Second Year B.A Semester – III Paper – III RDE-173 RURAL ECONOMY OF INDIA

UNIT - I  Rural Economy- Characteristics and analysis 15 Hrs.  Natural resources: Land, water, Forest, Energy – sources

UNIT – II  Rural Demographic features  UN Declaration of Millennium Development Goals, Sustainable Development Goals 15 Hrs UNIT – III  Agriculture – Importance, Allied Activities- Dairying, Poultry and Aquaculture, Land Reforms, Organic Farming, Role of Information Technology, Agricultural universities and Krishi Vignan Kendra  Agricultural marketing- problems and measures 15Hrs. UNIT – IV

 Rural Industrialization: Concept, Importance of rural industrialization, Cottage and Small Scale Industries.  Income Generating Programmes: Self-employment, Horticulture, Floriculture  Rural credit: Sources of Rural credit - institutional and Non-Institutional. . 15 hrs. Books for Reference:

1. Datt Ruddar, P.M.S. Sundaram: Indian Economy, S. Chand & Company Ltd. New Delhi. 2004 2. Agaarwal A. N: Indian Economy, Himalaya Publication. New Delhi 2003 3. Misra S.K., Puri V.K.: Indian Economy, Vishwa Prakashan. New Delhi 2003. 4. Dhingra C. Ishwara: The Indian Economy, Envionment & Policy, Sultan Chand & Sons. New Delhi 2004 5. Pereira Winin: Tending the Earth, Traditional, Sustainable Agriculture in India. Earth Care Books. Bombay 1993 6. Joshi G.V., Giniappa S.;Dongre Yashavanth: Problem & Prospects of Rural Banking in India-Along term perspective, chair in Rural Banking & Management. Mangalore University 1997 7. Appu P.S.: Land Reforms in India- Legislation & Implementation. - Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1996 8. Jain Lal Gopal: Rural Development- Mangal Deep Publications. Jaipur, 1997 9. Verma S.B; Singh R.D; Jiloka S. K: Rural Poverty Alleviation & Employment- Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2006

244

10. Herring, Ronald.J.Y.: Land to the Tiller: the Political Economy of Agrarian Reform In South Asia, Oxford University press, Delhi: 1983. 11. Kaushil S.; Singh Surat: Reforms, rural Development & The Human Face-, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2006 12. Singh Y.P: Indian Village: 2020 Vision & Mission, Vol. 1& Vol.2- Concept Publishing Company. New Delhi, 2006 13. Verma S. B.,Singh U.P., Jiloka S.K.,: Rural Development Reforms- Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2006

245

Second Year B.A Semester-IV Paper – IV RDE – 174 DIMENSIONS OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT

UNIT - I  Economic dimension: Occupation structure, Employment and Standard of living  Poverty and Livelihood Insecurity.  Rural Income - Sources, Strategies to raise the income of rural Society 15 Hrs. UNIT – II  Educational dimension: Non-Formal Education, Informal Education, Extension Education, Paulo Freire‘s pedagogy, Education Policy of India  Role of knowledge centers 15 Hrs. UNIT - III  Political dimension: Good Governance, Legislation – 73rd Amendment Act, Role of Local self- governance in promoting rural development, Jamabandhi  Salient Features of RTI Act – 2005  Consumer Protection Act -1986 15 Hrs.

UNIT - IV  Socio-cultural dimension: Communalism and Casteism, Migration, Social change.  Social Problems – Alcoholism, Illiteracy, Superstitions, Gender Inequality, Child Marriage, Devadasi System and Sexual abuse. 15 Hrs.

Books for Reference:

1. Gopalan, C. Sastri, B.V. Rama: Nutritive value of Indian Foods. National Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad. 1993 2. S. L. Goel. : Health Care Administration: Levels and aspects, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.Bangalore 1984 3. L.Ramachandra and J. Dhamalingam: Health Education – A New Approach. Vikas Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 1996 4. Verma S.B., Jiloka S.K.,Das Kannak : Rural Education and Technology Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2006 5. Verma S.B; Jiloka S.K: Pathak S.K: Rural Health care & Housing, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2006 6. School of Social work, Mangalore, KROSS, Bangalore & Caritas India: Good Governance- Facilitator Learning Manual, KROSS, Bangalore 2009 7. Misra,S.K, Puri,V.K : Indian Economy, Mumbai, Himalaya Publishing House. New Delhi, 2005 8. Datt Ruddar; Sundharam, K.P.M: Indian Economy, S.Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2006 9. Chalkley A.M; – A text Book for the Health Worker-New International Publishers, New Delhi 2006

246

10. Reddy S.R.: Teaching Health and Nutrition. Commanwealth. New Delhi, 1997 11. Goel S.L.: Good Governance- An Integaral Approach, deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi, 2007 12. Mohanty Jaganath: Modern trends in Educational Technology, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2003 13. Mayhew Arther: James H.R.: Development of Education system in India. Srishti Book Distributors. New Delhi, 2003 14 Gosh Ratna; Pramanik Ashok Kumar– Punchayat Raj system in India – Historical, Constitutional and Financial Analysis. Kanishka Publications. New Delhi 2003 15 Mellor Hugh W.: The role of voluntary organistion in social welfare Sidney, Hangshir. London,. 1985

247

Third Year B.A Semester – V Paper – V: RDE – 175.1 METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF RURAL COMMUNITY WORK

UNIT – I  Community Organization: Meaning, Principles and Objectives.  Steps in community Organization. 15 Hrs.

UNIT - II  Working with Individuals and Groups: Objectives, and Principles.  Techniques of community work – Survey, Analysis, Evaluation, Recording and committees 15 Hrs. UNIT - III  Self – Help groups in rural development, Micro-finance and women empowerment.  Participatory Rural Appraisal: Meaning, Methods and role of PRA techniques in rural development. 15 Hrs.

UNIT- IV

 Social Research: Meaning, Formulation of problem, Research Designs.  Sampling in Research, Methods of Data collection, Method of Data Processing, Importance/advantages of of Social Research in Rural Development 15 Hrs.

Books for Reference:

1. Biddle William W; Biddle L J.: The Community Development Process. Holt, Rinchart and Winston Inc. New York ,1965 2. D‘ Abreaa, Desmond A: From Development Worker to Activist. Deeds. Mangalore, 1989 3. Ross, Murray G.: Community Organization Theory, Principles and practice. Haarper & Rao New york ,1967 4. N. Lalitha: Rural Development in India: Emerging Issues and Trends. Dominant Publishers and Distributors. New Delhi, 2004 5. Mishra Jagannath: My vision for India’s Rural Development. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 1997 6. Mukhergy Neela: Participatory Learning and Action- With 100 field methods Concept Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd. 1997

248

7. Mukergy Neela; Participatory rural appraisal and questionnaire survey, Cocept Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 1995 8. Gangrade K.D.: Community Organisation in India, Popular Prakashan. Bombay, 1971 9. Vettivel K. Surendra: Community Participation – Empowering the poorest, Vetri Publications, New Delhi. 1992 10. Meenai Zubari: Participatory community work, Concept Publishing Company. New Delhi 2008. 11. Ahuja Ram: Research Methodology- Methods and Techniques, Rawat Publications. New Delhi 2003 12. Dev Rameshwari, Ravi Prakash: Social Welfare Administration- Methods and Research, Mangal Deep Publications. Jaipur 2001 13. Bajpai, S.R.: Methods of Social Survey and Research, Kitab Mahal. Kanpur, 1976 14. Verma S.B, Shankaran P.N., Shrivastava R.K.: Rural-Based development strategies., Deep& Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. 2006 15. Kumar Somesh: Methods of Community Participation: A complete guide for practioners, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2009.

249

Third Year B.A Semester – V Paper – VI RDE – 175.2 COMMUNICATION FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT

UNIT -I  Significance of Communication in Rural Development – Meaning, Process, Types.  Barriers and Measure to overcome the barriers of Communication. 15 hrs.

UNIT-II

 Communication skills: Interview Techniques, Interpersonal communication skills  Meeting- Agenda, Quorum, Planning and Method of conducting the Meeting 15 hrs.

UNIT- III

 Brain storming, Role play, Street play, Group discussion, Lecture, Debate and Simulation games.  Use of Audio/Visual aids. 15hrs.

UNIT- IV

 Public speaking and Presentation skills - Problems, Effective public speaking skills.  Written communication- Letter writing, Letter of application, Advertisement, Brochures, Press release, Letter to the editor. 15 hrs.

Books for Reference:

1. Kishore, Lalith.: A Text Book of Audio –Visual Aids. Doaba House. New Delhi, 1989. 2. Rajendra C.S.: Communication Mumbai, Himalaya Publication House. New Delhi 1997 3. Shukla P.D.: Towards the New Pattern of Education in India, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 1984 4. Symour Smith Leonard, - Making your meeting more effective, Check list and guide, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1989 5. Jain Rashmi: Communicating Rural Development- Strategies and alternatives, Rawat Publications. New Delhi, 2003 6. Dhama O.: Extension and rural Welfare, Ram Prasad & Sons. P Bhopal 1986 7. Srampickal, Jacob: Voice to the Voiceless, The power of people’s theatre, Manohar Publiscations, New Delhi, 1998. 8. Srampickal, Jacob, Joseph, Leela: A text book for media education, Better Yourself Books, Mumbai,2002 9. Kanwar B, Mathew: Communication for Development and Social change, Allied Publishers Ltd. New Delhi, 1994.

250

10. Colleen Mckenna: Powerful Communication Skills, Magna Publishing Co. Mumbai, 2003. 11. Shrivastava K.M.: News reporting and Editing, Sterling Publishers New Delhi, 1991. 12. Kumar J. Keval: Mass Communication in India, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai, 2011. 13. Dahama O.P & Bhatnagar, O.P: Education and Communication for Development, Oxford Publications, New Delhi,1985. 14. Deo, Karan: Group Discussion, Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003. 15. Carnegie, Dale: The Quick and Easy way to Effective Speaking, Pocket Books, New York, 1969 16. Barien Roy: Beginner’s Guide to Journalism, Pustak Mahal, New Delhi, 2001.

251

Third Year B.A Semester – VI Paper – VII RDE – 176.1 RURAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES

UNIT - I  Analysis of Rural problems- Social, Economic, Political and cultural  History of Rural development in India: Sriniketan, Gurgaon, Marthandam, Ettawah, Firka development scheme, Bhoodan movement. 15 Hrs.

UNIT – II

 Rural Development Programmes under 5 year plans.  Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MNREGP), Swarnajayanthi Gram Swarojgar Yojana (SGSY) 15 Hrs.

UNIT- III

 Council for Advancement of People's Action and Rural Technology (CAPART), District Rural Development Agency (DRDA) – Structure and Functions 15 Hrs.

UNIT - IV

 Rural Infrastructure Development Programmes: Rural Electrification, Rural Transport, Rural Housing, Information and Communication Technology.  Environment Movements – Chipko and Narmada Bachao Andolan  Environment promotion programmes - Watershed Management, Water Harvesting 15 Hrs.

Books for Reference:

1. D‘Abreaa, Desmond A: From Development Worker to Activist. Deeds Mangalore, 1989 2 N. Lalitha.: Rural Development in India: Emerging Issues and Trends., Dominant Publishers and Distributors. New Delhi 2004 3 Mohsin, Nadeen : Rural Development through Government programmes, Mittal Publications,New Delhi,1985 4 Jain Rashmi: Community Rural Development - Strategies and alternatives Rawat Publications. New Delhi 2003 5 Verma S.B; Singh R.D; Jiloka S.K - Rural Poverty Alleviation and Employment -Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. - New Delhi 2006 6. Fisher,U.F: Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over India’s Narmada River, New Delhi Publication, 1997. 7. Verma S. B; Singh Mahendra; Kumar Rajeev: Rural Development & Enviornment- Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2006

252

8. Verma S.B; Singh Mahindra;Kumar Rajeev: Enviornmental Degradation in Rural area.- Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2006 9. Sundaram Sathya: Rural Development. Mumbai, Himalayan Publishing House. 2002 10. Dey S, K.: Community Development. Asia Publishing House. Bombay 1964 11 Dayal, Rajeshwar: Community Development Programme In India. Kitab Mahal. Allahabad, 1966. 12. Deshpande R.: Farmers Distress in Karnataka: Research Report, Institute for Social & Economic Change, Bangalore, 2002. 13. Furer- Haimenderf C: Tribes of India: The struggle for survival Oxford University press, New Delhi, 1989. 14 Rao, M.S.A(ed): Social Movement in India: Studies in Peasant Backward classes, Sectarian, Tribal and Women’s Movement, Manohar Publications, New Delhi, 1984. 16. Sapru.R.K: Environment Management India, Vol..I Ashok Publishing House, Newe Delhi, 1998.

253

Third Year B.A Semester- VI Paper – VIII RDE – 176.2 RURAL MANAGEMENT

UNIT - I  Meaning of Management, Principles, Objectives of Management. 15 Hrs.

 Functions of Management (POSDCORB)

UNIT – II

 Importance of Delegation of responsibility and Supervision in Rural Management.  Leadership- Meaning, Types, Qualities of a good leader 15hrs.

UNIT - III  Rural Development Project Management  Human relations skills in Rural Management, role of motivation in rural management.  Team work – Meaning, Importance. 15 Hrs.

UNIT – IV  Rural Development Administration in India – Government Departments such as Department of Panchayat Raj & Rural Development, Dept. of agriculture and Dept. of Animal Husbandry .  E-governance – Meaning & Concept, Few programmes of the Government and its uses. 15Hrs Books for Reference:

1. Singh Surat; Singh Mohinder : Rural Development Administration in the 21st century – A Multi-Dimensional Study, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2006 2. Chandan, T.S: Management: Theory and Practice, Vikas Publications.New Delhi, 1996 3. Srinivasan R. Chunawala S.A.: Management: Principles and Practice, Himalaya Publishers. Bombay, 1981

254

4. Dr. Mukhopadhyay, Malay: Resource Planning and its Impact on Rural Development: Vohra Publishers & Distributors. Allahabad. 1989 5. Dale Reidar: Organisation and Developing strategies, structure and process, Sage Publications. 2000 6. Bhatia B.S.; Prem Kumar; Chawla A.S.: Management of rural Development, Deep and Deep Publications New Delhi. 7. Berkun Scott: The Art of project Management, Shroff Publications & distributors Rawat Publications New Delhi. 2005 8. Mallik R.K; Padhi S.P – Development, Deprivation and Welfare Policy -Rawat Publications. New Delhi 2005 9. Daniel, Goleman: Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ, Bloomsbury, London, 1995. 10. Convey, Stephen R.: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, Simon & Schuster, London, 1989. 11. Daver, Rustom S (Reprint): Creative Leadership: The People Oriented Task approach, UBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1999. 12. Sing B.P, & Sing A.K: Essentials of Management, Excel Books. 13. Hernold Kootz & Heiz Wehrich: Essentials of Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998. 14. Weiner.M: Human Service Management, The Dorsey Press, Illinois. 15. PRIA: Strategic planning for village Development Organisations, Workshops: Mnnual for facilitation, Society for Participatory Research in Asia, New Delhi, 2001. 16. Mabey C.& Sealama G: Strategic Human Resourse Mangement, Blackwell, Oxford, 1995

255

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University Colleges with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade (3rd Cycle)

Subject Title: CHOICE BASED OPEN ELECTIVES [For B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f 2019]

PREAMBLE Choice Based Open Electives has been introduced recently for the students to get oriented to basic knowledge on topics related to Rural Development. It includes Resource Mobilisation in Rural India, Rural Development Administration in India andSustainable Rural Development. This course is relevant for all undergraduate students despite of their streams and has become mandatory during any UG course. The fundamental objective of this course is to bring about positive awareness among the students on these issues and utilize these information and skills in their lives. The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Friday, December 14th, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the credit-based semester scheme (Autonomous) w.e.f 2019. Objectives of the syllabus are as follows; 1. To promote an understanding on various strategies and mechanisms of Resource Mobilisation in India. 2. To bring about awareness on Rural Development Administration over the years and its implications. 3. To learn the Concepts and various Aspects of Sustainable Development.

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:  Group discussion  Seminar/workshop presentation  Review/Recap  Project work  Practical visits  wall magazine  Case studies  Interpersonal and leadership skills

OUR VISION: To create a humane and healthy society

OUR MISSION: Mobilizing youth for justice and health care

Faculty Objective: To facilitate sensible and responsible student community.

Learner Objective: To develop appropriate knowledge, attitude and skills to face the challenges of life.

256

SCHEME OF QUESTION PAPER (FOR ALL SEMESTERS)

Total Marks: 40 No. of Hours: 02

SECTION - A

Answer all Questions in two to three sentences. 5 x 2= 10

SECTION – B

Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2 x5 = 10

SECTION C

Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2 x10= 20

257

CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: Open Electives

[For B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f 2019]

Resource Mobilisation in Rural India

UNIT- I

Identification, Mobilisation and Utilisation of Resources Resource Mobilisation - Definition, Meaning (Men, Material and Money) Local Resource Mobilisation, Framework – Resources, Resource Providers, Resource Mobilisation Mechanisms 8 hrs UNIT – II Civil Society Organisations – Benefits of Local organisations Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) – Concept, Meaning, Structure Community Based Organisations (CBOs)– Concept, Meaning, Structure 8 hrs UNIT - III

Mechanisms of Resource Mobilisation –Domestic,Foreign and Other Alternatives Practical Strategies for mobilizing local resources - Fund raising Project Management - Project Proposals 8 hrs BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1. Dash, Chittaranjan. Resource Mobilisation through SHGs in Urban Villages, Concept Publishing Company: 2011 2. Raman, B.S. Human Rights, Gender Equity and Environmental Studies, United Publishers, Mangalore:2008 3. Kapyepye, Mavuto. Resource Mobilisation for NGOs in Developing World, Adonis & Abbey Publishers Ltd (March 7, 2013) 4. Trivedi, Tanuja. Resource Mobilisation for Social Work, K.K. Publications 2014) 5. Goel O.P: Role of NGO’s in Development of social system, Isha Books New Delhi 2004 6. Dr. Mukhopadhyay, Malay: Resource Planning and its Impact on Rural Development: Vohra Publishers & Distributors. Allahabad. 1989 7. Berkun Scott: The Art of project Management, Shroff Publications & distributors Rawat Publications New Delhi. 2005 8. PRIA: Strategic planning for village Development Organisations,Workshops:Mnnual for facilitation, Society for Participatory Research in Asia, New Delhi, 2001. 9. Mabey C.&Sealama G: Strategic Human ResourseMangement, Blackwell, Oxford, 1995

258

CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: Open Electives

[For B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f 2019] Rural Development Administration in India

UNIT- I

Good Governance – Concept, Importance, Principles Local Self Governance (Rural and Urban)- Concepts 73rd and 74th Amendment Act 8 Hours UNIT – II Panchayat Raj Institutions (PRIs), History, structure, functions, finance to PRIs Gram Sabha (Village Council Meeting), Significance People‘s Participation in Governance and its implications 8 Hours UNIT - III District Rural Development Agency (DRDA) and Extension Services Micro Finance and Self-help Groups (SHGs) Information Technology in Rural Administration 8 Hours BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1. Goel S.L.: Good Governance- An Integaral Approach, deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi, 2007 2. Sing Surat, Sing Mohinder: Rural development Administration in the 21st Century – A multi- dimensional study, Deep & Deep Publiscations New Delhi 2006. 3. Rao, C.N.Shankar: Sociology, S. Chand & Company. New Delhi 2005 4. GoelS.L:Rajesh, Shalini : Panchayat Raj in India: Theory and Practice, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2003 5. Gosh Ratna; Pramanik Ashok Kumar.-Panchayat Raj system in India- Historical, Constitutional and Financial Analysis,Kanishka Publications. New Delhi, 2003 6. Joshi R.P; Costituion of Panchayat Raj- A reassessment, , Rawat Publishing. New Delhi 1998 7. Mehta G.S: Participation of women in the Panchayat Raj.Karishka Publishers and Distributors. New Delhi, 2002 8. Rajshekar D: Decentralized Government & NGO’s Issues, strategies & 9. Ways forward. Concept Publishing company. New Delhi 2006 10. School of Social work, Mangalore, KROSS,Bangalore& Caritas India: Good Governance- Facilitator Learning Manual, KROSS,Bangalore 2009 11. Singh Surat; Singh Mohinder :Rural Development Administration in the 21st century – A Multi- Dimensional Study, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2006

259

CHOICE-BASED AUTONOMOUS SEMESTER SCHEME: REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: Open Electives

[For B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f 2019] Sustainable Rural Development

UNIT- I

Sustainable Development – Meaning, Concept and Relevance Economic, Environmental and Social Aspects of Sustainability 8 Hours

UNIT – II Sustaining Natural Resources – Land/Soil, Water, Forest and Energy Solid Waste Management (3 R‘s)s Sustainable Agriculture- Organic Farming, Conservation and Preservation 8 Hours

UNIT - III International Mechanisms- United Nations Millanium Development Goals (MDGs) United Nations Sustainable Development Goals National Mechanisms – Constitutional Provisions, Environment Protection Act,Forest Conservation Act, Wildlife Protection Act andWater (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act 8 Hours

BOOK FOR REFERENCE:

1. Sharma Dhiraj, Bhatia B.S: Sustainable Development – Contemporary Issues and emerging perspectives, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi 2010 2. Taori Kamal: Sustainable Human Development. Issues & Challenges. Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2000. 3. Dutz.A.Mark: Unleashing India’s Innovation- toward Sustainable and Inclusive Growth. The World Bank, Washington.D.C. 2007. 4. Pereira Winin: Tending the Earth, Traditional, Sustainable Agriculture in India. Earth Care Books. Bombay 1993 5. Fisher,U.F: Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over India’s Narmada River. New Delhi Publication, 1997. 6. Verma S. B; Singh Mahendra; Kumar Rajeev: Rural Development &Enviornment. Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2006 7. Choyal, Rajaram: Basic Concept of Sustainable Agriculture. Random Publications, New Delhi 2013.

260

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(i) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Secretatial Practice for B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

261

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SECRETARIAL PRACTICE HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 2018 AT 3.30 P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU.

MEMBERS:

1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : in the Chair 2. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : Member - (University Representative) 3. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : Member – (Subject Expert) 4. Mr. Gerard Colaco : Member - (Industry Representative) 5. Ms. Chitra Phalgluni : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) 6. Karkera Yogita Keshav : Co-opted Member

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2017] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2018] Semester QuestionPapers and results. iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. Ms. Chitra Phalguni has expressed her inability to attend the BOS Meeting owing to personal reasons. The Board hereby records and grants her leave of absence. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board. PART – II The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format. PART - III

The Board expressed satisfaction over the previous semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. 2017 & II-IV- VI Semester April 2018] Question Papers pertaining to the Board. The performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results is found to be satisfactory. [See Annexure: I]

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a vote of thanks.

262

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 2. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : ……………………Sd/-………………… 3. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : ………………...... Sd/-…………………. 4. Mr. Gerard Colaco : ………………… .. Sd/-…………...... 5. Ms. Chitra Phalguni : ………………..ABSENT…………………. 6. Ms.Karkera Yogita Keshav : ...... Sd/-......

Sd/- DR. LAXMINARAYANA BHAT P. CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Secretarial Practice

263

ANNEXURE :1

SECRETARIAL PRATICE

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017

I Sem III Sem V Sem Particulars Oct. Oct. Oct. 2017 2017 2017

No. of Students Appeared 15 12 18

No. of Students Passed 11 09 18

No. of Students Failed 04 03 Nil

No. of Students Absent Nil NIL Nil

No. of Students Discontinued NIL NIL Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017

Particulars I Sem III Sem V Sem Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 Oct. 2017 No. of students passed with 90% & above 01 01 NIL

No. of students passed 80% & above but below 90% Nil 01 03

No. of students passed 70% & above but below 80% Nil 03 05

No. of students passed 60% & above but below 70% 06 02 05

No. of students passed 55% & above but below 60% 01 02 02

No. of students passed 50% & above but below 55% 03 NIL 01

No. of students passed 35% & above but below 50% Nil NIL 02

No. of students below 35% 04 03 Nil

Absent Nil NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 73.33 75 100

264

SECRETARIAL PRATICE

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: 2018

II Sem IV Sem VI Sem Particulars Apr. Apr. Apr. 2018 2018 2018 No. of Students Appeared 14 12 18

No. of Students Passed 12 10 18

No. of Students Failed 02 02 Nil

No. of Students Absent NIL NIL Nil

No. of Students Discontinued 01 NIL Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017

II Sem IV Sem VI Sem Particulars Apr. Apr. Apr. 2018 2018 2018

No. of students passed with 90% & above NIL 01 NIL

No. of students passed 80% & above but below 90% Nil 01 02

No. of students passed 70% & above but below 80% 05 02 06

No. of students passed 60% & above but below 70% 03 03 06

No. of students passed 55% & above but below 60% 02 03 01

No. of students passed 50% & above but below 55% Nil NIL 03

No. of students passed 35% & above but below 50% 02 Nil Nil

No. of students below 35% 02 02 Nil

Absent NIL NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 85.71 83.33 100

265

TOP SCORERS in SECRETARIAL PRATICE: 2015 - 2018 Batch

[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]

Marks Alpha-sign Ranking Overall Reg. No. Name of the obtained % Grade Among Sec. Ranking Candidate [out of 1200] Prc. Among B.A. students degree Students [out of 5000]

THIRD A++ 155560321 SARITHA D‘SOUZA 982 81.83 A++ FIRST 81.06%

CHARISHMA 155560306 ASHOK 939 78.25 A+ SECOND -

ASHOORA FIRST 155560306 HALEEMA 930 77.50 THIRD A++ A+ 82.62%

266

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SECRETARIAL PRACTICE HELD ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 18, 2018 AT 3.00 P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU. MEMBERS:

1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : in the Chair 2. Ms. Yogita Karkera : Member 3. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : (University Representative) 4. Ms. Hemalatha : Member – (Subject Expert) 5. Mr. Santhosh Pai : Member - (Industry Representative) 6. Ms. Anuradha Shetty : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) AGENDA:

i. Approval of Revised Syllabus of Secretarial Practice for implementation w.e.f. 2019-20.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II - Preparation Panel of Examiners – Not Applicable PART – III – Review of Question papers & Results – Not Applicable PART – IV: The draft of the Revised Syllabus was placed before the Board for its consideration, scrutiny and approval. The Board after a detailed discussion and incorporating the necessary corrections, hereby accords approval for adoption of the same. Hence the Resolution. RESOLVED THAT the Choice-based Credit System (CBCS) Revised Syllabus of Secretarial Practice as approved and recommended by the Board be and is hereby adopted for implementation with effect from 2019-2020. The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a vote of thanks. NAME: SIGNATURE: 1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 2. Ms. Yogita Karkera : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 3. Ms. Hemalatha : :……………………Sd/-…………………. 4. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 5. Mr. Santhosh Pai : ……………………Sd/-…………………. 6. Ms. Anuradha Shetty :…………………… Sd/-………………….

Sd/- DR. LAXMINARAYANA BHAT P. CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Secretarial Practice

267

Subject Title: SECRETARIAL PRACTICE [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-2020] PREAMBLE:

Secretarial Practice being a highly job-oriented subject needs regular revision of its syllabus in order to remain relevant in the fast-changing employment market. Now-a-days, recruiters give paramount importance to soft skills -- effective communication skills, positive attitude and spirit of team-work -- besides competent professional skills.

The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Tuesday, December 18, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the Credit-based Semester Scheme (Autonomous) with its clearly spelt out objectives.

OBJECTIVES:

At the end of a six-semester Degree Course, a student of Secretarial Practice is expected to acquire a fairly reasonable competence in the following areas:

 Handle routine Postal & Banking transactions.  Use secretarial skills for performing job-related tasks.  Use English confidently for both spoken and written communication as well as be able to handle correspondence independently.  Make presentations using audio-visual aids.  Knowledgeable in handling accounts.  Able to plan, co-ordinate and conduct Meetings.  Develop an understanding of Stock Market and its investment options.  Able to operate the following Window-based Computer Applications - MS-Word, PowerPoint, Tally Accounting Package, Coral Draw, Excel, Photoshop, PageMaker  Gain maturity to understand and accept personal strengths and weaknesses and be willing to learn continuously and strive for self-improvement by developing positive attitudes.  Able to work harmoniously as a contributing member of a team to achieve organizational goals.

268

KEY-AREAS OF INSTRUCTION:

 Spoken English  Keyboarding & Computer applications  Communication & Correspondence  Investment Planning  Accounting Skills  Soft Skills & Personality Development  Internet Skills  Human Resource Practices

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE:

Receptionist, Front Office Executive, Customer Service Executive, Administrative Assistant, Executive Assistant, Secretary, Marketing Coordinator, Office Manager.

The course provides students who qualify an easy entry into the business world. The course teaches the essential skills required in the modern office, and prepares students for positions that offer opportunities for professional advancement.

OUR VISION: In Pursuit of Academic Excellence

OUR MISSION: Striving for Success

Faculty Objective: To respond academically to continuously changing technology and requirements of the job market. Learner Objective: To continuously strive for self-improvement and be able to work independently with a team spirit.

269

DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL PRACTICE

SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2020

I Semester II Semester

Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks)

Computer: Computer: 12. 1. Company Secretary 1. Modern Office * Keyboard Drill -1013. * Keyboard Drill - 20 wpm 14. 2. Essentials of Meeting 15. wpm (10 Marks) (10 Marks) 16. 3. Drafting Notice & 2. Secretarial 17. Minutes * Internet Options & Functions Wordpad (10+5 Marks) 8. 3. Soft Skills & * Role Play (10 Marks) * Spoken English Skills: 9. personality Welcome Speech, 10. development 11. *Spoken English skills: Introducing the Guest,

Self-Introduction Vote of Thanks (10 Marks) (10 Marks)

III Semester IV Semester

Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (40 Marks)

1. Postal Computer: Computer: Transactions * Keyboard Drill -30 1. Principles of * Photoshop (10 Marks) 2. Modern wpm Communication 2. Business * Power Point (5 Marks) Banking (10 Marks) Services Communication * MS-Word (15Marks) 3. Business *Presentation Skills 3. Insurance * Spoken English Correspondence (Drafting) (15 Marks) Skills – Pick &

Speak (05 Marks)

V Semester VI Semester

270

Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks) Theory (80 Marks) Practical (80 Marks)

1. Human Resource Planning Computer: 1. Indian Corporate Computer: World

2. Pay Scale & Fringe Benefits * MS-Excel (15 + * Tally Accounting 15Marks) 2. Personal Investment & Package 3. Selection Tests Financial Planning (20 + 15 Marks)

& Interview ------3. Income Tax Concepts * DTP using InDesign *Vector Graphics using Theory (80 Marks) or & Computation ------Inkscape or similar ------1. similar software Theory (80 Marks) software Accountancy- (15 Marks) Concepts (20 Marks) ------2. Accountancy - I 1. Accountancy - III * Spoken English

*Spoken English 2. Basics of Auditing Skills: Compeering 3. Accountancy - II Skills - Debating 3. Types of Audit (10 Marks)

(10 Marks)

271

DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL PRACTICE

SUMMARY CHART w.e.f. 2019-20

Examination Teaching Int. Credits Work load Semester Theory Practical Assmnt. Total Th. + Pr. Per week Marks Marks Marks Marks I Sem - Paper I SEP 201 Modern Office & Secretarial Functions 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. II Sem - Paper II: SEP 202 Company Secretary & Essentials of Meetings 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. III Sem - Paper III: SEP 203 Postal, Banking & Insurance Transactions 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs.

IV Sem - Paper IV: SEP 204 Communication & Business 80 40 20+10 150 3 4+3=7 Hrs. Correspondence

V Sem - Paper V: SEP 205.1

Human Resource 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Management

Paper VI:SEP 205.2 6 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Accounting Practices

Paper VII – SEP 205.3 -- 80 20 100 4 Hrs. Practical

272

VI Sem Paper – VIII SEP 206.1 Personal Financial Planning & 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Income Tax

Paper IX – SEP 206.2 80 -- 20 100 3 Hrs. Accountancy & Basics of Auditing Paper X – SEP 206.3 -- 80 20 100 6 4 Hrs. Practical

Note:

a) Minimum for a Pass :}

b) Classification of successful :} As per the Regulations

candidates :}

c) Rejection of results :}

273

SECRETARIAL PRACTICE (Choice-Based Credit System) SEP 201 I B.A. – I Semester

PAPER - I: MODERN OFFICE & SECRETARIAL FUNCTIONS

UNIT – I: MODERN OFFICE

1.1 Meaning of Office, Importance and Functions, Organization Chart 1.2 Office Management & Office Manager – Meaning & Functions 1.3 Front Office, Back Office & Virtual Office, Office Etiquette - 16 Hrs

UNIT – II: SECRETARIAL FUNCTIONS

2.1 Secretary – Definition, Role, Professional Qualities, Qualifications and duties 2.2 Private Secretary & Secretary of a Government Department 2.3 Handling visitors, Making Travel arrangements, Records Management - 16 Hrs

UNIT – III: SOFT SKILLS & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

3.1 Self-Confidence, Self-esteem, Stress Management 3.2 SWOT Analysis, Johari‘s Window 3.3 Parkinson‘s Law, Pareto‘s Principle & Time Management, Goal setting & Prioritization - 16 Hrs

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: THEORY* (*Common to all Semesters except for Paper VI of 5th Semester & Paper VII of 6th Semester) Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Internal Assessment: 20 Section ‗A‘ 10 spread across all Units (No choice) 10 x 2 = 20 Section: ‗B‘ Four questions to be answered out of five questions 4 x 5 = 20 Section: ‗C‘ Four questions to be answered out of five questions 4 x 10 = 40 (With or without sub-divisions)

274

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: THEORY (Paper VI & IX– Accounting Practices / Accountancy & Basics of Auditing

5th / 6th Semester)

Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80

Internal Assessment: 20

Section ‗A‘

10 spread across all Units (No choice) 10 x 2 = 20

Section: ‗B‘

Four questions to be answered out of five questions 4 x 5 = 20

Section: ‗C‘

Two questions to be answered out of three questions 2 x 15 = 30

(With or without sub-divisions) +

One compulsory question 1 x 10 = 10

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: THEORY (Paper VII – Personal Financial Planning & Income Tax – 6th Semester) Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Internal Assessment: 20 Section ‗A‘ 10 spread across all Units (No choice) 10 x 2 = 20

Section: ‗B‘

Four questions to be answered out of five questions 4 x 5 = 20

Section: ‗C‘

Two questions to be answered out of three questions 2 x 10 = 20

(With or without sub-divisions) +

One compulsory question – Computation of Income Tax 1 x 20 = 20

******

275

PRACTICAL CONTENTS – (First Semester)

40 Hrs.

A. Keyboard Drill using Typing Master on the Computer – 10 WPM B. Role Play C. Spoken English Skills: Self-introduction

TASKS:

 Touch Typing System – Keyboard drill  Demonstrations on Role Play  Language Based Skills – To present self-introduction impressively

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 40 Internal Assessment: 10 . Keyboard Drill – 10 WPM (Speed and Accuracy) 10 . Role Play 10 . Self-introduction 10 . Viva Voce 05 . Class Record 05 II SEMESTER

SEP 202 PAPER II: COMPANY SECRETARY & ESSENTIALS OF MEETINGS

UNIT – I: COMPAY SECRETARY

1.1 Types of Business entities – Sole or Proprietorship / Partnership – Public / Private Ltd., Co., – Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association 1.2 Company Secretary – definition and meaning – KMP (Key Managerial Personnel) 1.3 Qualifications, Rights, Functions, and Duties

UNIT – II: ESSENTIALS OF A VALID MEETING – Part: I 2.1 Meeting – Meaning and Types 2.2 Authority – Agenda – Quorum - Chairperson 2.3 Notice – Contents – Format - Drafting 16 Hrs

UNIT – III: ESSENTIALS OF A VALID MEETING - Part: II 2.4 Points of Order – Motion – essentials of valid motion 2.5 Resolution - Types 2.6 Voting – Methods of Voting 2.7 Minutes – Contents – Format - Drafting 16Hrs

276

PRACTICAL CONTENTS 40 Hrs.

A. Keyboard Drill using Typing Master on the Computer – 20 WPM B. E-mail & Internet- Connecting to Internet, uses of internet, Popular Search engines - Email options: Attachments, Managing Folders, and Settings C. Spoken English Skills: Welcome Speech / Introducing the Guest / Vote of Thanks

TASKS:  Touch Typing System – Keyboard drill  Delivering Welcome Speech, Introducing a Guest, and proposing a Vote of thanks.  Surfing the Net and eliciting information  Creating e-mail ID and put it to active use. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 40 Internal Assessment: 10 . Keyboard Drill – 20 WPM (Speed and Accuracy) 10 . Spoken English Skills (any one of the above) 05 . Searching the Net & downloading the required information on a given task + WordPad 10 . Demonstrating e-mail options and performing the given task 05 . Viva Voce 05 . Class Record 05 III SEMESTER

SEP 203 PAPER – III POSTAL, BANKING & INSURANCE TRANSACTIONS UNIT I: POSTAL 3.1 Speed Post & Courier Services 3.2 VPP, Parcel Post, Book Post, Registered Post 3.3 Money Order & Instant Money Order, MO Videsh, International Money Transfer 3.4 Postal Franking 3.5 Postal Savings Schemes 16 Hrs

UNIT II: MODERN BANKING SERVICES

3.6 Deposit Accounts: Savings/Current/Fixed & Recurring Deposit a/cs – Account opening procedures, NRI Accounts 3.7 Advances: Overdrafts. A detailed study of Housing/Vehicle (Personal use) Loan Schemes – Current trends, Interest rates, Types of security and repayment options. 3.8 Credit and Debit Cards 3.9 Custodial Services 3.10 ATM – Operation & Advantages 3.11 Cheques, Demand Draft, Pay Order 3.12 Core Banking System / Net Banking and its advantages 16 Hrs

277

UNIT III: INSURANCE 3.13 Meaning and definition of Insurance- Risk Profile 3.14 Basic Principles of insurance – good faith – Insurable interest – indemnity – nomination and other features. 3.15 Role of IRDA 3.16 Insurance Products: Life Insurance – Health Insurance – Critical Illness - Accident – Group – Pension Plans - ESI Scheme 3.17 Claims and Settlement Procedures: Vehicle, Property, Health, Life 16 Hrs PRACTICAL CONTENTS 40 Hrs. A. Keyboard Drill using Typing Master on the Computer – 30 WPM (Increased emphasis on Speed and accuracy.) B. Spoken English Skills – Developing Extempore skills C. Computer – MS WORD - File operations, Editing the Text, Creating Columns, Tables, Inserting Objects, Header/Footer, Footnotes and Endnotes, Page set-up, Mail merge and printing.

TASKS:  Touch Typing System – Keyboard Drill  Spoken English Skills: Pick & Speak  Computer – MS WORD  Creating a document with page settings  Table handling  Drawing an object  Mail-merging

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 40

Internal Assessment: 10

. Keyboard Drill – 30 WPM (Speed and Accuracy) 10 . Spoken English Skills – Pick & Speak 05 . MS WORD 15 . Viva Voce 05 . Class Record 05

278

SEP 204 IV SEMESTER COMMUNICATION & BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

UNIT – I: PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION 4.1 Definition, Nature, Scope & Purposes of Communication 4.2 Process and Types of Communication 4.3 Verbal & Non-Verbal Communication 4.4 Importance of Listening 4.5 Communication Barriers and Ways of overcoming them 16 Hrs

UNIT II: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 4.6 Importance, Meaning and Objectives of Business Communication 4.7 Principles of Written Business Communication: The Seven Cs 4.8 The Writing Process 4.9 Parts and Format of a Business Letter 16 Hrs

UNIT III: BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE 4.10 Enquiries (Price/Reference/Status) 4.11 Placing Orders 4.12 Claims/Complaints/Collection 4.13 Circulars 16 Hrs

PRACTICAL CONTENTS 40 Hrs.

A. Photoshop B. PowerPoint and Multimedia C. Presentation Skills – Using slides/animation

TASKS:

 Presentation Skills using PowerPoint  Preparing slides with graphics and sound  To prepare a suitable presentation package using different types of effects  To prepare PowerPoint slides to explain secondary storage devices  To prepare PowerPoint slides to display different types of software packages  To make a Multimedia presentation on New –generation Automobiles/Home Appliances  To make a Multimedia presentation of places of Tourist-interest in your city.  To make a presentation on Water-shed Management.  To make a presentation of various activities of your college.

279

 Photoshop: . Sparkle Effects . To give a simple animation for Still Images . Sculpture . Red Curtain . Lighting effect . Rainbow Effects . Gradient effect on text . Texture pattern on text . Glass effect on text . Writing text on Image

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 40 Internal Assessment: 10 . Power Point 10 . Photoshop 10 . Presentation skills 10 . Viva Voce 05 . Class Record 05

280

SEP 205.1 V SEMESTER

Paper V: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

UNIT – I : RECRUITMENT & SELCTION 5.1 Human Resource Planning – Definition – Importance – Need 5.2 Recruitment & its Sources: Advertisements, Placement Agencies, Recruitment Boards, Walk-in, Campus Recruitment 5.3 Meaning, Objectives & Types of Interviews 5.4 Group Discussion 5.5 Facing Interviews 5.6 Drafting Resume/Curriculum Vitae 14 Hrs

UNIT II: SALARY ADMINISTRATION 5.7 Salient features of Pay Scale vs. Stipend/Consolidated Pay 5.8 Basic Pay - Increments – Dearness Allowance, House Rent Allowance, City Compensatory Allowance 5.9 Salary Deductions: Contributions to LIC/EPF/GI/FBF, Profession Tax, Mediclaim, Income Tax – TDS 5.10 Gross Pay & Net Pay 14 Hrs

UNIT III: LEAVE RULES & FRINGE BENEFITS 5.11 Meaning & Objectives of: 5.11.1 Casual Leave 5.11.2 Earned Leave 5.11.3 Maternity Leave 5.11.4 Paternity Leave 5.11.5 Half Pay Leave 5.11.6 Leave Encashment

5.12 Fringe Benefits - Meaning, Types, Tax implications 5.13 Social Security – Employees Provident Fund, Gratuity and Pension Schemes 5.14 Meaning, objectives and types of Performance Appraisals 5.15 A Note on Legal compliance 14 Hrs

281

SEP 205.2 V SEMESTER

Paper VI: ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

UNIT – I BASIC CONCEPTS 6.1 Meaning & Objectives of Book Keeping 6.2 Accounting Principles- Accounting Concepts and Conventions 6.3 Double Entry System & its rules 14 Hrs

UNIT – II ACCOUNTANCY: I 6.4 Journalizing and its rules 6.5 Ledger 6.6 Subsidiary Books 6.7 Cash Book 6.8 Petty Cash – Imprest System 14 Hrs

UNIT – III ACCOUNTANCY: II 6.09 Bank Reconciliation Account of small-scale organizations 6.10 Preparation of Trial Balance 6.11 Preparation of Receipts & Payments/Income & Expenditure Accounts of Non-trading concerns 14 Hrs

SEP 205.3 PRACTICAL CONTENTS 60 Hrs.

Computer – Excel (Using Formulas and Spread sheet options)

TASKS:

* Spreadsheet:

. Formatting the cell with number format . Changing the pattern of the cell . Inserting cells, Rows, Columns . Creating the sheet & printing it . Using functions for calculations . Creating a Graph & formatting it & printing . Inserting a picture . Inserting a chart . Filtering Records using Advanced Filter . Pivot table . Goal Seek . Data Table (with two variables)

282

DTP using InDesign (or similar software)

TASKS:

. Tool Box . Text Formatting . Columns, Drop Cap, Text Wrap using graphics . Importing Text from MS –WORD, EXCEL, PDF . Bullets, Numbering, Indentation, and Tabs . Table Formatting . Drawing with Pencil Tool . Page Numbering and Layers . Creating documents in Regional Languages . Using Templates . Print options

Spoken English Skills: Debating

Note: Industrial visits / Exposure visits are a desirable component.

SEP 205.3 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL

Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80

Internal Assessment: 20

. Excel – using Spread Sheet options ( 2 tasks = 15 + 15) 30 . PageMaker 20 . Spoken English Skills: Debating 10 . Viva Voce 10 . Class Record 10

283

SEP 206.1 VI SEMESTER

PAPER VIII: PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING & INCOME TAX

UNIT I – INDIAN CORPORATE WORLD

8.1 Introduction to Equities 8.2 Public Issues/IPOs – Price Band - Share application Forms, Primary & Secondary Markets – Stock split, Bonus shares – Dividend - Share Holding & Trading in Shares DMAT a/cs – Securities Transaction Tax (STT) 8.3 BSE/NSE Indices - Sector Indices (Banking, IT, FMCG etc.) 8.4 Mutual Funds 14 Hrs.

UNIT II: PERSONAL FINANCIAL & INVEESTMENT PLANNING 8.5 A guide to Financial Planning 8.6 Personal Financial Planning 8.7 Principles of Sound Investment 8.8 Personal Investment Planning 8.9 The Business of Investing – (Where & where not to invest) 8.10 An Equity Investment Model for the common investor 8.11 Investor Grievance Redressal Mechanisms and Regulatory Bodies: SEBI and its role 14 Hrs.

UNIT III: PERSONAL INCOME TAX – CONCEPTS & COMPUTATION 8.12 Concepts of Personal Income Tax 8.13 Prevailing rates of Income Tax 8.14 Short Term/Long Term Capital Gains Exemptions u/s 54, u/s 54B 8.15 Deductions Under Chapter VI-A 8.15.1 Profession Tax 8.15.2 House Rent Allowance - u/s 10(13A) 8.15.3 Deductions under Chapter VIA: U/S 80C, U/S 80CCC, U./S 80CCD 8.15.4 Deductions U/S 80D, U/S 80DD, U/S 80DDB, U/S 80E, U/S 80U, U/S 80G 8.15.5 Deductions U/S 24(b) 8.16 PAN and its importance 8.17 Penalty U/S 271F 8.18 Computation of Personal Income Tax Liability to demonstrate the provisions specified above. (To work out 5 simple problems) 14 Hrs.

284

SEP 206.2 PAPER - IX: ACCOUNTANCY & BASICS OF AUDITING

UNIT – I: ACCOUNTANCY - III

9.1 Preparation of Trading A/c 9.2 Preparation of Profit & Loss A/c 9.3 Preparation of Balance Sheet 9.4 Final Accounts with Adjustments 9.5 Depreciation – Concepts & Methods 9.6 A Note on Goods & Services Tax 18 Hrs

UNIT – II: BASICS OF AUDITING

9.7 Definition of Auditing - Essential Features – Objectives, Functions, Advantages & Limitations of Auditing 9.8 Basic Principles governing Audit 9.9 Vouching – meaning, objectives, importance, and types 12 Hrs.

UNIT – III: TYPES OF AUDIT 9.10 Classification of Audit: a. On the basis of Legislative control: Statutory and non-  Statutory Audit  Govt. Audit 9.11 b. On the basis of Auditor and Management: . External Audit . Internal Audit 9.12 c. On the basis of Periodicity: . Continuous Audit . Interim Audit . Periodical Audit 9.13 Internal Auditor Vs External Auditor 12 Hrs.

SEP 206.3 PRACTICAL CONTENTS 60 Hrs.

A. Computer – Tally Accounting Package B. Vector Graphics using Inkscape (or similar software) C. Spoken English Skills

TASKS:  Creating a Company, Creating Ledgers, Passing Journal Entries in Tally.  Vector Graphics: Creating simple drawings, designing a logo / Graphic Page, Advertisements,  Spoken English Skills: Compeering

285

SEP 206.3 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80

Internal Assessment: 20

. Vector Graphics 15 . Tally Accounting Package 35 . Spoken English Skills: Compeering 10 . Viva Voce 10 . Class Record 10 ******

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: I & II SEMESTER

Adair, John. Effective Time Management, Rupa & Co., Calcutta: 1989 Adair, John. Effective Leadership: How to Develop Leadership Skills, Rupa & Co., New Delhi: 1988 Alex K. Dr., Soft Skills: Know Yourself and Know the World (2nd rev. ed.). New Delhi: S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2011. Alex K. Dr., Soft Skill, S.Chand Publishing, reprint 2010 Arora, S.P. Office Organisation & Management, Vikas Publishing House: New Delhi, 1990 Bhatia, R.C. Office Management & Commercial Correspondence, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi: 1998 Batra Promod, Simple ways to manage stress, Think INC, 2000 Bender, Peter Urs. Leadership from Within. Macmilan India Ltd., New Delhi: 1997 Butterfield, Jeff. Soft Skills for Everyone. Delhi: Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2010. Chopra, R.K. Office Organisation & Management, Himalaya Publishing House: Delhi, 1990. D‘Souza, Antony. Leadership, Better Yourself Books, Bombay: 1985 ELBS) Engell, Pauline Executive Secretary‘s Handbook, Vikas Publication, New Delhi, 1985. Ghosh, Prasad Kumar & Ghosh, Prasata Kumar. Hand Book of Secretarial Practice & Office Procedure, Vidyalaya Library Pvt. Ltd: Calcutta, 1989. Hall, Christine. How to be a Freelance Journalist, Jaico Publishing, Mumbai:1998 Jois, PV Dr. Dynamics of Personality, Vijaya Publishing, Bangalore, 2010 Kamath, M.V. Professional Journalism, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi: 1998 (rpt) Khera, Shiv. You Can Win, Macmillan India, New Delhi: 1998 Kuchhal, M.C. Secretarial Practice, Vikas Publishing House: New Delhi, 1992 McGrath, E.H. Basic Managerial Skills for All, Prentice-Hall India, NewDelhi: 1996 Mencher, Melvin. Basic News Writing, UBS, New Delhi: 1997 (rpt) Moss, Geoffrey. Managing for Tomorrow: A Mentors for New Team Leaders, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi: 2000 Parkinson, Mark. How to Master Personality Questionnaires, Kogan Page, New Delhi: 2003 (rpt) Pekelis V, Realize your Potential, Mir Publishers Moscow, 1st Edition, 1987

286

Quible, Zane K. Administrative Office Management – An Introduction, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi: 2011 (8th Edn. Indian rpt.) Rao, Narasimha PVL. Style in Journalism, Orient Longman,Chennai:1998 Rao, V.S.P. & P.S. Narayana. Text Book of Office Management, Tata McGrow-Hill Publishing: New Delhi, 1987. Richard J. Smith Mark Gibbs & Paul Mcfedries, Navigating the internet, Sams. Net Publishing Third Edition 1995. Robbins, Stephen P. and Philip L. Hunsaker. Training in Interpersonal Skills: TIPS for Managing People at Work. (5th ed.) New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009. Roy, Barun. Beginners‘ Guide to Journalism, Pustak Mahal, Delhi: 2001 Secretan, Lance. How to be an Effective Secretary, Pan Books Ltd., London. 1986. Thuring, F.C. Office Practice Today, Pitman Books, London 1982. Whitehead, G. Office Practice Made Simple, Heinemann, London: 1982, (5th edn. Whitehead, Geoffrey. Secretarial Practice Made Simple, Rupa & Co. Delhi, 1986

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: III & IV SEMESTER

Bahl, Sushil. Business Communication Today, Response Books, New Delhi 1996 Bansal, R..K. & Harrison, J.B. Spoken English, Orient Longman, Madras: 1995 Bhatia, R.C. Business Communication, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.- 2nd Edition- 2008 Dayley, Lisa Danae & Dayley, Brad. Photoshop CS5 Bible. Wiley India Ltd., New Delhi: 2011 Dunlop, Ian & Schrand, Heinrich. Communication for Business, Pergamon Press, Oxford: 1987(rpt) Ganguly Anand- Insurance Management, New Age International Publishers, Reprint 2009 Guptha P K Dr. – Insurance and Risk Management, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 1st Edition, 2004 Kapoor A N – A Guide to Business Correspondence & Communication Skills, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi – 2004 Edition Koneru, Aruna. English Language Skills. McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2013 (2nd rpt) Koneru, Aruna. Professional Communication, McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2013 (10th rpt) Mishra M N & Mishra S B – Insurance Principles and Practice, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 15th Edition, 2008 Mohan Krishna & Singh, N.P. Speaking English Effectively, Macmillan India, New Delhi: 1995 Muraleedharan D.- Modern Banking-theory & Practice, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,2009 Murphy, A Herta & Peck E Charles. Effective Business Communication McGraw Hill Book Co., New York: 1980 Pal Karam, Bodla B.S. & Garg M C- Insurance Management Principles and Practice, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007 Pal Rajendra & Korlahalli J.S. – Essentials of Business Communication, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2009 -12th edn. Raghunandan B.V- Modern Banking, Sushrutha Books Ltd., Udupi, 1st Edition- 2006 Rai Urmila & Rai S.M – Business Communication, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 9th Revised edn., 2007 Raman B.S.- Modern Banking, United Publishers, Mangalore, 2nd edition 2007.

287

Wells, Walter. Communications in Business, Kent Publishing Co., Boston : 1981 (3rd edn) Widowson, H..C. Teaching Language as Communication, OUP, London: 1984 Wright, Chrissie.ed. Handbook of Practical Communication Skills, Jaico Publishing, Mumbai: 1999 BOOKS RECOMMENDED: V AND VI SEMESTER

Ali, Mohd. Ashraf & Ahmad, Mushtaq. Auditing, Regal Publications, New Delhi: 2013 Bansal, R..K. & Harrison, J.B. Spoken English, Orient Longman, Madras: 1995 Bernstein, William J, The Four Pillars of Investing, McGraw Hill Bernstein, William J, The Intelligent Asset Allocator, McGraw Hill Bogle, John C, Common Sense on Mutual Funds, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Bogle, The Little Book of Common Sense Investing: The Only Way to Guarantee Your Fare Share of Stock Market Returns, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2007 edn. Dessler, Garey. Human Resource Management, Prentice – Hall India Ltd; New Delhi: 1997 (7th edn, Indian rpt) Graham, Benjamin, The Intelligent Investor, Harper Collins, 2003 revised edn. with commentary by Jason Zweig and an introduction by Warren E Buffett Jain, Satish. Excel Made Simple, BPB Publications, New Delhi: 2010 Jain, Satish. Microsoft Excel 2007 Training Guide, BPB Publications, New Delhi: 2011 Koneru, Aruna. Professional Communication, McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2013 (10th rpt.) Lodha, Ashok. LP Computer Series – PageMaker 7.0, Law Point, Kolkata: 2007 Malkiel, Burton G, A Random Walk Down Wall Street, W W Norton & Co., 2007 (9th revised edn) Malkiel, Burton G, The Random Walk Guide to Investing: Ten Rules for Financial Success Mamoria, C.B. Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House; Mumbai: 1997 (12th edn, rpt) Mckenna, Eugene & Beech, Nic. The Essence of Human Resource Management, Prentice-Hall India Ltd: New Delhi: 1995 (Indian rpt) Megginson, David etal. Human Resource Development, Crest Publishing House: New Delhi: 2001 (First Indian edn) Mehta, N.V. Income-tax Ready Reckoner, Shri Kuber Publishing House Mistry, Shiavux, Salaries Computation Taxation Planning, Snow White Publications Mohan Krishna & Singh, N.P. Speaking English Effectively, Macmillan India, New Delhi: 1995 Monappa, Arun & Saiyadain Mirza; Personnel Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing: New Delhi, 1998 (4th rpt) Monappa, Arun. Managing Human Resources, Macmillan India Ltd: Delhi: 199 (rpt) Osborn, Michael & Osborn, Suzanne, Public Speaking, A.I.T.B.S. Publishers, New Delhi, 1998 (4th Edn) Patel, Mukesh M, Tax Planning via Planning of Investments, Taxmann Sankaran, Sundar, The Indian Mutual Funds Handbook, 2007 edn. Shanbagh, A.N., In the Wonderland of Investments for NRIs, Popular Prakashana Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, (latest edn.) Shanbagh, A.N., In the Wonderland of Investment, Popular Prakashana Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai (latest edn.) Singhania, Dr. Vinod K, Direct Taxes: Law and Practice, Taxmann

288

Walkendach, John. Excel 2010 Bible Wiley India Ltd., New Delhi: 2011 (rpt)

Please visit the following Websites:

WWW.SEBI.GOV.IN WWWBSEINDIA.COM WWWNSEINDIA.COM WWWVALUERESEARCHONLINE.COM WWWAMFIINDIA.COM WWW.CDSLINDIA.COM WWW.INCOMETAXBANGALORE.ORG WWW.INCOMETAXINDIA.GOV.IN WWW.INDIAPOST.GOV.IN WWW.IRCTC.CO.IN

289

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(a) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Sociology for B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

290

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SOCIOLOGY HELD ON WEDNESDAY, 25THJULY , 2018 AT 10.30 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms Joan Rita O‘Brien : in the Chair

2. Ms. Shirly Rani K : Member - (University Representative)

3. Dr Vinay Rajath : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Ms Reebu Samuel : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Dr Vazeer Ahmed : Member - (Allied Sector)

6. Ms Sheelavathi : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2017] & II-IV-VI [2018].

iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar

(Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

291

PART - III

The Board was satisfied over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. 2017& II-IV-

VI Semester Apr.2018] Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2017] and II-IV-VI [2018] Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]

However, it has been observed by the board that the general instructions at the beginning of the question paper should also be printed in Kannada version.

PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable.

PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable.

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE: 1. Ms. Joan Rita O‘Brien : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2.Ms. Shirly Rani K : ……………………Sd/-………………….

3. Dr. Vinay Rajath : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4.Ms. Reebu Samuel : ……………………Sd/-………………….

5.Dr. Vazeer Ahmed : ……………………Sd/-………………….

6. Ms. Sheelavathi : ……………………Sd/-………………….

Sd/- Ms JOAN RITA O‘Brien CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Sociology

292

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Semester III Semester V Semester No. of Students Appeared 15 12 18 No. of Students Passed 13 12 18 No. of Students Failed 02 Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2016 – 2017

Particulars I III V Semester Semester Semester

90% & Above 01 Nil Nil

80% & Above but below 90% Nil 05 05

70% & Above but below 80% 01 01 06

60% & Above but below 70% 01 Nil 06

55% & Above but below 60% 05 04 01

50% & Above but below 55% 04 02 Nil

35% & Above but below 50% 01 Nil Nil

Below 35% 02 Nil Nil

Absent Nil Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 86.67 100.00 100.00

293

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Semester IV Semester VI Semester

No. of Students Appeared 14 12 18 No. of Students Passed 14 12 18 No. of Students Failed Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Absent Nil Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued 01 Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II IV VI Semester Semester Semester 90% & Above 01 Nil 03

80% & Above but below 90% Nil 04 06

70% & Above but below 80% 03 04 06

60% & Above but below 70% 03 02 03

55% & Above but below 60% 03 01 Nil

50% & Above but below 55% Nil 01 Nil

35% & Above but below 50% 04 Nil Nil

Below 35% Nil Nil Nil

Absent Nil Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 100.00 100.00 100.00

294

TOP SCORERS IN SOCIOLOGY 2015 - 2016 Batch [Aggregate of all Six Semesters] Marks obtained Reg. No. Name of the % Ranking Candidate [out of 1200]

155560315 Ashoora Haleema 1038 86.50 First

155560321 Saritha D‘Souza 1029 85.75 Second

155560305 Aysha Wafa 81.83 Third Sampri C. L. 982

295

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SOCIOLOGY HELD ON FRIDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2018 AT 10:30A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms Joan Rita O‘Brien : in the Chair

2. Dr. VinayRajath : Member - (University Representative)

3. Mr. MelwinRego : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Ms. Reebu Samuel : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Ms. Jayanthi : Member - (Allied Sector)

6. Ms. Prema D‘Souza : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

iv. Revision and approval of syllabus for Sociology and Choice based/ Open electives papers for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II: The syllabus for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters andopen electives for Choice based credit scheme were placed before the board for its consideration, scrutiny and approval. After much deliberation, discussions and incorporation of necessary changes as approved by the honourable members, the Board accorded its approval for the syllabus and recommended its immediate implementation. Hence the Resolution:

296

RESOLVED THAT the syllabus for B.A.Sociology for I/II/III/IV/V and VI semesters and open electives for Choice based credit scheme as approved and recommended by the Board of Studies be hereby adopted for implementation w.e.f. 2019-2020.

The scheme of Examination is provided in the Annexure.

PART III: Not Applicable

PART IV: Not Applicable

PART V: Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing the Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Joan Rita O‘Brien : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2. DrVinayRajath : ……………………Sd/-………………….

3. MrMelwinRego : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4. MsReebu Samuel : ……………………Sd/-…………………

5. MsJayanthi : ……………………Sd/-………………….

6. MsPrema D‘Souza : ……………………Sd/-……………

Sd/-

Ms JOAN RITA O‘BRIEN CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Sociology

297

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: SOCIOLOGY [For BA Degree Course 2019-2021]

Preamble

Sociology has always been an exciting and illuminating field of study that strives to analyze and explain important matters – be it our personal lives, our communities or the world. At the personal level, sociology investigates the social causes and consequences of concepts such as romantic love, racial and gender identity, family conflict, deviant behaviour, aging and religious faith. At the societal level, sociology examines and explains subjects such as crime and law, poverty and wealth, prejudice and discrimination, schools and education, business firms, urban community and social movements. At the global level, the subject of sociology studies phenomena as population growth and migration, disaster and its management, war and peace and economic development. Unifying the study of these diverse topics of study is the purpose of sociology. In other words, it understands how human action and consciousness both shape and are shaped by surrounding cultural and social structures.

Sociology also helps people liberate themselves. As Peter Berger rightly stated that ―sociology can help people to take charge of their lives by making them aware of their situation in society and the forces acting upon them…By discovering the workings of society, they gain an understanding of how this process takes place.‖ The wisdom of sociology is the discovery and realization that things are not what they seem to be. Generally, when people see things, they ask what they are. But a sociologist asks what they are not.

Very few fields have such a broad and exciting scope!

Objectives of the department: An under-graduate course in sociology in this college is based on the following objectives.  To impart knowledge on basic sociological concepts, social structure and institutions and various sociological perspectives.

298

 To understand the Indian society, both rural and urban, and its institutions.  To sensitize students towards social needs and social problems.  To acquaint the students with the methods of social research, sampling methods and social statistics to develop sense of sociological analysis and research.  To understand the contribution of sociologists to the development of sociology.  To acquaint the students to the field of social welfare in the light of current socio- political conditions.  To bring out the relevance of sociology as an important discipline in today‘s multicultural social conditions.  To help students to achieve a career after graduation.

KEY AREAS OF INSTRUCTIONS:  Group discussions and presentations.  Teaching through newspapers, magazines etc.  Preparation of charts, clippings of pictures and sociologically relevant information from print media.  Arranging mock interviews, role play and screening of movie.  Presentation of assignments, projects, surveys on sociologically relevant issues.  Learning from field visits.  Problem solving and solving old question papers.  Interpersonal and leadership skills  Internet skills.

CAREER OPTIONS INCLUDE:

Sociology is a popular subject among students planning future studies in Business, Education, Law, Social Research, Architecture, and Medicine, as well as Social Work and Public Administration (both in Government and Corporate sector).

Sociologists are employed by research institutes, the criminal justice system, public health and welfare organizations, private businesses, law firms, international agencies, medical centers, educational institutions ( teacher(with B.Ed), lecturer with PG degree), advertising firms, survey and polling organizations. Sociologists also work in business, human resources and journalism sector. In some sectors, sociologists work closely with economists, political scientists, anthropologists, psychologists and social workers as case workers, paralegals, public relations workers, urban planners, community organizers, public policy researchers, human resource managers, public information officers, program managers and data analysts.

Earnings of sociologists depend on the education and experience of an individual, as well as on the location and kind of job. The salary can be from Rs 6,000 to Rs10,000 for beginners and increases with experience and knowledge. Those employed in the government sector earn within a range of Rs 8,000 to Rs10,000 per month. A higher salary can be expected for those who are working in industries and corporate houses.

299

OUR VISION: Pursuit of academic excellence to develop independent thinking and self- reliance

OUR MISSION: Striving for success and overall development

FACULTY OBJECTIVES:  To continue with innovative methods to impart knowledge.  To create awareness of social responsibilities among the students from within the syllabus components prescribed for them.  To develop independent thinking and self-reliance.  To impart academic knowledge as per the prescribed syllabus within the time frame and motivate them in co-curricular activities to promote over all development.  Skill building and enhancement of knowledge base.  LEARNER OBJECTIVES:  To acquire in-depth knowledge to achieve desired goal in the area of their interest.  Participation in co-curricular activities for self-improvement.

300

DEGREE COURSE IN SOCIOLOGY SYLLABUS I BA I-Semester PAPER I – INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY

Objectives  To understand the discipline of sociology with its perspective.  To acquaint the students with the branches of Sociology.  To understand the basic concepts of Sociology.  To generate ideas about the social processes man encounters as a member of the society.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION (12 hours) a. Sociology – Emergence, Meaning, Scope b. Sociology as a science c. Subject Matter, Importance

UNIT II: SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND BRANCHES (12 hours) a. Structural-Functionalist, Conflict, Symbolic Interactionism b. Branches of Sociology – Sociology of Law, Social Psychology, Tribal Sociology UNIT III: BASIC CONCEPTS (17 hours) a. Status and Role b. Social Structure and Functions– Elements and Types c. Norms and Values – Conformity and Deviance d. Social stratification – characteristics, types, social mobility UNIT IV: INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIETY (19 hours) a. Culture – Meaning, Characteristics, Types b. Socialization – Meaning, Agencies of Socialization, Development of Self – Contribution of George Herbert Mead, Charles Horton Cooley‘s Looking Glass, Definition of Situation – W. I. Thomas c. Social Control – Meaning, Objectives, Types and Agencies References Barnes, H.E. (1959) Introduction to the History of Sociology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Bottomore, T.B. (1972)Sociology – A Guide to Problems and Literature. Bombay: George Allen and Unwin. Davis, K. (1981) Human Society. New Delhi: Surjeet Publications. Gillin, J. L. and J. P. Gillin (1950) Cultural Sociology. New York: Macmillan. Ginsberg, M. (1961) Sociology. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gisbert, P.S.J. (1973) Fundamentals of Sociology.Orient Blackswan. Goode, W. J. (1977) Principles of Sociology. New York: McGraw Hill.

301

Haralambos, M. (1991) Sociology – Themes and Perspectives. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Horton, P. and C. L. Hunt (1964) Sociology – The Discipline and its Dimensions.Calcutta: New Central Book Agency. Inkeles, A. (1987)What is Sociology? New Delhi: Prentice Hall. Jairam, N. (1988) Introductory Sociology. Madras: Macmillan India. Johnson, H. M. (1966)Sociology –ASystematic Introduction. New Delhi: Allied Publishers. MacIver, R. M. and C. H. Page (1953) Society.London: Macmillan. Lapiere, R.T. (1946) Sociology. New York: McGraw Hill. MacIver, R.M. and C.H. Page (1962).Sociology – An Introductory Analysis. London: Macmillan.

302

I BA – II Semester PAPER II – SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND SOCIAL CHANGE

OBJECTIVES

 To understand the institutions of marriage, family and kinship  To acquaint the students with the institution of religion  To understand the education system  To acquaint the students with the concept of social change

UNIT I: MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND KINSHIP (15 hours) a. Marriage – Meaning, Functions and Types b. Family – Meaning, Functions, Types, Contemporary changes c. Kinship – Meaning, Types, Kinship Usages

UNIT II: RELIGION (13 hours) a. Religion – Meaning and Elements b. Functions and Dysfunctions c. Religion and Science; Religion and Morality

UNIT III: EDUCATION (15 hours) a. Education – Meaning, Process and Functions (Transmissive, Allocative, Regulative,Transformative, Innovative) b. Forms of Education – Formal, Informal, Non-formal

UNIT IV: SOCIAL CHANGE (17 hours) a. Social Change – Meaning, Nature, and characteristics b. Factors – Biological, Cultural and Technological c. Theories of Social Change – Linear, Cyclical, Conflict, Functionalist References Ahuja, R. (2000) Social Problems in India. New Delhi: Rawat Publications. Brown, R. (1976) Structure and Function in Primitive Society: Essays and Addresses. London: Routledge&Kegan. Dube. L. (1974) Sociology of Kinship: An Analytical Survey of Literature. Bombay: P. Prakashan. Fortes, M. (1969) Kinship and Social Order. Chicago: Aldine. Goody, J. and S.J. Tambiah (1973) Bride Wealth and Dowry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Johnson, H. M. (1966)Sociology –A Systematic Introduction. New Delhi: Allied Publishers. Kapadia, K.M. (1958) Marriage and Family in India. Bombay: Oxford University Press. Karve, I. (1961) Hindu Society: An Interpretation. Pune: Daccan College.

303

Kuppuswamy, B. (1982) Social Change in India. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House. Maclver,R.M. and C. H. Page(1937)Society a Textbook of Sociology: New York: Farrar and Rinehart. Madan, G. R. (1971) Social Changes and Problems of Development in India. Bombay: Allied Publishers. Madan, T.N. (1992) Religion in India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Mandelbaum, D.G. (1972) Society in India. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. Merton, R. K. (1968) Social Theory and Social Structure. New York: Free Press. Parkin, R. (1997) Kinship: An Introduction to Basic Concepts. UK: Blackwell Publications. Prabhu, P.N. (1963) Hindu Social Organization. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. Singh, Y. (1983) Modernization of Indian Tradition. Jaipur: Rawat Publications. Smelser, N. J. (1970) Sociology: An Introduction. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern. Worsely, P.(Ed.)(1992)The New Introducing Sociology. London: Penguin Books. Young, K. and R. W. Mack (1962)Systematic Sociology: Text and Readings. Knoxville, TN: American Book Company.

304

BA – III Semester PAPER III – INDIAN SOCIETY: RURAL AND URBAN

OBJECTIVES

 To understand the village system.  To acquaint the students with rural social structure.  To expose the students to rural development in India.  To understand urban India and urban problems  To expose the students to urban administration and development programmes

UNIT I: RURAL INDIA (15 Hours)

a. Village Community – Meaning, Characteristics, Types of settlements b. Rural Social Problems – Poverty, Unemployment, Indebtedness, Casteism, Illiteracy c. Rural-urban Contrast and Continuum

UNIT II: RURAL SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES (15 Hours)

a. Village Panchayath and functions b. Caste – Characteristics, Changing Trends c. Agrarian class d. Rural Development Programmes – Cooperative Movement, Land Reforms, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan

UNIT III: URBAN INDIA (15 Hours)

a. Urbanization and Urbanism; Characteristics of Urban Community, Causes of Urbanization b. Urban Problems – Migration, Slums, Pollution, Problems of Urban Working women

UNIT IV: URBAN ADMINISTRATION AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES (15 Hours)

a. Town Panchayat – Municipality (Town Municipality, City Municipality) and City Corporation b. Urban Development Programmes – Integrated Housing and Slum Development Programme, Prime Minister‘s Integrated Urban Poverty Eradication Programme

305

References Ahuja, R. (2014) Social Problems in India (third edition).Jaipur: Rawat Publications. Beteille, A. (1971) Caste, Class and Power. Berkeley: University of California Press. Desai, A. R. (2011) Rural Sociology in India (fifth edition). Mumbai: Popular Prakashan. Desai, A.R. and S.D.Pillai (Eds) (1970) Slums and Urbanisation. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. De Souza, A.(Ed.) (1978)The Indian City. New Delhi: Manohar Publications. Dube, S. C. (1995). Indian Villages. London: Routledge. Ghurye, G. S. (1969) Caste and Race in India. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. Hutton, J. H. (1963) Caste in India: Its Nature, Function and Origins. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Jayapalan, N. (2002) Urban Sociology. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers. Kapadia, K. M. (1958) Marriage and Family in India. Bombay: Oxford University Press. Karve, I. (1961). Hindu Society: An Interpretation. Pune: Deccan College. Kolenda, P. (1984) Caste in Contemporary India: Beyond Organic Solidarity. Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press. Mamoria, C. B. (1981) Social Problems and Social Disorganisationin India. Allahabad: KitabMahal. Rao, M. S. A. (Ed.) (1992) Urban Sociology in India. New Delhi: Orient Longman. Rao, M.S.A., C. Bhat and K. L. Narayan (Eds) (1991)A Reader in Urban Sociology.New Delhi: Orient Longman. Sharma, R.N. (1993)Urban Society. New Delhi: Surjeet Publications. Srinivas, M.N. (Ed.) (1963)India’s Villages. Bombay: Asia Publishing House. Srinivas, M.N.(1962)Caste in Modern India and Other Essays. New York: Asia Publishing. Thudipara, J.(2007). Urban Community Development(second edition). New Delhi: Rawat Publications.

306

II BA IV SEMESTER PAPER IV – DIVERSITY AND CHANGE IN INDIA

Objectives

 To understand Indian society through various approaches  To acquaint the students with the diversities in India and problems related to it  To understand marriage among various religious communities in India  To understand the disadvantaged in India

UNIT I: APPROACHES TO THE STUDY OF INDIAN SOCIETY (12 Hours) a. Indological Perspective b. Conflict Perspective c. Subaltern perspective

UNIT II: PLURALISM IN INDIA (14 Hours)

a. Diversities – Linguistic, Caste, Race, Religion b. Diversity Problems – Communalism, Regionalism and problem of integration, Casteism, Linguism, Naxalism, Separatism

UNIT III: MARRIAGE AND FAMILY IN INDIA (20 Hours)

a. Marriage among Hindus, Muslims and Christians in India b. Joint Family – Characteristics c. Changes in Marriage and Family in India

UNIT IV: MARGINALIZATION AND SOCIAL EXCLUSION (14 Hours)

a. Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, Other Backward Classes b. Constitutional and Legal Provisions c. Development and Empowerment of Women

References

Ahuja, R. (1998) Indian Social System.New Delhi: Rawat Publications. Beteille, A.(1970) Social Inequality.Penguin Books. Hutton, J.H. (1963) Caste in India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Kapadia, K.M. (1958) Marriage and Family in India. Bombay: Oxford University Press. Kar, P.K. (1998) Indian Society. New Delhi: Kalyani Publications. Mandelbaum, D. G. (1955) Society in India. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. Philip, M. (…) Unity and Diversity in India and Ceylone. Prabhu, P. H. (1955) Hindu Social Organization. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. Shankar Rao, C.N. (2005) Sociology of Indian Society. New Delhi: S.Chand. Sharma, K.I. (2001) Social Inequality in India – Profiles of Caste, Class and Society. Jaipur: Rawat Publications.

307

III BA V SEMESTER PAPER V – STUDY OF SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVES

 To understand social disorganization and its causes  To acquaint the students with family disorganization and the problems of the elderly  To understand the nature and causes of social problems and the prominent social problems in India  To comprehend the concept of crime and the existing theories of punishment  To understand children in conflict with law

UNIT I: SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION (12 Hours)

a.Social Disorganization – Meaning, Nature, Causes b.Family Disorganization – Meaning, Causes, Effects c.Problems of the Elderly and Welfare Measures

UNIT II: SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS (15 Hours) a.Social Problems – Meaning, Characteristics, Causes b.Theoretical Approaches c. Emerging social problems - Drug Addiction, Alcoholism, Cyber Crime, Child Abuse

UNIT III: CRIME AND SOCIETY (13 Hours) a. Crime – Meaning, Causes b. Punishment – Meaning, Theories of Punishment (Preventive, Deterrent, Reformative) c.Alternative imprisonment – Probation and parole

UNIT IV: JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (10 Hours) a.Children in Conflict with Law - Meaning and characteristics b. Causes c. Rehabilitation measures References Ahuja, R. (2014) Social Problems in India (third edition). Jaipur: Rawat Publication. Downes, D. and R. Paul (1982) Understanding Deviance: A Guide to the Sociology of Crime and Rule Breaking. Oxford University Press. Johnson, E.H. (1966) Crime Correction and Society. Illinois: Dorsey Press. Laner, H.R. (1989) Social Problems and Quality of Life. Iowa: Kim C. Brown Publishers. Laskin, R. (Ed.) (1964). Social Problems. New York: McGraw Hill. Madan, G.R.(1990) Indian Social Problems Vol. I and II. New Delhi: Allied Publishers. Mamoria, C. B. (1981) Social Problem and Social Disorganization in India. Allahabad: KitabMahal.

308

Merton, R. K. and R. Nisbet (Eds) (1971) Contemporary Social Problems. New York: Harcourt, Brace& World. Ministry of Home Affairs.(1998). Crime in India. New Delhi: Government of India. Mishra, M.K.(2001)Indian Social Problems. Jaipur: Mark Publishing. Nanette, J.D. (1975) Deviance.Lowa: WMC Brown Co Publishers. Saxena, D. P. (2006).Sociology of Aging. New Delhi: Concept Publishing. Sharma, R.N. (1982)IndianSocial Problems.Bombay:Media Promoters & Publishers. Srivastava, C.P. (2000) Corruption: India’s Enemy Within. Delhi: Macmillan India. Sutherland, E.H. (1947) Principles of Criminolgy. Philadelphia: Lippincott

309

III BA V-SEMESTER PAPER VI – SOCIAL RESEARCH: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES

OBJECTIVES

 To understand the meaning and significance of social research.  To understand the problems in social research.  To acquaint the students with methods and techniques of social research.  To orient the students towards social statistics and research reports.

UNIT I: SOCIAL RESEARCH (12 Hours) a. Social Research – Meaning, Significance, Steps, Problems b. Types of Data – Primary and Secondary c. Research Design – Exploratory, Descriptive, Diagnostic, Experimental

UNIT II: METHODS OF DATA COLLECTION (10 Hours) a. Survey and its types b. Sampling and its types c. Case Study

UNIT III: TOOLS OF DATA COLLECTION (18 Hours) a. Observation (Types, Advantages, Limitations), b. Questionnaire (Steps in Questionnaire, Construction, Advantages and Limitations) c. Interview (Process, Types, Advantages and Limitations) d. Sources of secondary data

UNIT IV: STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES AND RESEARCH REPORT (10 Hours)

a. Measures of Central Tendency – Mean, Median, Mode b. Research Report – Purpose, Outline, Style of Report Writing c. Table, graph and diagram

310

References Donald, H., M. C. Burney, T. L. White (2006) Research Methods, 7th edition.New Delhi: Akash Press. Goode, W. J. and Hatt, P. K.(1989)Methods IN Social Research. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern Limited.

Kothari, C. R. (2011) Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. Second Revised Edition. New Age International Publishers: New Delhi Lal Das, D. K. (2011) Doing Social Research: A Source Book for Preparing Dissertation. Jaipur: Rawat Publication. Sharma, B.A.V., D. R. Prasad and P. Satyanarayana(1989)Research Methods in Social Sciences. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers. Singh, G. B. (2011) Research Methodology (Advance Techniques with Statistical Needs).Jaipur: Paradise Publishers. Wilkinson, T. S. and P. L. Bhandarkar (2000) Methodology and Techniques of Social Research. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing. Young, P. V. (1994)Scientific Social Surveys and Research. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.

311

III BA - VI SEMESTER PAPER VII – CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT OBJECTIVES  To understand the meaning of sociological thought  To gain an understanding of some of the classical contributions in Sociology and their contemporary relevance

UNIT I: SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT (10 Hours) a. Transition from Social Philosophy to Sociology b.Social Thought and Sociological Thought c. Emergence of Social Thought – Montesquieu, Berkley, Kant, Beccaria

UNIT II: AUGUSTE COMTE AND HERBERT SPENCER (12 Hours) a. August Comte: Law of Three Stages, Hierarchy of Sciences, Social Statics and Dynamics b. Herbert Spencer: Organismic Analogy and Social Darwinism

UNIT III: EMILE DURKHEIM AND KARL MARX (13 Hours) a.Social Solidarity and Division of Labour b.Suicide and its types c.Dialectical Materialism, Class Struggle, Alienation

UNIT IV: MAX WEBER AND VILFREDO PARETO (15 Hours) a.Social Action and its types; Authority and types b. Protestant Ethics and Spirit of Capitalism; Bureaucracy b. Residues and Derivation, Logical and Non-Logical Action, Circulation of Elites

References

Abraham, F. M. (1982) Modern Sociological Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Aron, R. (1982)Main Currents in Sociological Thought(Vol 1 & 2). New York: Penguin Books.

Barnes, H. E. (1967) An Introduction to the History of Sociology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Coser, L. A. (2003) Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social Context (2nd Edition). Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press.

Fletcher, R.(1994)The Making of Sociology(Vol 1 & 2).Jaipur:Rawat Publications.

Morrison, K. (2006) Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formation of Modern Sociological Thought. Sage.

Sharma, R.N. and R. K. Sharma (1994)History of Social Thought. Bombay: Media Promoters and Publishers.

Sharrock, P. and J. Martin (2003) Understanding Classical Sociology: Max Weber, Durkheim.Wes Sage Publications.

Turner, B.S. (1999) Classical Sociology. Sage.

312

III BA - VI SEMESTER PAPER VIII – SOCIOLOGY OF DISASTER AND SOCIAL CRISIS

OBJECTIVES  To understand the concept of disaster  To expose students to the causes of natural disasters  To gain insight into social unrest and crisis  To develop knowledge about disaster management in India

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION (10 Hours)

a. Study of disaster and social crisis b. Types – Natural and Man-Made Disaster c. Significance of the Study of Disaster

UNIT II: NATURAL DISASTERS (13 Hours)

a. Earthquake and Tsunami - Causes b. Cyclone, Flood and Drought - Causes c. Impact of natural disasters

UNIT III: SOCIAL UNREST AND SOCIAL CRISIS (12 Hours)

a. Communal riots, crimes against women b. Terrorism and organized crimes c. Impact on Society

UNIT IV: PREVENTIVE MEASURES (15 Hours)

a. Essentials of Disaster Preparedness, Public Awareness Programmes b. Role of Government and Non-Government Agencies c. Relief Management, Social and Economic Aspects of Rehabilitation

References Carter, W.N. (1992) Disaster Management: A Disaster Manager’s Handbook. Manila: ADB. Dave, R.K. (2018) Disaster Management in India: Challenges and Strategies. Prowess Publishing. Green, S. (1980) International Disaster Realities: Towards a Responsive System. New York: McGraw Hill. Gupta, H.K. (2003) Disaster Management. Hyderabad: Universities Press. irschenbaum, A. (2003) Chaos Organization and Disaster Management. New York: Marcel Dekker. Kumar, R. (2018) E-Governance and Disaster Management.GenNext Publication. Mishra, G.K. and Mathur, G.C. (1995) National Disaster Reduction. Delhi: Reliance Publication. Prakas, I. (1995) Disaster Management. Ghaziabad: RashtraPrahariPrakasan. Schneid, T.D. and L. Collins (2000) Disaster Management and Preparedness. Boca Raton, FL: Lewis Publishers. Shastri, K.N. (2012) Disaster Management in India. Neha Publishers.

313

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK ROSHNINILAYA B.A. Degree Course Sociology Major Three year (Six Semester) Course

Choice-Based Credit System (CBCS)

Class Hours Hours Marks Paper Title of the Internal Total & Code of of For Credits No. Paper Assessment Marks Semester Instruction Exam Exam I B.A. 1 SOC Introduction 6 03 120 30 150 3 I Semester 161 to Sociology I B.A 2 SOC Social 6 03 120 30 150 3 II 162 Institutions Semester and Social Change II B.A 3 SOC Indian 6 03 120 30 150 3 III 163 Society: Rural Semester and Urban II B.A 4 SOC Diversity and 6 03 120 30 150 3 IV 164 Change in Semester India III B.A 5 SOC Study of 5 03 120 30 150 3 V 165.1 Social Semester Disorganizati on III B.A. 6 SOC Social 5 03 120 30 150 3 V 165.2 Research: Semester Methods and Techniques III B.A. 7 SOC Classical 5 03 120 30 150 3 VI 166.1 Sociological Semester Thought III B.A. Sociology of SOC VI 8 Disaster and 5 03 120 30 150 3 166.2 Semester Social Crisis

TOTAL 44 24

314

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2021

I Semester II Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120 Marks)

Introduction Marriage, Family and Kinship

Sociological Perspectives Religion and Branches Basics Concepts Education

Individual and Society Social Change

III Semester IV Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks)

Rural India Approaches to the Study of Indian Society

Rural Social Structure and Pluralism in India Rural Development Programmes Urban India Marriage and Family in India

Urban Administration and Marginalization and Urban Development Social Exclusion Programmes

V Semester V Semester VI Semester VI Semester

Theory (120Marks) Theory (120Marks) Theory Theory (120Marks) (120Marks)

Social Disorganization Social Research Sociological Introduction Thought

Social Disorganization and Methods of Data Auguste Comte Natural Social Problems Collection and Herbert Disasters Spencer Crime and Society Tools of Data Collection Emile Durkheim Social Unrest and Karl Marx and Social Crisis

Juvenile Delinquency Statistical Techniques Max Weber and Preventive and Research Report Vilfredo Pareto Measures

315

SCHEME OF QUESTION PAPER Total Marks: 120 No. of Hours: 3 SECTION A The students are required to answer 10 questions compulsorily in 2-3 sentences each.

10x2=20

SECTION B The students are required to answer any 4 questions out of 5 questions in 10-12 sentences each.

4x10 =40

SECTION C The students are required to answer any 4 questions out of 5 questions in 20-25 sentences each. 4x20=80

316

BA DEGREE COURSE ELECTIVES SYLLABUS 2019-2021 SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT Objectives  Amass knowledge about the changing paradigms of development  Get a picture of two dominant models of development of the world and the Gandhian model that is indigenous and unique to India  Get abreast with the emerging concepts in development

UNIT I – ECONOMIC GROWTH AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (9 Hours)

Indicators of Social Development: Human Development Index, Gender Development Index, Gross Happiness Index

UNIT II - MODELS OF DEVELOPMENT (9 Hours)

Capitalist, Socialist and Gandhian

UNIT III – SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (6 Hours)

Meaning, Sustainable Life Styles

References

Dash, A. (2014). The moral basis of sustainable society: The Gandhian concept of ecological citizenship. International Review of Sociology . 24 (1).

Dobson, A. (2003). Citizenship and Environment. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gandhi, M. K. (1938). Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule [1908]. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House.

Mishra, B. (1972). Capitalism, Socialism and Planning. Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Schumacher, E.F. (1973). Small Is Beautiful. A Study of Economics as if People Mattered. London: Blond & Briggs.

Narayan, S. (2007). Principles of Gandhian Planning. Delhi: Kitab Mahal.

UNDP. Human Development Report.

World Commission of Environment and Development (1987). Our Common Future. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

317

BA DEGREE COURSE ELECTIVES SYLLABUS 2019-2021 TRIBAL STUDIES Objectives  To get a brief idea about the concept of tribe and tribal society  To learn about the socio-cultural profile and problems of the tribal society  To understand mobility and change among the tribals.

UNIT I – CONCEPT OF TRIBE (9 Hours)

Meaning, Classification of tribe (food gatherers and hunters, shifting cultivators, nomads, pastoralists, peasants and settled agriculturists, artisans)

Characteristics of tribal society

UNIT II – SOCIO-CULTURAL PROFILE AND PROBLEMS (8 Hours)

Marriage and tribal ways of acquiring mates, Religious beliefs and practices, Land alienation and exploitation

UNIT – III SOCIAL MOBILITY AND CHANGE (7 Hours)

Tribal Sanskritization, Constitutional Safeguards

References:

Bagchi, K.P. and S. Sinha (1987). Tribal Politics and State System in Pre-Colonial and North –Eastern India Calcutta.

Bose, N. K. (1967). Culture and Society in India. Asia Publishing House.

Chandhuri, B. (). Tribal Development in India. Delhi: B. R. Publication.

Mahapatra, K. (1997). Tribal Language and Culture of Orissa. Bhubaneshwar: Academy of Tribal Dialects and Culture Welfare Department.

318

BA DEGREE COURSE IN SOCIOLOGY ELECTIVES SYLLABUS PAPER – GERONTOLOGY

Objectives  To offer a comprehensive understanding about gerontology.  To inculcate a holistic understanding of the physical aspects of ageing and its consequences.  To gain an insight into the implications of ageing on an individual and family.  To understand the Constitutional safeguards and the welfare measures for the elderly

UNIT-I: SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY (8 Hours) Meaning, Origin and Relevance Myths and Beliefs about Ageing Classic Theories of Ageing

UNIT-II: HEALTH AND WELL-BEING (7 Hours)

Process of Ageing: Causes and Consequences Changing Family and Kinship Structure, Generation Gap, Issues of Acceptance and Rejection

UNIT-III: POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES IN INDIA (9 Hours)

Constitutional Provisions: National Policy on Older Persons (1999); Older Persons (Maintenance, Care & Protection) Bill, 2005; The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Bill, 2007. Other Welfare Measures

References

Indian Journal of Gerontolgy.

Lassey, W.R. and M.L. LasseyQuality of Life for Older People.Pearson.

Novak, M.W. (2012) Issues in Aging.Allyn& Bacon Inc.

Stuart-Hamilton, I. (2011) An Introduction to Gerontolgy. UK: Cambridge University Press.

319

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(k) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings by the Board of Studies and Revised Syllabus in Foundation Course for B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

320

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN FOUNDATION COURSE HELD ON 23rdJULY, 2018 AT (02.30 PM) AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair 2. Mrs. Vineetha K : Member 3. Dr.Tharanath : University Nominee 4. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : Subject Expert 5. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : Subject Expert 6. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‘Souza : Subject Expert 7. Dr.Anusuya Devi : Subject Expert 8. Mr. Abdul Saleem : Representative of Industry 9. Mr.ChitharanjanDas : Meritorious Alumna

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018-2019 examinations ii. Assessment and review of I-III (Oct. 2017) & II-IV (April 2018) Semester Question Papers and Results. iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester (i.e. I –III Semester Oct. 2017 & II-IV Semester April 2018) Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory. (See Annexure: I) PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

321

NAME SIGNATURE

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...... Sd/-...... 2. Mrs. Vineetha K : ...... ABSENT...... 3. Sri. Tharanath : ...... Sd/-...... 4. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : ...... Sd/-...... 5. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : ...... Sd/-...... 6. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‘Souza : ...... Sd/-...... 7. Dr.Anusuya Devi : ...... Sd/-...... 8. Sri. Abdul Saleem : ...... Sd/-...... 9. Sri. Chitharanjan Das : ...... Sd/-......

Sd/- Ms. Anuradha Shetty Chairman Board of Studies in Foundation Course

322

DEPARTMENT OF FOUNDATION COURSE

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars I Semester II Semester No. of Students Appeared 65 50 No. of Students Passed 59 46 No. of Students Failed 06 04 No. of Students Absent Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017– 2018

I Semester III Semester

Particulars

90% & Above 03 Nil

80% & Above but below 90% 04 08

70% & Above but below 80% 14 09

60% & Above but below 70% 13 06

55% & Above but below 60% 10 04

50% & Above but below 55% 04 05

35% & Above but below 50% 11 14

Below 35% 06 04

Absent Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 90.77 92.00

323

FOUNDATION COURSE

BSW RESULT ANALYSIS 2017-18

Particulars I Semester

No. of Students Appeared 33 No. of Students Passed 24 No. of Students Failed 09 No. of Students Absent Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

I Semester

Particulars

90% & Above NIL

80% & Above but below 90% 02

70% & Above but below 80% 04

60% & Above but below 70% 08

55% & Above but below 60% 05

50% & Above but below 55% 01

35% & Above but below 50% 04

Below 35% 09

Absent Nil

Pass Percentage 72.73

324

DEPARTMENT OF FOUNDATION COURSE

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

II Semester IV Semester Particulars No. of Students Appeared 61 50 No. of Students Passed 58 49 No. of Students Failed 03 01 No. of Students Absent Nil Nil No. of Students Discontinued 04 Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

II IV Semester Semester Particulars

90% & Above NIL NIL

80% & Above but below 90% 06 13

70% & Above but below 80% 13 14

60% & Above but below 70% 14 13

55% & Above but below 60% 06 04

50% & Above but below 55% 06 03

35% & Above but below 50% 13 02

Below 35% 03 01

Absent Nil Nil

Pass Percentage 95.08 98.00

325

DEPARTMENT OF FOUNDATION COURSE

RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

BSW RESULT ANALYSIS 2017-18 Particulars II Semester

No. of Students Appeared 31 No. of Students Passed 27 No. of Students Failed 04 No. of Students Absent Nil No. of Students Discontinued Nil

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2017 – 2018

Particulars II Semester

90% & Above NIL

80% & Above but below 90% 02

70% & Above but below 80% 05

60% & Above but below 70% 07

55% & Above but below 60% 02

50% & Above but below 55% 03

35% & Above but below 50% 08

Below 35% 04

Absent NIL

Pass Percentage 87.10

326

TOP SCORERS IN FOUNDATION COURSE 2015 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Semesters]

Marks obtained Reg. No. Name of the Candidate % Ranking [out of

1200]

155560205 330 82.50 First FATHIMA RUFEEDA

155560113 AKSHARA 280 70.00 Second

155560315 ASHOORA HALEEMA 264 66.00 Third

327

PART - I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN FOUNDATION COURSE HELD ON 14th DECEMBER, 2018 AT (02.00 PM) AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2 MEMBERS: 1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair 2. Dr.Tharanath : University Nominee 3. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : Subject Expert 4. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : Subject Expert 5. Dr Joyce Sabina Lobo : Subject Expert 6. Mr. Abdul Saleem : Representative of Industry 7. Ms. SarikAnkita : Meritorious Alumna AGENDA: i. Revision of the Syllabus for the year 2019-20 ii. Preparation of new syllabus for Choice based/Open Elective Paper iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board. PART – II The revised syllabus and the syllabus for open electives were placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Revised Syllabus is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, RoshniNilaya, in prescribed format. (See Annexure: I) PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable T he Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME SIGNATURE

1.Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...... Sd/-......

2. Dr.Tharanath : ...... Sd/-......

3. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : ...... Sd/-......

4. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : ...... Sd/-......

5. Dr Joyce Sabina Lobo : ...... Sd/-......

6. Sri. Abdul Saleem : ...... Sd/-......

7. Ms. SarikAnkita : ...... Sd/-...... Sd/- Ms. Anuradha Shetty Chairman Board of Studies in Foundation Course

328

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK RoshniNilaya, Mangalore – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University Colleges with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade (3rd Cycle)

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM REVISED SYLLABUS Subject Title: FOUNDATION COURSE [For B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course w.e.f 2019] PREAMBLE Foundation Course has been introduced recently for the students to get oriented to basic knowledge on Indian Constitution and its provisions, Human Rights, Gender and Environment. Hence, Foundation Course is not a subject but a combination of different subjects. This course is relevant for all undergraduate students despite of their streams and has become mandatory during any UG course. The fundamental objective of this course is to bring about positive awareness among the students on these issues and utilize these information and skills in their lives. The BOS after detailed discussion of all the pertinent issues at its meeting held on Friday, December 14th, 2018 approved the following syllabus for the credit-based semester scheme (Autonomous) w.e.f 2019. The Syllabus of Foundation Course in the B.A./B.S.W. degree Course (Credit Based Semester Scheme) at the undergraduate level under Autonomy, will include theory subjects such as Constitution of India, Human Rights, Gender and Environmental Studies. Objectives of the syllabus are as follows; 4. To learn the philosophical and spiritual background of the Constitution of India. 5. To bring about awareness on fundamental rights and duties as responsible citizens. 6. To promote an understanding on human rights, gender equity and sustainability of environment.

OUR VISION: To create a humane and healthy society OUR MISSION: Mobilizing youth for justice and health care Faculty Objective: To facilitate sensible and responsible student community.

Learner Objective: To develop appropriate knowledge, attitude and skills to face the challenges of life.

329

DEPARTMENT OF FOUNDATION COURSE SUMMARY CHART – ACADEMIC INPUTS: 2019-2022

I Semester (I BA/BSW) II Semester (I BA/BSW)

Theory (40 Marks) Theory (40 Marks)

Constitution of India Human Rights & Advocacy Fundamental Rights/Duties & DPSP Governance and Administration III Semester (II BA) IV Semester (II BA)

Theory (40Marks) Theory (40Marks)

Gender Equity Environmental Studies Environmental Legislation & Administration

Note: a) Minimum for a Pass :} b) Classification of successful Candidates :} As per the Regulations c) Rejection of results :}

330

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK ROSHNI NILAYA B.A./B.S.W. Degree Course Foundation Course Credit-Based Semester Scheme

Class Paper Code Title of Hrs Hrs Marks Interna Total Credit & No. the of of For l Marks s Semester Paper Instructi Exam Exam Assess on ment I BA/BSW 1 FOC Constituti 2 02 40 10 50 1 I Semester 141 on of India I BA/BSW 2 FOC Human 2 02 40 10 40 1 II Semester 142 Rights II BA/BSW 3 GES Gender 2 02 40 10 40 1 III Semester 143 Equity II BA/BSW 4 IDS Environm 2 02 40 10 40 1 III Semester 144 ent Studies TOTAL 8 4

SCHEME OF QUESTION PAPER (FOR ALL SEMESTERS)

Total Marks: 40 No. of Hours: 02

SECTION - A

Answer all Questions in two to three sentences. 5x 2=10

SECTION – B

Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2x5 =10

SECTION C

Answer any 2 questions out of 3. 2x10=20

331

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: FOUNDATION COURSE- FIRST YEAR BA & BSW [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-2020] FOC 141- FIRST SEMESTER PAPER: I CONSTITUTION OF INDIA Theory Marks :40 Internal :10 Total Marks :50 Teaching hours :24 Credit :01 OBJECTIVES: 1. To become aware of constitutional provisions, individual rights and duties of citizens 2. To learn the rights and duties of state and various provisions of Directive Principles of State Policy

UNIT – I I. CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 06 Hours  Making of the Indian Constitution – The Constituent Assembly  Preamble of the Indian Constitution and its Significance  Salient features of the Indian Constitution

UNIT – II II. FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS AND DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY 06 Hours  Fundamental Rights  Fundamental Duties  Directive Principles of State Policy and their implementations

UNIT – III III.GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION 12 Hours  Union Parliament – LokSabha, Rajya Sabha – Organisation and Powers  State Legislature – Vidhana Sabha, VidhanaParishad – Organisation and Powers  Local Governance - 73rd& 74thAmendments : Rural and Urban Local Governance

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE: 1. Austin, Granville. The Indian Constitution -The Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford University Press, USA: 2000. 2. Basu, D.D., Introduction to the Constitution of India, LexisNexis: 2011 3. Jain, C.K. (ed). Constitution of India in Precept and Practice, CBS Publishers & Distributors, India: 1992. 4. Pylee, M.V. An Introduction to the Constitution of India, Universal Law Publishing Co.: 2002. 5. Rajashekara, H.M. Bharatada Samvidhana Mattu Rajakiya, Kiran Prakashana: 2013. 6. Shukla, V.N. Constitution of India, Lucknow Eastern Book Company, Lucknow: 2007 7. The Working of a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Oxford University Press; 2000. 8. Mahajan, V.D. The Constitution of India, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi: 1991

332

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: FOUNDATION COURSE- FIRST YEAR BA & BSW [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-2020] FOC 142- SECOND SEMESTER PAPER: II-Human Rights

Theory Marks :40 Internal :10 Total Marks :50 Teaching hours :24 Credit :01

1. To create awareness about Human rights, Movements, Advocacy and Remedies against violation of human rights in India and across the world.

UNIT – I

HUMAN RIGHTS: 06 Hours  Human Rights – Meaning, Nature and Importance  Classification of Human Rights  Universal Declaration of Human Rights – International Covenants

UNIT – II

HUMAN RIGHTS MOVEMENTS IN INDIA PRE & POST INDEPENDANCE: 06 Hours  Farmers Movement  Dalit Movement  Tribal Movement

UNIT – III

HUMAN RIGHTS ADVOCACY: 12 Hours  Global Advocacy of Human Rights; Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch.  National Human Rights Commission (NHRC), State Human Rights Commission (SHRC) – Powers and Functions  People‘s Union for Civil Liberty (PUCL)  Remedies against Violation of Human Rights in India.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1) Raman, B.S. Human Rights, Gender Equity and Environmental Studies, United Publishers, Mangalore:2008 2) Austin, Granville. The Indian Constitution -The Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford University Press, USA: 2000. 3) Avasthi, A.P. Indian Government and Politics, Published by Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, Agra: 2014

333

4) Basu, D.D., Introduction to the Constitution of India, LexisNexis: 2011 5) Chiranjivi, Nirmal: Human Rights in India, Oxford University Press, USA, New Delhi, 2001. 6) Davidson, S. Human Rights, Buckingham Open University, Buckingham: 1992. 7) Jain, C.K. (ed). Constitution of India in Precept and Practice, CBS Publishers & Distributors, India: 1992. 8) Johari, J.C. Indian Politics, Vishal Publication, Jalandhar: 1996 9) Kapur, Anup Chan: Indian Government and Politics, S.Chand& Company, New Delhi:1970 10) Mahajan, V.D. The Constitution of India, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi: 1991 11) Pylee, M.V. An Introduction to the Constitution of India, Universal Law Publishing Co.: 2002. 12) Rajashekara, H.M. Bharatada Samvidhana Mattu Rajakiya, Kiran Prakashana: 2013. 13) Shukla, V.N. Constitution of India, Lucknow Eastern Book Company, Lucknow: 2007 14) The Working of a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Oxford University Press: 2000. 15) Shah, Ghanshyam. Social Movements in India, Sage Publications, 1990

334

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: FOUNDATION COURSE- SECOND YEAR BA & BSW [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-2020] FOC 143- THIRD SEMESTER PAPER: III-Gender Equity Theory Marks :40 Internal :10 Total Marks :50 Teaching hours :24 Credit :01

1. To enable students to understand the concept of Gender and the significance of gender equity. 2. To facilitate students to understand women‘s issues and initiatives to bring about gender equity.

UNIT – I GENDER AS CULTURAL CONCEPT: 05 Hours  Sex and Gender – Defining Masculinity & Femininity – Patriarchy and Matriarchy;  Women in India: Status and Movements  Sexual Minorities

UNIT – II

CONTEMPORARY WOMEN’S ISSUES: 05 Hours  Discrimination against Girl Child - Female Foeticide/Infanticide, Child Marriage  Violence Against Women a. Dowry and Domestic Violence b. Treatment of Widows, Elderly and Single Women c. Female Commercial Sex Workers (CSW)  Trafficking in Girls& Women

UNIT – III

STATE INITIATIVE ON GENDER ISSUES: 08 Hours a. Constitutional Rights of Women b. Laws pertaining to Women i. Indecent representation of woman ii. Maternity Benefit Act iii. Factories Act iv. Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1) Raman, B.S. Human Rights, Gender Equity and Environmental Studies, United Publishers, Mangalore:2008 2) Chatterjee, Mohini. Feminism and Gender Equity, Aavishkar, Jaipur: 2005 3) Desai, Neera&Krishnaraj, Maithreyi. Women’s Studies in India: Some perspective, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai: 1986. 4) Hemalatha H.M.: MahilaAdhyayana, Parts 1 & 2 D.V.K. Murthy, Mysore: 2004. 5) Sharma, Usha. Gender Mainstreaming & Women’s Rights, Authors Press: 2004 6) Srimathi, H.S. MahilaAdhyayana, Kannada University, Hampi: 1999 7) Tharabai, S.B.: Women’s Studies in India, APH Publication Corporation, New Delhi, 2000. 8) Basu, D.D., Introduction to the Constitution of India, LexisNexis: 2011

335

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM Subject Title: FOUNDATION COURSE- SECOND YEAR BA & BSW [For B.A. Degree Course w.e.f. 2019-2020] FOC 144- FOURTH SEMESTER PAPER: IV-Environmental Studies Theory Marks :40 Internal :10 Total Marks :50 Teaching hours :24 Credit :01

UNIT – I

ENVIRONMENT 06 Hours  Scope and Definition of Environment  Land, Forest and Water – its uses  Constitutional provisions for Environmental Conservation in India.

UNIT – II ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION: 06 Hours Definition, Cause, Effects and Control Measures: Air Pollution, Water Pollution, Soil Pollution, Marine Pollution, Noise Pollution, Thermal Pollution and Nuclear Hazards.

UNIT – III

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND ADMINISTRATION 12 Hours  Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, Forest Conservation Act  Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.  Water conservation, Rain water harvesting, Watershed management  Conservation of Environment - Role of NGO‘s - Self-Responsibility

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1) Raman, B.S. Human Rights, Gender Equity and Environmental Studies, United Publishers, Mangalore:2008 2) Agarawal, K.A. Wild Life in India Conservation & Management, Nishi Publication India: 2000. 3) Chakravathy, N.K. Environmental Protection Law, Ashish Publishing House, Punjabi Bagh, New Delhi: 1994. 4) Guha, Ramachandra. A cross Cultural History of Global Environmentalism, Oxford University Press, New Delhi: 2006. 5) Saldhana, Leo and Naik, Abhayaraj& Joshi, Arpana and Sastry, Subramanya. Green Tapism: A review of the environmental Impact Assessment Notification: 2007. 6) www.envfor.nic.in, Official website of the Ministry of Environment of Forest. 7) Basu, D.D., Introduction to the Constitution of India, LexisNexis: 2011

336

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002 Autonomous College under Mangalore University College with Potential for Excellence Re-Accredited by NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade – [3rd Cycle]

TWELFTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2019 AT 2.30 P.M.

Agenda No. 1(l) /SSW/AC/12/19

Sub: Approval of the Proceedings in the Board of Studies in Social Work and Revised Syllabus B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 27, 2018 at 2.30 p.m. is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

337

PART I PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK HELD ON FRIDAY, 27 JULY, 2018 AT 3.30 P.M. ATSCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE MEMBERS: 1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : in the Chair 2. Ms. Vineetha K : Member 3.Mr. Paul H Mascarenhas : Member – (University Representative) 4. Dr. Lena Ashok : Member - (Meritorious Alumna) 5. Mr. KrishnamoorthyB : Member (Subject Expert) 6. Ms. Mariella D‘Souza : Member (Subject Expert) 7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao : Member - (Industry Representative) AGENDA: i. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2017] &II-IV-VI [Apr. 2018]Semester Question Papers and results. ii. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2018 – 2019 examinations. iii. Any other matter.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – I The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. 2017& II-IV-VI Semester Apr. 2018] Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory. [See Annexure: I]

PART - II The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

PART –III: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

338

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : ……………………Sd/-..………………….....

2.Ms. Vineetha K : ……………………Sd/-..………………….....

3.Mr. Paul H Mascarenhas : ……………………Sd/-..………………….....

4.Dr. Lena Ashok : ……………………Sd/-.………………….....

5. Mr. Krishnamoorthy B : ……………………Sd/-..………………….....

6. Ms. Mariella D‘Souza : ……………………Sd/-.………………….....

7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao : ……………………Sd/-..………………….....

Sd/- Joselyn T Lobo CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Social Work: BSW

339

B.S.W. B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS: OCT. NOV. 2017

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER V SEMESTER 33 32 23 No. of Students Appeared 22 25 19 No. of Students Passed 11 7 4 No. of Students Failed NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Absent

No. of Students Discontinued

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS

Particulars I SEMESTER III SEMESTER V SEMESTER NIL 90% & Above NIL NIL 1 80% & Above but below 90% 2 2 8 70% & Above but below 80% 5 10 9 60% & Above but below 70% 9 8 1 55% & Above but below 60% 3 3 NIL 50% & Above but below 55% 3 2 NIL 35% & Above but below 50% NIL NIL 4 Below 35% 11 7 NIL Absent NIL NIL 66.67% 78.13% 82.61% Pass Percentage

340

B.S.W. B.S.W. RESULT ANALYSIS : APRIL / MAY 2018

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER VI SEMESTER

No. of Students Appeared 31 33 23 No. of Students Passed 25 29 20 No. of Students Failed 6 4 3 No. of Students Absent NIL NIL NIL No. of Students Discontinued

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS

Particulars II SEMESTER IV SEMESTER VI SEMESTER

90% & Above NIL NIL NIL

80% & Above but below 90% 4 3 1

70% & Above but below 80% 5 12 6

60% & Above but below 70% 6 11 6

55% & Above but below 60% 8 2 4

50% & Above but below 55% NIL NIL 2

35% & Above but below 50% 2 1 1

Below 35% 6 4 3

Absent NIL NIL NIL

Pass Percentage 80.65% 87.87% 86.96%

341

TOP SCORERS IN FOUNDATION COURSE 2015 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Semesters]

Marks Reg. No. Name of the Candidate obtained % Ranking [out of 5000] 155560402 RISHIKA ROSE V. 4104 82.08 First 155560416 SHOBY P. S. 3855 77.10 Second 155560411 FATHIMA SUHAILA 3764 75.28 Third

342

PART I PROCEEDINGS OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK HELD ON THURSDAY, 3 JANUARY 2019 AT 10.00 A.M. ATSCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE MEMBERS:

1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : in the Chair 2. Dr. Sophia Fernandes : Member 3. Ms. Vineetha K : Member 4. Dr. Loveena Lobo : Member – (University Representative) 5. Mr. Krishna Moorthy : Member (Subject Expert) 6. Mr. Stevan Pinto : Member - (Industry Representative) 7. Mr. Paul H Mascarenhas : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA: Approval of Revised Syllabus of BSW Course under autonomy for implementation w.e.f. 2019. The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – IPreparation of Panel of Examiners—Not Applicable PART – II Review of Question papers & results—Not Applicable PART – III The draft of the Revised Syllabus was placed before the Board for tis consideration, scrutiny and approval. The Board after a detailed discussion and incorporating the necessary corrections, hereby accords approval for adoption of the same. Hence the Resolution. RESOLVED THAT the Credit-based Autonomous Revised Syllabus of Bachelor of Social Work Course as approved and recommended by the Board be and is hereby adopted for implementation with effect from 2019. The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks. NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : …………………Sd/-…..……………… 2. Dr. Sophia Fernandes : …………………Sd/-…..…………….... 3. Ms. Vineetha K : …………………Sd/-…..…………….... 4. Dr. Loveena Lobo : …………………Sd/-…..……………… 5. Mr. Krishna Moorthy : …………………Sd/-..………………… 6. Mr. Paul H Mascarenhas : …………………Sd/-…..…………….... 7. Mr. Stevan Pinto : …………………Sd/-…..………………

Joselyn T Lobo CHAIRPERSON Board of Studies in Social Work: BSW

343

CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM REVISED SYLLABUS 2019 BSW DEGREE COURSE First Semester: BSW 331: Paper I INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK

Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  Understanding the historical evolution of Social Work in India and abroad  To develop theoretical understanding of system approaches  To understand the principles, values of social work and consciously apply them in practice

UNIT I History of Social Work Profession  Emergence/ Evolution of Professional Social work in UK and USA  Emergence/ Evolution of Professional Social work in India

Nature and Values of Social Work  Social Work- Meaning, Definition, Objectives, Misconceptions  Values of Social Work - Meaning, Primary Values in Social Work UNIT II Methods of Social Work  Social Case Work – Meaning, Definition & Assumptions  Social Group Work – Meaning, Definition & Objectives  Community Organization – Meaning, Definition & Objectives  Social Action – Meaning, Definition & Objectives  Social Work Research – Meaning, Definition & Objectives  Social Welfare Administration – Meaning, Definition & Objectives

UNIT III Relationship with other Social Sciences  Social Work and Sociology  Social work and Psychology Programmes  Meaning and importance of Programmes  Specific Programme Media: Art and Crafts, Drama, Clay Modelling, Games

344

School Social Work  Skills for School Social Worker  Role of Social Worker in School Setting

UNIT IV Components of Field Work  Basic Concepts- Client, Agency, Supervisor and Conference

Home Visit  Need for Home Visit  Principles of Home Visit  Procedure involved in Home Visit

Recording  Purpose of Recording  Types of Recording  Procedure for Recording

BIBLIOGRAPHY INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK

Bhattacharya, Sanjay. Social Work: An Integrated Approach. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2004.

Chowdhry, Paul D. Introduction to Social Work. Delhi: Atma Ram & Sons, 1964.

Dubois, Brenda, and Karla Krogsrud Miley. Social Work: An Empowering Profession. 2nd ed. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1996.

Friedlander, Walter A. Introduction to Social Welfare. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1967.

Concepts and Methods of Social Work. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1977.

Garrett, Annette. Interviewing: Its Principles and Methods. New York: Family Service Association of America, 1964.

Joseph, Josantony, and Gracy Fernandes. An Enquiry into Ethical Dilemmas in Social Work. Mumbai: College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan, 2006.

Khinduka, S.K. Social Work in India. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal Pvt. Ltd, 1965.

Kumar, Hajira. Social Work and Developmental Issues. New Delhi: Aakar Books, 2005.

Kumar, Harish. Social Work: Issues of Civil Society. (Vol. I) Delhi: Isha Books, 2004.

Lobo, Joselyn T. Fieldwork in Social Work Education: A Manual for Educators and Students. Mangalore: School of Social Work, 2017.

345

Madan, G.R. Indian Social Problems. New Delhi: Allied Publishers Limited, 2000.

Mann, Arti. School Social Workers: Roles and Contributions in Child Learning. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2018.

McDermott, F.E. Self-determination in Social Work. Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1975.

Misra, P.D. and Beena Misra. Social Work Profession in India. Lucknow: New Royal Book Co., 2004.

Mudgal, S.D. An Introduction to Social Work. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 1997.

Wadi, A.R. History and Philosophy of Social Work in India. Bombay: Allied Publication Pvt. Ltd., 1961.

Rameshwari, Dev,i and Ravi Prakash. Social Work Practice. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2001.

Social Welfare Administration: Methods and Practice. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2001.

Skidmore, Rex A., Milton G Thackeray, and O. William Farley. Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988.

Subhedar, I. S. Field Work Training in Social Work. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2001.

Zastrow, Charles. The Practice of Social Work. 5th ed. California: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1995.

Journals:

 The Indian Journal of Social Work: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai  Contemporary Social Work: Department of Social Work, Lucknow University  Psychological Studies: Journal of the National Academy of Psychology  Psychological Counselling: Vellore Christian Counselling Centre  International Social Work: College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan, Mumbai

First Semester: BSW 341: Paper II BASIC SOCIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS AND INSTITUTIONS

Theory Marks 80 Internal Assessment 20 Total Marks: 100 Total Hours: 48 Objectives:

 To provide sociological perspectives and sociological insights for effective social work practice  To develop an understanding of basic sociological concepts  To understand the importance and functions of primary social institutions

UNIT – I

346

Introduction to Sociology  Nature and Definition of Sociology  Pioneers of Sociology

Society  Meaning of Society  Characteristics of Society

Community  Meaning and Characteristics of Community  Differences between Society and Community

Group  Meaning, Characteristics and Classification of Groups  Primary and Secondary Groups: Meaning, Characteristics  Importance to Individual and Society

UNIT – II Culture  Meaning, Characteristics and Functions of Culture  Culture and Society; Culture and Civilisation  Cultural Pluralism

Social Change  Meaning, Characteristics  Factors of Social Change: Biological, Geographic, Cultural & Technological  Concept of Cultural Lag

Socialisation  Meaning, Process of Socialisation  Agencies of Socialisation  Role of Socialisation in Life

Values  Meaning of Social Values, Importance, Types  Traditional Vs. Modern Values UNIT – III

Social Institution  Meaning, Characteristics, Types  Institution and Association

347

Marriage  Meaning, Characteristics  Forms of Marriage  Mate Selection: Exogamy & Endogamy

Family  Meaning, Function of Family  Types of Family: Nuclear, Extended, Joint Family  Features of Modern Family UNIT – IV

Religious Institution  Components of Religion  Functions of Religion  Forms of Religion

Economic Institution  Nature of Economic Institutions  Property: Nature of Property Rights; Private Property  Capitalism & Socialism: A Critical Analysis

Political Institution  Meaning of State and Government  Functions of State: Protective & Welfare Functions  Forms of Government: Democracy & Totalitarianism

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BASIC SOCIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS AND INSTITUTIONS

Bhushan, Vidya and D. R. Sachdeva. An Introduction of Sociology. Allahabad:KitabMahal, 1989.

Davis, Kingsley. Human Society. Delhi: Surjeet Publications, 1981.

Deva, Indra, and Shrirama. Society and Culture in India: Their Dynamics through the Ages. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 1999.

Gisbert, P. Fundamentals of Sociology. 3rd ed. Bombay: Orient Longman Ltd., 1973.

Haralambos, M. Sociology: Themes and Perspectives. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2013.

Jayapalan, N. Indian Society and Social Institutions. Vol. 1 & 2. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, 2001.

348

Johnson, Harry M. Sociology: A Systematic Introduction. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 2003.

Kapoor, B. K. Indian Society: Structure and Change. Jaipur: Ritu Publications, 2013.

Patil, S. N. Handbook of Sociology. Jaipur: Vital Publications, 2007.

Perry, John and Erna Perry. The Social Web: An Introduction to Sociology. San Francisco: Canfield Press, 1973.

Rao, C. N. Shankar. Sociology. New Delhi: S. Chand and Company Ltd., 1993.

Rawat, H. K. Sociology: Basic Concepts. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2007.

Singh, K. Principles of Sociology. Lucknow: Prakashan Kendra, 1999.

Journals:  Contributions to Indian Sociology: Sage Publications, New Delhi.  International Journal of Sociology of the Family. Serials Publications.  Social Change: Issues and Perspectives. Journal of the Council for Social Development.  Social Welfare. Central Social Welfare Board.

First Semester: BSW 351: Paper III EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT Theory marks:80 Internal Assessment marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching hours: 48 Objectives:  To understand how children, develop and the psychological significance of development  To understand the fundamental facts about principles of development  To know how emotions play an important role in children‘s lives  To know the contributions of Play  To enhance parenting skills UNIT – I

Growth and Development  Concept of Growth and Development  Factors influencing Development  Principles of Development  Hazards in Physical Development UNIT – II

349

Emotional Development  Needs of children –significance, security, acceptance, love, praise and discipline  Characteristic features of Children‘s Emotions  Effect of emotions on Children‘s Personal and Social adjustments  Hazards in Emotional Development UNIT – III

Play Development  Play – Meaning and Definition  Characteristics of Children‘s Play  Contributions of play to Children‘s Personality Development.

UNIT – IV

Nurturing Children  Art of effective parenting  Healthy Habits for a Digital Life  Components of child- friendly schools  Life skills for effective moulding of behaviour BIBLIOGRAPHY

EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT

Bettie, B. Young. Keeping your Children Safe: A Practical Guide for Parents. Bombay: St. Paul Publications, 1994.

Chandrashekar, C.R. Know your Child‘s Mind, Bangalore: Navakarnataka Publication Pvt. Ltd, 1992. Dobson, James. Preparing for Adolescence. Mumbai: St Paul Society, 1997.

Drescher, John M. Six Things Children Need. Mumbai: St. Paul Publications, 1994.

D‘Souza, Barnalu. Walking with Vulnerable Children. Mumbai: Don Bosco Research, Documentation & Training Centre, 2006.

Ginott, Haim, G. Between Parent and Child. New York: Avon Books, 1956.

Green, Christaphi. Toddler Taming: A Parent‘s Guide to the First Four Years. London: Vermillion, 1992.

Guptha, Sangeetha. The Joy of Parenting. New Delhi: Unicorn Books Pvt. Ltd, 2003.

Hurlock, Elizabeth. Child Development. Sydney: McGraw Hill, 1978.

Hurlock, S B. Child Growth and Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 1990.

Lakshmamma, T. Professional Training in Social Work. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

350

The Surprising Years: Understanding Your Changing Adolescent. Lions Clubs International and Quest International.1992.

Manocha, Ramesh, and Gyongyi Horvath. Nurturing Young Minds. London: Robinson, 2017. Meyrs, G. C. Becoming a Modern Parent. New Delhi: Infinity Books, 2002. Santrock, John W. Child Development. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company L2007.

Sukhabodhananda, Swami. Art of Wise Parenting. Bangalore: Prasanna Trust, 2006.

Journals:  Social Welfare  My Name is Today  Indian Journal of Psychological Counselling  The Indian Journal of Social Work  Modern Practical Psychology

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:

ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgï ¹.Dgï. – Q±ÉÆÃgÀ avÀÛ, ¦.«.J¸ï. ªÀÄ»¼Á ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ zÀeÉð PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1989. ±ÁåªÀÄgÁªï VjªÀÄ£É - ªÀÄPÀÌ¼À£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ?, CAQvÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2009.

PÉ.n. UÀnÖ – GvÀÌøµÀÖvÉUÁV vÁ¬Ä-vÀAzÉ, «nÃ PÀÄnÃgÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2005.

ZÉÆPÁÌr CgÀ«AzÀ – fÃªÀ£À PË±À®UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2005. «ÃgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt QPÉÌÃj - ªÀÄPÀÌ¼À°è ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÈ¢Þ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ? £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 2006. «ÃgÉÃAzÀæ£Áxï AiÀÄAqÀªÀÄÆj - ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¸ÀÄªÀgÉ?, ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ºÀÄ§â½î, 2005. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgï ¹.Dgï. - ºÀgÉAiÀÄzÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤¨sÁ¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå «eÁÕ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2008.

«ÃgÉÃAzÀæ£Áxï AiÀÄAqÀªÀÄÆj – AiÀÄ±À¹ì£À gÀºÀ¸ÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ºÀÄ§â½î, 2006.

First Semester: BSW 361: Paper IV FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION

Theory Marks : 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total Marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48

351

Objectives:  To help students to discuss the relationship between food, health and diseases  To help students to assess the diseases caused by deficiency of vitamins and minerals  To enable students to practice dietary habits that contribute to healthy life style

UNIT I Basic Concepts of Nutrition  Basic knowledge of Nutrition Definition and importance of study of Nutrition  Basic Food Groups: Types of Food Groups, Functions of Food  Nutrients and their Classification: Carbohydrates: Significance, Nutritive value, Functions, Sources, Deficiency Proteins: Significance, Nutritive value, Functions, Sources and Deficiency Fats and Oils: Significance, Nutritive value, Functions sources and Deficiency

UNIT II Mineral Elements  Calcium: Significance, Nutritive Value, Functions, Sources and deficiency  Iron: Significance, Nutritive Value, functions, Sources and Deficiency  Iodine: Significance, Nutritive Value, functions, Sources and Deficiency

Fat soluble Vitamins  Vitamin A- Functions, Sources and Deficiency  Vitamin D- Functions, Sources and Deficiency  Vitamin E- Functions, Sources and Deficiency  Vitamin K- Functions, Sources and Deficiency

Water: Its importance and Functional Value

Water Soluble Vitamins  B-Complex Vitamins- Functions, Sources and Deficiency  Vitamin C- Functions, Sources and Deficiency

UNIT III Green leafy vegetables  Significance and Nutritive Composition

Fibre  Significance and role of fibre in the body  Benefits of Fibre  Harmful effects of Low fibre in the Diet

352

Understanding food combination  Its impact on self  Highlights of right and wrong food combination  Effects of common eatables and their harmful ingredients

Guidelines for Planning Balanced Diet  Planning Nutritional Diet. UNIT IV Methods of Cooking (Exposure to Nutritional Laboratory Experience)  Conservation of Nutrients  Enhancing Nutrient Content

Food Adulteration  Types of Adulterants  Common Adulterants used on various eatables  Detection of Food Adulterants

Food Safety  Food contamination  Contamination caused by chemicals and microorganism

Food Poisoning  Food Infection  Food Intoxication BIBLIOGRAPHY FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION

Babu, Suresh S. A Treatise on Home Remedies. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Bakhru, H.K. Vitamins that Heal: Natural Immunity for Better Health. Noida: Saurabh Printers Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

Ballentine, Rudolph. Diet and Nutrition: A Holistic Approach. Pennsylvania: The Himalayan International Institute, 1982.

Begum, Raheena. A Text Book of Food Nutrition and Dietetics. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1991.

Gopalan, C., B.V, Rama Sastri, and S.C. Balasubramanian. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods. Hyderabad: National Institute of Nutrition, 1993.

Gupta, M.K. Foods that are Killing You. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2004.

Lawrence, Helen. Well-being for Women. Scotland: Geddes and Gosset, 2004.

Morter, Ted M. Health and Wellness. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2000.

Mudambi, Sumathi R, and Shalini M Rao. Food Science. Wiley Eastern Ltd

353

Nutrition for the Community. New Delhi: Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU), 1996.

Rajadhyaksha, Medha S., and Sukanya Datta. The Secrets of Proteins. New Delhi: National Book Trust, 2000.

Reddy. S.R. 1997. Teaching Health and Nutrition. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publication, 1985.

Roday, S. Hygiene and Sanitation in Food Industry. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006.

Samraj, Edison. Best of Health. Pune: Oriental Watchman Publishing, 1994.

Sharma, Rajeev, and Jyothi Rajeev. Water For Health and Beauty. New Delhi: Manoj Publications, 2009.

Singh, Jyothi. Handbook of Nutrition and Dietetics. New Delhi: Lotus Press, 2008.

Spence, Michael, and Maureen Lewis. Health and Growth. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2009.

Srilakshmi, B. Nutrition Science. New Delhi: New Age International Publishers, 2008.

Suresh, Keshan. A Parent‘s Guide to Child Care. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Swaminathan, M. Essentials of Food and Nutrition. (Vol. II). Bangalore: The Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co. Ltd., 2008.

Varma, Mira et al. Child Nutrition: Problems and Prospects. Jaipur: Ina Shree Publishers, 1996.

Venkataiah, S. Teaching Food and Nutrition. New Delhi: Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2002.

Vidya, Chinthapalli. A Text Book of Nutrition. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 1996.

Journals:

 Herald of Health. Family Magazine for Vibrant Health, Oriental Watchman Publishing House, Pune  Health Action. Health Action for all ( HAFA), Secunderabad  Health for the Millions. New Delhi

354

Second Semester: BSW 332: Paper VI SOCIAL WORK METHODS Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  To develop an understanding of different methods in Social Work  To develop the skills to apply in various methods of intervention  Help students to develop ability to establish and sustain a working relationship with the client system UNIT I

Social Case Work  Objectives of Social Case Work  Principles of Social Case Work

Social Case Work: Problem Solving Process  Intake  Fact Finding  Analysis and Assessment  Diagnosis  Treatment  Termination  Evaluation UNIT II Social Group Work  Principles of Social Group Work.  Stages of Group Development - Tuckman‘s Model  Role of a Social Group Worker in Group Work process

Community Work  Concept of Community Work.  Principles of Community Work. UNIT III Social Welfare Administration Purpose of Social Welfare Administration Social Work Research Uses of Research in social work practice

Social Action  Strategy of Social Action  Use of Social Action in social work practice  Role of social worker in Social Action

355

UNIT IV Supportive Techniques of Helping (a) Acceptance (b) Assurance (c) Facilitation of expression of feelings (d) Allying feelings that are overpowering (e) Accrediting and building of Self Confidence

Social Work Services—Concept & Role in:  Labour welfare services  Medical social work  Correctional services BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL WORK METHODS Bhattacharya, Sanjay. Social Work: An Integrated Approach. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2004. Chowdhry, Paul D. Introduction to Social Work. Delhi: Atma Ram & Sons, 1964. Friedlander, Walter A. Concepts and Methods of Social Work. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1977. Khinduka, S.K. Social Work in India. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal Pvt. Ltd, 1965. Konopka, Gisela. Social Group Work: A Helping Process. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1972. Mathew, Grace. An Introduction to Social Case Work. Mumbai: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1992. Misra, P.D. and Beena Misra. Social Work Profession in India. Lucknow: New Royal Book Co., 2004. Raju, Lakshmipathi M. Community Organization and Social Action: Social Work Methods and Practices. New Delhi: Regal Publications, 2012. Segal, Elizabeth A, Karen E. Gerdes, and Sue Steiner. Professional Social Work. New Delhi: Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2010. Seymour, Smith Seonard. Making Your Meeting More Effective: Checklist and Guide. New Delhi: Sterling Publication Pvt. Ltd., 1989. Siddiqui, H.Y. ―Community Work.‖ In Encyclopaedia of Social Work in India 3rd ed. Surendra Singh. Lucknow: New Royal Book Company, 2012. Social Work and Social Action: A Developmental Perspective. New Delhi: Harnam Publication, 1984. Skidmore, Rex A., Milton G Thackeray and O. William Farley. Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988. Timm, Paul R. How to Hold Successful Meetings. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House, 1999. Upadhay, R. K. Social Case Work. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2003. Zastrow, Charles. The Practice of Social Work. 5th ed. California: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1995.

356

Second Semester: BSW 342: Paper VII BASIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Theory marks: 80 Internal Assessment marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching hours: 48 Objectives:  To provide an overview of the communication process and analyse the barriers to effective communication  To enhance interpersonal communication skills like verbal, non-verbal, listening and interviewing  To provide training in public speaking and presentation skills as well as effective listening  To understand the importance of communication across cultures UNIT – I Basics of Communication  Definition, Importance, Purpose  Types of communication  Direction of Communication: Downward, Upward, Horizontal, Cross

Communication Process  Sender, Message, Receiver, Channel, Feedback

Communication Barriers  Barriers to Communication  Perception and Communication  Ways of Overcoming Barriers

UNIT – II Non-verbal Communication  Definition; Importance  Components of Non-verbal Communication

Interpersonal Communication  Meaning, Characteristics

Etiquette  General Communication Etiquette  General Greeting Etiquette  Professional Etiquette UNIT – III

Conversation  Ways to improve conversations

357

Public Speaking and Presentation Skills  Principles of Public Speaking  How to begin and end a Speech  Master of Ceremony (MC)  Power Point Presentations

Types of Speeches  Welcome Speech  Introduction Speech  Extempore Speaking  Vote of Thanks

UNIT – IV Listening:  Benefits of Effective Listening  Causes of Poor Listening  Developing Listening Skills

Telephone Communication  Basic Telephone Rules  Making a Call  Answering the Telephone  Mobile Etiquette

Meetings  Process of conducting meetings  Role of Chairperson  Role of Participants

Note: Practical sessions/workshops to be conducted for imparting communication skills.

BIBLIOGRAPHY BASIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Adair, John. Effective Communication. New Delhi: Rupa & Co., 1997.

Adler, Ronald B., and George Rodman. Understanding Human Communication. 8th ed. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003.

Alex, K. Soft Skills: Know Yourself and Know the World. 2nd ed. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company, 2011.

Balan, K. R., and C. S. Rayudu. Effective Communication. New Delhi: Beacon Books, 1994.

Barker, Alan. Improve your Communication Skills. 2nd ed. New Delhi: Kogan Page, 2010.

358

Cole, Kris. Crystal Clear Communication: Skills for Understanding and Being Understood. 2nded. Chennai: East West Books (Madras) Pvt. Ltd., 2000.

Gough, Tony. Improve Your Relationship Through Communication. Mumbai: Better Yourself Books, 1987.

Koneru, Aruna. Professional Communication. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2008.

McGrath, E. H. Basic Managerial Skills for All. 9th ed. New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India, 2011.

McMillan, Sandy. How to be a Better Communicator. New Delhi: Kogan Page India Pvt. Ltd., 1998.

Rao, R. N. Improve Your Skills. Jaipur: Satyam Publishers and Distributors, 2016.

Sanford, John A. Between People: Communicating One-to-One. Mumbai. Better Yourself Books, 1982.

Scott, Bill. The Skills of Communicating. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House, 1995.

Sharma, Sharmila. Effective Communication Skills. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 2018.

Stanton, Nicky. Mastering Communication. London: Macmillan Press Ltd., 1996.

Vilanilam, J. V. More Effective Communication: A Manual for Professionals. New Delhi: Response Books, 2000.

Second Semester: BSW 352: Paper VIII

RESPONDING TO CHILDHOOD PROBLEMS Theory marks: 80 Internal Assessment marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching hours: 48

Objectives:  To develop ability to identify and respond to common problems of children  To develop an understanding of legal framework and policies that support child protection  To develop an understanding of the need for establishing early Childhood Development Programmes  To understand the contributions of National and International Organizations in the field of child development UNIT – I

Protection of Children  Constitutional safeguards for children in India  Rights of children.  National Commission for protection of Child Rights  NGOs for Children: Case study of CRY (Child Rights and You)

359

UNIT – II Causes and treatment for Childhood Disorders  (a) Bedwetting (b) Thumb sucking (c) Nail biting (d) Hyper activity (e) Stammering f) Scholastic backwardness (g) Stealing (h) Eating disorders

Child Abuse  Types of Child Abuse  Symptoms of Child Abuse

Autism  Meaning, Symptoms  Role of parents

Dyslexia and Learning Difficulties  Meaning, Symptoms  Role of parents and educators UNIT – III

Legislations related to children- Salient features  Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act 1971 (MTP) and Amendment 2002  The Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act 1994 (PNDT)  Juvenile justice (care and protection) Act 2000 and Amendment 2006  Right to Education Act 2009  Protection of Children from Sexual Offence Act 2012 (POCSO)

UNIT – IV Services for children  Creche -Requirements and Functions  Balawadi- Requirements and Functions  Integrated Child Development Scheme (ICDS)- Objectives and services  Child Line – Objectives and Services.  Integrated Child Protection Scheme (ICPS) – services

BIBLIOGRAPHY RESPONDING TO CHILDHOOD PROBLEMS

Benjamin, Spock, and Michal B Rahenberg. Dr. Spock‘s Baby and Child Care 1992. Childline at My Finger Tips: A Resource Book. Child Line India Foundation,Mumbai: 2001.

Edgar, J Schmiedeler. The Child and Problems of Today. Bombay: Better Yourself Books, 1994.

360

Gopal, A.K. Creches in Plantations, New Delhi: National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development, 1983. India 2019. New Delhi: Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India 2014

Kapadia, Mahesh, All You Wanted to Know About Increasing Memory Power New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2001.

Kohn, Ruth. The Exploring Child. Mumbai: Orient Longman Ltd, 1972.

Kuppuswamy, B. Child Behaviour and Development, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House, 1984.

Mathew, P.D. Know Your Rights: 1 & 2. Vododara: Nyay Darshan, 2011.

Mundkur Nandin,i and Pejavar Ranjan Kumar. Your Child: Parents Guide to Child Health. Bangalore: Prism Books Pvt. Ltd, 2000. Padder, Tanushree. Smart Memory: Techniques to Improve Memory. Bangalore: PustakMahal, 2003.

Pandey, J.N, Constitutional Law of India. Allahabad: Central Law Agency, 2007.

Pereira, Arty. Success in Examination. Bombay: Better Yourself Books, 1994.

Pinto, Jerry, and Biblinaria Jeroo. A Guide to Starting Childline. Childline India Foundation CIF, 2000. Prabhu, Vinay V. General Psychology. Mumbai: Vipul Prakashan, 2003.

Prakash, Vijay. Study Techniques, Bangalore: Vasan Publications, 2005.

Memory Power: Booster for Academic Success. Bangalore: Vasan Publications, 2006.

Pylee, M.V. India‘s Constitution. New Delhi: S. Chand and Co. Ltd, 2003.

Raman, B.S. Indian Constitution. Mangalore: United Publishers, 2010.

Rattan, Vijay. Women & Child Development. New Delhi: S. Chand & Co Ltd, 2000. Integrated Child Development Services: Programme Administration. New Delhi: S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 2000.

Sharma, Hari Datt. How to Shape Your Kids Better. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Sobha, I. Welfare Services for Women and Children. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 2003.

Strang, Ruth. An Introduction to Child Study. 4th ed. New York: The MacMillan Company, 1998. Thakare, Abhishek. The Portrait of a Super Student. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2001.

361

Journals:  Social Welfare  My name is Today  Education Monitor  Indian Journal of Psychological Counselling  The Indian Journal of Social Work  Modern Practical Psychology

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¹.Dgï. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgï – Q±ÉÆÃgÀ avÀÛ, ¦.«.J¸ï. ªÀÄ»¼Á ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ zÀeÉð PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1989.

¨sÀmï gÁWÀªÉÃAzÀæ PÉÆtÂ® – ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ, gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ ²PÀët ¸ÀªÀÄÆºÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2003. fAiÉÆÃ r’¹¯Áé – ªÀÄPÀÌ¼À £ÁåAiÀÄ PÁ¬ÄzÉ K£ÀÄ? KPÉ?, ¥Àr, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2006.

Second Semester: BSW 362: Paper IX FAMILY CARE Theory Marks : 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total Marks :100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  To develop in students Home Management skills  To help students to regulate healthy diet for mental well being  To enable students to manage their time and energy effectively in home making duties  To give students guidelines for budgeting savings and ordinary bank transactions

UNIT I

Family care  Meaning and definition  Qualities of a Home Maker  Major Managerial responsibilities of a Home Maker

Malnutrition  Definition  Causes and effects of maternal malnutrition  Causes and effects of malnutrition in children

362

Meal Planning  Concept of Meal Planning  Aims of Meal Planning  Factors to be considered in meal planning

UNIT II

Storage of Food  Classification of Food based on Perishability  Methods of Food storage

Family Budgeting  Meaning and Definition of Budget  Importance of Budgeting  Steps in Family Budgeting

Family Savings  Definition of Saving  Objectives  Types of Saving  Managing savings Bank Accounts UNIT III Personal Hygiene Care and maintenance of personal hygiene

Regulating diet for mental well being  Concept of mental well-being.  Food that improves memory power  Food that help to retain youthfulness

Human Rights in the Family  The Individual‘s right to have a family  Individuals rights and responsibilities within the family UNIT IV Eight Effective Consumer rights Nutrition Education  Concept of Nutrition Education  Planning of Nutritional Education Programme  Techniques of Nutrition Education Culinary Lab: Preparing Low Cost Nutritious Foods and Demonstration BIBLIOGRAPHY FAMILY CARE The Consumer Protection Act, 1986. Law Publishers, Allahabad, 2002. Gopalan, C., B.V, Rama Sastri, and S.C. Balasubramanian. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods. Hyderabad: National Institute of Nutrition, 1993.

363

Harsh, Bhanwar Lal. Human Rights Law in India: Protection and Implementation of the Human Rights Act, 1993. New Delhi: Regal Publications, 2011. Kumar, C. Raj, and K. Chockalingam, Human Rights Justice and Constitutional Empowerment. Oxford University Press, 2007. Mann, H. K., and. Balaram Mann. Home Management for Indian Families, Bombay: Seth Publishers, 1985. Mulleck, Prematha. Elements of Home Service. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers, 1983. Reddy, S.R. Teaching Health and Nutrition. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publication, 1997. Samraj, Edison. Best of Health. Pune: Oriental Watchman Publishing, 1994. Sathpal, Puliani. The Right to Information Act, 2005. Bangalore: Karnataka Law Journal Publications, 2012. Soundaraj, Stella. Text book of Household Arts. 4th ed. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1996. Varghese, M. A., N.N. Ogale, and K. Srinivasan. Home Management. New Delhi, New Age International, 1985. Varma, Mira et al. Child Nutrition: Problems and Prospects. Jaipur: Ina Shree Publishers, 1996. Journals:  Herald of Health. Family Magazine for Vibrant Health, Oriental Watchman Publishing House, Pune  Health Action, Health Action for all (HAFA) Secunderabad

Third Semester: BSW 333: Paper XI SOCIAL GROUP WORK Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  To understand group as an instrument of change  To foster an understanding of the basic values and group relationships in Social Group Work  To develop skills of working with groups  To promote understanding of Dynamics in groups  To develop self awareness in dealing with individuals in the group UNIT I Basic Values in Social Group Work  Belief in the dignity and worth of a Person  Social Justice  Mutual Responsibility  Multiculturalism  Empowerment  Self Determination  Confidentiality and Privacy  Skills and Techniques of Social Group Work

364

 Guidelines for Group Formation  Principles and Practice UNIT II

Dynamics in Group Process  Group Bond  Subgroups  Isolate – Neglected Isolate and Rejected Isolate  Group Hostility and Group Contagion  Group Conflict  Leadership

Principles relating to:  Communication and interaction patterns in group process  Group Cohesion  Social Control  Group culture  Group Development

UNIT III

Stages of Group Development  Pre-affiliation, Approach and Avoidance –Worker‘s Focus  Power Control – Worker‘s Focus  Intimacy – Worker‘s Focus  Differentiation – Worker‘s Focus  Separation – Worker‘s Focus

Principles of Programme Planning

Handling Groups Problem

 Eight commandments for a Group Leader

UNIT IV Group Work Models—Meaning and Purpose  Remedial Group  Task Group  Growth Group Buzz Group as a Programme Media

Camp as a Programme Media

365

 Purpose  Planning of a Camp  Advantages/Impact on Individuals

BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL GROUP WORK Corey, Marianne S, and Gerald Corey. Groups: Process and Practice. California: Brooks/Cole, 2002.

Donelson, R. Forsyth. Group Dynamics. 4th ed. New Delhi: Wadsworth, 2009.

Friedlander, Walter A. Concepts and Methods of Social Work. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1977.

Gupta, R. K. Social Group Work in India. Jaipur: Ritu Publications, 2014.

Gutierrez, Lorraine M., and Parsons Ruth J. Empowerment in Social Work Practice. Boston: Brooks/Cole, 1988.

Hoffman, Kays Sallee, and Allvin L. Social Work Practice: Bridges to Change. Boston: Alyn and Bacon, 1994.

Konopka, Gisela. Social Group Work: A Helping Process. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1972.

Mudgal, S.D. Social Work Education: Today and Tomorrow. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 1997.

Rameshwari, Devi, and Ravi Prakash. Social Work Practice. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2001.

Sheafor, Lawrence. Social Work in India. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal Pvt. Ltd, 1988.

Siddiqui, H.Y. Group Work: Theories and Practice. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2008.

Skidmore, Rex A., Milton G Thackeray, and O. William Farley. Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988.

Stroup, Herebert Hewitt. Social Work: An Introduction to the Field. 2nd ed. New Delhi; Eurasia Publishing House, 1960.

Toseland, Ronald W., and Robert F. Rivas. An Introduction to Group Work Practice. New York: Macmillan Publishing, 2009.

Trecker, Harleigh B. Social Group Work: Principles and Practice. New York: Association Press, 1975.

Wilson, Gertrude and Ryland Gladys. Social Group Work Practice: The Creative Use of the Social Process. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1949.

Zastrow, Charles H. The Practice of Social Work. 5th ed. California: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1995.

Social Work with Groups. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2009.

Journals:  The Indian Journal of Social Work. TATA Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.  Contemporary Social Work. Department of Social Work, Lucknow: Lucknow University, India.  Psychological Studies. Journal of the National Academy of Psychology, India

366

 Psychological Counselling. Christian Counselling Centre, Vellore.  International Social Work. Sage Publication  Perspective in Social Work. College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan, Mumbai.  Health Action. Health accessories for all (HAFA)

Third Semester: BSW 343: Paper XII EARLY STAGES OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:

 To develop an understanding of the characteristic and developmental stages of human life.  To develop an understanding of behaviour at different stages of development, and the needs and tasks of the period. UNIT –I

Introduction to Development  Definition and Nature of Developmental Psychology  Significant facts about development  Distinction between Growth and Development

Determinants of Human Growth and Behaviour  Heredity: Heredity endowment - Determination of Sex.  Environment: Internal and External. UNIT –II

Prenatal Period  How life begins: Conception  Stages of Pre-natal Development and its hazards  Germinal stage - Embryonic stage - Foetal stage

Factors influencing Pre-natal development  Internal and External factors

Birth Process  Stages of Child birth process, Types of Birth and its consequences  Twins: Identical and Fraternal UNIT –III Post-natal Period  Conditions influencing adjustment to postnatal life  Parental attitude  Post natal care

367

Infancy  Characteristics of Infancy  Major adjustments of Infancy  Physical and Psychological hazards Babyhood  Characteristics of Babyhood  Speech Development  Hazards of babyhood UNIT –IV

Early Childhood  Characteristics of early childhood  Social and Unsocial Behaviour Patterns  Hazards of early childhood

Late childhood  Influence of school  Social Grouping & Social Behaviour  Hazards of Late Childhood

BIBLIOGRAPHY EARLY STAGES OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Bhatia, Hans Raj. Elements of Psychology. Bombay: Somaiya Publication, 1970. Berk, E Laura. Child Development. New Delhi: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007. Chakravarthy, Madhumita. Child Psychology. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers, 2005.

Engler, Barbara. Personality Theories: An Introduction. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1991.

English, S. Pearson. Emotional Problems of Living. New York: W.W. Norton and Co., 1963.

Fieldman, S. Robert. Understanding Psychology. 4th ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1999.

Hurlock, E.B. Developmental Psychology: A Life Span Approach. 5th ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1999.

Jafar, Mahmud. Development Psychology. New Delhi: APH Publishing Corporation, 2004.

Nanda, V. K. Development Psychology. New Delhi: Surjeet Publication, 2004.

Paplia, Diane E. et al. Human Development. 9th ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2004.

Journals:  Indian Journal of Applied Psychology  Indian Journal of Social Work, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.

368

Third Semester: BSW 353: Paper XIII HEALTH CARE Theory marks: 80 Internal Assessment marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching hours: 48 Objectives:  To develop an understanding of the Holistic concept of Health  To develop an understanding of the health situation in India  To develop an understanding about mental disorders  To develop sensitivity towards environmental issues  To promote healthy life style UNIT – I

Health: Definition, Dimensions of Health

Determinants of Health Indicators of Health

Mental Health  Warning signals of poor mental health  Causes of mental health problems  Types of mental illness UNIT – II

First aid during emergency- contents of the first aid box

 Objects in the ear, nose, eye  Bleeding from nose and bleeding due to other injuries  Bites- snake bite, dog bite, insect bite  Burns  Electric shock, lightning  Fainting, epilepsy  Poisoning - food poisoning  Suffocation – drowning, choking  Fractures, fall and bandages

Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) UNIT – III

Introduction to the systems of medicine – Ayurveda, Allopathy, Homeopathy, Naturopathy and Unani Female Health Problems and Home Remedies/Management:

369

(a) Anaemia (b) Vaginal Discharge (c) Amenorrhoea (absence of menstruation) (d) Dysmenorrhoea (pain during menstruation) (e) Menorrhagia (excessive menstruation)

Guidelines for Pregnant Women  Guidelines for Women after Delivery

UNIT – IV Stress  Definition, Causes of Stress  Physical signals of Stress  Effects of Stress  Simple Ways to Manage Stress

Obesity  Causes for Obesity  Managing Obesity  Cholesterol Management

Cancer  Causes of Cancer  Prevention and Control

Heart attack  Causes  Prevention

Diabetes Mellitus  Causes  Prevention and Care

Blood Pressure (BP) & Acidity  Causes  Prevention and Care

370

BIBLIOGRAPHY HEALTH CARE

Batra, Promod. Simple Ways to Manage Stress. New Delhi: Think Inc, 1996.

Chandrashekar, C.R. Mental Disorders: Your Beliefs Right or Wrong?, Bangalore: Navakarnataka Publications, 1998

Improve your Mental Health and Efficiency. Bangalore: Navakarnataka Publications, 2010.

Mind your Mind. Bangalore: Navakarnataka Publications, 2010

Ghai, O.P. Management of Primary Health Care. New Delhi: Interprint, 1985.

Goel, Rajnesh. Community Health Care. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 2008.

Goel, S.L. Health Care Administration: Levels and Aspects. Bangalore: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore, 1984.

The Green Action Guide. 2nd ed. Centre for Environment Education. Ministry of Human Resource Development, Govt. of India, 2006.

Gulani, K.K. Community Health Nursing: Principles and Practices. New Delhi:Kumar Publishing House, 2009.

Hegde, B.M. How to Maintain Good Health. Bangalore: UBS Publishers Distributors Ltd., 1997.

India Year Book 2018. New Delhi: Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India, 2018.

Information Guide to Hasyayag Laughter Therapy. Mumbai: Priyadarshini Laughter Club International, Priyadarshini Academy

Jange, Ward, Dorothy, and James Murich. Winning ways in Health Care. London: Wesley Publishing House, 1981.

Jayaraman, Rukmani. Give Them Facts: Help Them Decide. Chennai: TT Rangahathan Clinical Research Foundation, 2000.

Kumar, Seema. Over 1000 Health Hints for One and All. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2006.

Mackenzie, Francis. The Penguin Guide to Family Health. New Delhi: Heath Harmony, 1999. Mangal, S.K. Educational Psychology for B.Ed. Correspondence and Regular Students. Ludhiana: Tandon Publications, 2006. Manorama Yearbook 2019. Kottayam: Malayala Manorama, 2019. Mathur, J.S. Introduction to Social and Preventive Medicine. Mumbai: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., 1971. Murthy, N.A., and Pandey D.P. Ayurvedic Cure for Common Diseases. New Delhi: Orient Paperbacks. Padree, Shree. Rain Water Harvesting. Thrissur: Altermedia, 2003.

Palmer, Stephen, and Cary Cooper. How to Deal with Work Stress. The Sunday Times, 2006.

371

Park, K., Park‘s Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine. Jabalpur: M/S Banarasidas, 2009.

Pillai, Rajendra. Youth and Drugs. Mumbai: Better Yourself Books, 1997.

Rao, Ramesh B., and Chandra. Vermi Composting. Mangalore: KUIDFC KUDCEMP, 2006.

Swarnkar, Keshav. Community Health Nursing. Indore: NR Brothers Publishers, 2009.

Thapur, G.D. All You Need to Know about Heart Attack. Hyderabad: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Tribhuvan, Robin D. Studies in Tribal, Rural and Urban Development. (Vol.2) New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 2000.

Journals:  Health  Health Action  Health Herald  Swasth Hind  Women‘s Health Journal

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

EA¢gÁ eÉÊ¥ÀæPÁ±ï – ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«eÁÕ£À - ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CzÀgÀ dUÀvÀÄÛ, ¸À¥Àß §ÄPïºË¸ï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1998.

±ÉnÖ ¦. PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÀlgÁeï n.Dgï. - ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ: ªÀÄÄAzÉÃ£ÀÄ?, ¥ÀjµÀgÀ «eÁÕ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1998. gÉÊ.¦. ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ – £ÀªÀÄä ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ, £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2000.

²æÃ ¥ÀqÉæ – £É®-d® G½¹, zÀ.PÀ. ¥Àj¸ÀgÁ¸ÀPÀÛ MPÀÆÌl £ÁUÀjPÀ ¸ÉÃªÁ læ¸ïÖ (j), ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1997.

²æÃ ¥ÀqÉæ – UÀÄdgÁw£À ¤ÃgÀ weÉÆÃj - mÁAPÁ, ªÀiÁUÀðzÀ²ð ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2001.

PÁ¼É r. gÁzsÁ - ¤¸ÀUÀðzÀ PÉÆqÀÄUÉ JgÉºÀÄ¼ÀÄ – JgÉUÉÆ§âgÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÉÃªÁ læ¸ïÖ, ªÉÄÃ®ÄPÉÆÃmÉ, 1993.

ºÀ£ÉºÀ½î zÉÃªÀÅ – PÁqÀÄ PÁqÉAzÀgÉ, PÉ.AiÀÄÄ.L.r.J¥sï.¹. – PÀÄqÉìA¥ï AiÉÆÃd£É, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2006. zÉÃªÀzÁ¸ï °Ã¯ÁªÀw – ºÉuÉÚÃ ¤£Àß DgÉÆÃUÀå PÁ¥ÁrPÉÆÃ, ZÀAzÀ£À ¥À©èµÀgïì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ r¹Öç§Æålgïì, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2003.

PÁªÀÄvï C£ÀÄgÁzsÀ – CqÀÄUÉªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è DAiÀÄÄªÉÃðzÀ, £ÀªÀ¨sÁgÀvÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2007.²æÃzsÀgï C. – Kqïì - ºÉZï.L.«., ¤AiÀÄAvÀætPÉÌ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«eÁÕ£ÀzÀ vÀAvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, «PÀæªÀiï ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2010. gÁªï J. gÀªÉÄÃ±ï – PÁå£Àìgï AiÀiÁjUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ KPÉ §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ?, £ÀªÀ¨sÁgÀvÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2007.

372

Third Semester: BSW 363: Paper XIV NON FORMAL EDUCATION Theory Marks 80 Internal Assessment 20 Total Marks: 100 Total Hours: 48 Objectives:  To develop a critical understanding of formal education in India and the need for non-formal education  To understand the magnitude of the problem of illiteracy in India and government efforts at eradicating illiteracy  To understand the need and role of adult and continuing education UNIT – I

Education  Meaning and Importance of Education  Objectives of Education  Four Pillars of Learning—UNESCO Document  Modes of Education: Informal, Formal & Non-formal

Formal Education in India  Historical Perspective: Ancient, Medieval, British and Post-Independent Periods  Structure of Education System in India

Formal Education: Critical Evaluation  Critical Evaluation of Formal Education in India  Commercialisation of Education UNIT – II

Deschooling Movement  Concept of Deschooling  Ivan Illich and Deschooling Society

Non-Formal Education (NFE)  Definitions, Characteristics and Scope  Objectives of NFE  Clientele of NFE  Agencies of NFE

Non-formal Educator  Role of NFE Educator or Instructor  Qualities of an Educator

373

UNIT – III Illiteracy in India  Causes of Illiteracy  Eradication of Illiteracy: Government efforts before and after Independence  National Literacy Mission  Concept of Functional Literacy

NFE: International Experiments  Danish Folk High Schools  Literacy Campaign in Cuba

Adult Education  Meaning and Scope  Characteristics of Adult Learners  Principles of Adult Learning  Adult Education in India: Critical Evaluation UNIT – IV

Continuing Education  Concept of Continuing Education  Post-literacy and Continuing Education  Lifelong Learning

Non-formal Education for Children  Situation of Children in India  NFE for Pre-school Children  NFE for Working Children

Non-formal Education for Women  Characteristics of NFE for Women  NFE Programmes for Women

374

BIBLIOGRAPHY NON FORMAL EDUCATION

Chandra, Arvinda, and Anupama Shah. Non-formal Education for All. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1987.

Ghosh, Suresh C. History of Education in India. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2016.

Mohanty, S. B. Non-formal Education. Allahabad: Chug Publications, 1985.

Mohanty, Jaganath. 2nd ed. Adult and Non-formal Education. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications PVT. Ltd., 2002

Mookerji, Radha Kumud. Ancient Indian Education: Brahmanical and Buddhist. New Delhi: Cosmo Publications, 1999.

Nagappa, T. R., and H. R. Chandraavadana Rao. Towards Total Literacy. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1997.

Naik, J. P. Some Perspectives on Non-formal Education. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1977.

Pandya, Rameshwari. Adult and Non Formal Education. New Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 2010.

Pillai, P. Ramachandra. Non-formal Education. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2002.

Reddy, R.S. Adult and Non-Formal Education. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers, 1999

Rogers, Alan. Teaching Adults. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1989.

Rothwell, William J. Adult Learning Basics. Delhi: Cengage Learning India, 2008.

Sharma, Seema. History of Education. New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 2008.

Singh, R. P. Non-formal Education: An Alternative Approach. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1987.

Journals:  Journal of Higher Education. University Grants Commission.  New Frontiers in Education. International Journal of Education. Lokabodhan Kendra.  Perspectives in Education. A Journal of the Society for Educational Research and Development.

375

Fourth Semester: BSW 334: Paper XVI SOCIAL CASE WORK

Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  To develop knowledge and understanding in working with individuals  To foster skills on interviewing and recording in Social Case Work  To enable students to use supportive techniques while dealing with individual

UNIT I

Social Case Work  Concept of Social Case Work

Tools of Social Case Work  Observation  Listening  Home Visit  Collateral Contact  Relationship- Transference and Counter Transference  Recording

Interview in Social Case Work  Purpose.  Basic Rules  Specific Skills  Essential Qualities UNIT II

Components of Social Case Work  Person  Problem  Place  Process UNIT III Social Case Work Intervention  Meaning of Intervention  Principles of Intervention

Categories of Intervention  School Counselling Services

376

Developing Sensitivity towards Children  Tolerating Alternative Behaviour  Building an attitude of Acceptance  Providing Appreciation  Revisualising Relationships in School  Peer Relationship UNIT IV

Role of School and Home in the Life of a child

Issues and Challenges in School Mental Health

Common Problems Identifiable among Children and Adolescents  Academic Difficulties  Problems in behaviour and Conduct  Social Relations and Adjustment  The Danger of Labelling. BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL CASE WORK

Bhattacharya, Sanjay. Social Work: An Integrated Approach. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2004.

Biestek, Felix P. The Casework Relationship. London: Unwin University Books, 1970.

Friedlander, Walter A. Concepts and Methods of Social Work. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1977.

Gutierrez, Lorraine M., and Parsons Ruth J. Empowerment in Social Work Practice. Boston: Brooks/Cole, 1988.

Hoffman, Kays Sallee, and Allvin L. Social Work Practice: Bridges to Change. Boston: Alyn and Bacon, 1994.

Mathew, Grace. An Introduction to Social Case Work. Mumbai: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1992.

Misra, P.D. and Beena Misra. Social Work Profession in India. Lucknow: New Royal Book Co., 2004.

Mudgal, S.D. Social Work Education: Today and Tomorrow. Jaipur: Book Enclave, 1997.

Pearlman, Helen Harris. Social Case Work Relationship: A Problem Solving Process. London: The University of Chicago Press, 1967.

Rameshwari, Devi, and Ravi Prakash. Social Work Practice. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2001.

Ranganathan, Namitha., and Wadhwa, Toolika. Guidance and Counselling for Children and Adolescents in Schools. New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2017.

Sheafor, Lawrence. Social Work in India. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal Pvt. Ltd, 1988.

Siddiqui, H.Y. Group Work: Theories and Practice. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2008.

377

Skidmore, Rex A., Milton G Thackeray, and O. William Farley. Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988.

Stroup, Herbert Hewitt. Social Work: An Introduction to the Field. 2nd ed. New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing House, 1960.

Toseland, Ronald W., and Robert F. Rivas. An Introduction to Group Work Practice. New York: Macmillan Publishing, 2009.

Trecker, Harleigh B. Social Group Work: Principles and Practice. New York:Associate Press, 1975.

Upadhay, R. K. Social Case Work. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2003.

Wilson, Gertrude and Ryland Gladys. Social Group Work Practice: The Creative Use of the Social Process. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1949.

Zastrow, Charles H. The Practice of Social Work. 5th ed. California: Wadsworth Publishing Co.,1995.

Social Work with Groups. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2009.

Journals:  The Indian Journal of Social Work. TATA Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai  Contemporary Social Work. Department of Social Work, Lucknow: Lucknow University, India  Psychological Studies. Journal of the National Academy of Psychology, India  Psychological Counselling. Christian Counselling Centre, Vellore  International Social Work. Sage Publication  Perspective in Social Work. College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan, Mumbai  Health Action. Health accessories for all (HAFA)

Fourth Semester: BSW 344: Paper XVII HUMAN GROWTH AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT Theory Marks: 80 Internal Assessment Marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching Hours: 48 Objectives:  To facilitate an understanding of characteristic behaviour, at different stages of development from Puberty to Old age.  To develop capacity to work in the interdisciplinary team as a Social Worker  To develop an understanding of the concept of personality and factors affecting it.  To acquire knowledge of various schools of thought with reference to Personality Development

UNIT-I Personality Development: Meaning of Personality - Factors affecting personality.

378

Tools of Personality Assessment:  Psychometric Test  Rating scales  Questionnaires  Projective Techniques

Defence Mechanisms:  Concept and meaning  Types of Defence Mechanisms.

Theory of Personality:  Freud‘s Theory: Id, Ego, Super Ego UNIT –II

Puberty:  Stages of Puberty  Primary and Secondary Sex Characteristics

Adolescence:  Characteristics of Adolescence  Body Changes during Adolescence  Social Changes during Adolescence  Role of Professional Social Workers in dealing with problems of Adolescence

UNIT- III Adulthood:  Characteristics of Adulthood.  Conditions influencing vocational satisfaction  Marital Adjustments  Hazards: vocational and marital

Middle age:  Adjustments in family, Personal and social Hazards, Preparation for old age

Maslow Theory:  Maslow‘s self-actualization theory

379

UNIT IV

Old Age:  Characteristics of Old Age  Common physical hazards of Old age.

Mental Health Problems  Alzheimer‘s disease  Depression.

Relationships with Maturing Children  The Empty Nest - Parenting Grown – The Cluttered Nest.

BIBLIOGRAPHY HUMAN GROWTH AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Agochiya, Devendra. Life Competencies for Adolescents. New Delhi: Sage Publications, 2010.

Berk, E Laura. Child Development. 7th ed. New Delhi: Pearson, 2007. Chaturvedi, Ramesh. Encyclopaedia of Guidance and Counselling. New Delhi: Crescent Publication Corporation, 2008.

Dusek, Jerome B. Adolescent Behaviour and Development. New York: Science Research Associates, 1977.

Engler, Barbara. Personality Theories: An Introduction. 3rd ed. New York: Houghton Miffin Company, 1991.

Feldman, Robert S. Understanding Psychology. 4th ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1997.

Garden, Iraj. Human Development. Bombay: D.B. Taraoreval Sons Company Pvt. Ltd., 1970.

Hilgard, Earnest R., et al. Introduction to Psychology. New York: Harcourt Brace Javanouich Inc., 1975.

Hurlock, Elizabeth B. Developmental Psychology. 3rd ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1995.

Morgan, Clifford T., Richard A. King, and Nancy M. Robinson. Introduction to Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1979.

Morgan, C.T., et al. Introduction to Psychology. 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002.

Nanda, V. K. Development Psychology, New Delhi: Surjeet Publication, 2004.

Paplia, Diane E., et al. Human Development. 9th ed. New York: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2004. Santrock, John W. Adolescence, 11th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2007.

Shaffer, David R., and Katherine Kipp. Developmental Psychology: Childhood and Adolescence. 7th ed. New York: Thomson Wadsworth, 2007.

380

Sharma, R. N. Developmental Psychology. New Delhi: Surjeet Publication, 2000. Shrimali, Sunder Shyam. Child Development. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2008.

Sigelman, Carol K., and Rider A. Elizabeth. Human Development. New Delhi: Wadsworth, 2003.

Journals:  Modern Practical Psychology  Journal of Psychological Counselling  Indian Journal of Social Work

Fourth Semester: BSW 354: Paper XVIII HEALTH EDUCATION Theory marks: 80 Internal Assessment marks: 20 Total marks: 100 Teaching hours: 48 Objectives:  To understand the common misconceptions, attitudes and practices related to health problems.  To develop knowledge and skills for improving the status of health

UNIT – I Health Education  Meaning, Definition, Aims and Objectives,  Principles of Health Education

Methods in Health Communication a) Individual Approach b) Group Approach c) Mass Approach.

Myths/ reality about mentally ill and their behaviour Myths/ reality about treatment of mental illness

UNIT – II Communicable Diseases  Modes of Disease Transmission  Principles of Disease Control and Prevention

Respiratory Infections  Agent, Host, Symptoms, Incubation Period, Mode of Transmission, Prevention of (a) Chickenpox (b) Measles (c) German Measles (d) Mumps (e) Diphtheria (f) Whooping Cough (g) Tuberculosis

UNIT – III Intestinal Infections  Agent, Host, Symptoms, Incubation Period, Mode of Transmission, Prevention of (a) Poliomyelitis (b) Viral Hepatitis (c) Cholera (d) Diarrhoea (e) Dysentery (f) Typhoid Fever (g) Hookworm Infection.

381

Arthropod – borne infections  Agent, Host, Symptoms, Incubation Period, Mode of Transmission, Prevention of (a) Dengue Fever (b) Malaria (c) Filariasis (d) Chikungunya UNIT – IV

Zoonoses  Agent, Host, Symptoms, Incubation Period, Mode of Transmission, Prevention of (a) Rabies (b) Kyasanur Forest Disease.

Surface Infections  Agent, Host, Symptoms, Incubation Period, Mode of Transmission Prevention of (a) Tetanus (b) Leprosy (c) Sexually Transmitted Diseases (Syphilis, Gonorrhoea, Cancroids) (d) HIV / AIDS. Role of Social Work in the field of Health

BIBLIOGRAPHY HEALTH EDUCATION Ghai, O.P. Management of Primary Health Care. New Delhi: Interprint, 1985.

Goel, S.L. Health Care Administration: Levels and Aspects. Bangalore: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1984.

Home Facts. Chicago: World Book Inc., 1988.

India Year Book 2018. New Delhi: Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India.

Jongeward, Dorothy, and James Murich. Winning Ways in Health Care. London: Wesley Publishing House, 1981.

Manorama Year Book 2019. Malayala Manorama. Kottayam.

Mathur, J.S, Introduction to Social and Preventive Medicine. Mumbai: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., 1971.

Park, K. Park’s Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine. Jabalpur: M/S Banarasidas, 2005.

Pocket Health Guides. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal.

Ramachandran, L., and Dhamalingam J. Health Education: A New Approach. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing Housing Pvt. Ltd., 1996.

Werner, David. Where there is No Doctor. New Delhi: Voluntary Health Association, 1994.

382

Werner, David and Bill Bower. Helping Health Workers Learn. New Delhi: Voluntary Health Association, 1982.

Journals:

 Health Action  Swasth Hind  Health Herald  Women‘s Health Journal  Tharanga  Sudha PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ «PÀÖgï gÁræUÀ¸ï – DgÉÆÃUÀå zÀ²ð¤, ®AiÀÄ£ïìPÀè¨ï, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2005.

EA¢gÁ eÉÊ¥ÀæPÁ±ï – ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«eÁÕ£À - ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CzÀgÀ dUÀvÀÄÛ, ¸À¥Àß §ÄPïºË¸ï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1998. zÉÃªÀzÁ¸ï °Ã¯ÁªÀw – ºÉuÉÚÃ ¤£Àß DgÉÆÃUÀå PÁ¥ÁrPÉÆÃ, ZÀAzÀ£À ¥À©èµÀgïì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ r¹Öç§Æålgïì, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2003.

²æÃzsÀgï C. – Kqïì - ºÉZï.L.«., ¤AiÀÄAvÀætPÉÌ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«eÁÕ£ÀzÀ vÀAvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, «PÀæªÀiï ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2010. gÁªï J. gÀªÉÄÃ±ï – PÁå£Àìgï AiÀiÁjUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ KPÉ §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ?, £ÀªÀ¨sÁgÀvÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2007. Fourth Semester: BSW 364: Paper XIX EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE Theory Marks 80 Internal Assessment 20 Total Marks: 100 Total Hours: 48 Objectives:  To critically analyse the Indian Situation and examine the role of education for social change  To understand the various approaches of education and non-formal education in the Indian context  To effectively develop skills and techniques for effective teaching UNIT – I Social Analysis  Meaning of social analysis  Need for social analysis  Macro and Micro analysis

383

Indian Situational Analysis  India: Basic Facts and Contradictions  Socio-economic Situation  Cultural Situation  Political Scenario

Education and Social Mobility  Concept of Social Mobility  Education for Social Mobility  Education and Protective Discrimination

UNIT – II Paulo Freire’s Pedagogy  Banking Concept of Education  Methodology of Freire  Conscientization Process

Distance and Open Education  Objectives of Distance Education  Distance Education Technologies  The Open School System  Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU): Features and Programmes  Online Education: E-learning

Street Theatre  Elements of Street Theatre  Street Theatre for Conscientization

UNIT – III

Methodology of Education  Overview of Teaching Methods  Learning and Stages of learning

Teaching Aids  Charts, Posters, Collage  Chalkboard, Flash Cards Role Play  Meaning and Procedure  Uses of Role play

384

Puppetry  Types of Puppets  Uses of Puppetry UNIT – IV Simulations  Simulations and Games  Uses and Limitations of Simulations

Group Discussion  Procedure  Advantages and Limitations

Brainstorming  Steps in Brainstorming  Advantages and Limitations BIBLIOGRAPHY EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE Dahama, O. P., and O. P. Bhatnagar. Education and Communication for Development. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., 1985.

Dash, M. Education in India: Problems and Perspectives. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, 2000.

Desrochers, John. Education for Social Change. Bangalore: CSA Publications, 1987.

Dietrich, Gabriele, and Bas Wielenga. Towards Understanding Indian Society.Madurai: Tamilnadu Theological Seminary, 1997.

Dreze, Jean, and Amartya Sen. India: Development and Participation. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2002.

Freire, Paulo. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Penguin Education, 1974.

Jayaram, N. Sociology of Education in India. rev. ed. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2015

Kochhar, S. K. Methods and Techniques of Teaching. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1990.

Mali, M. G. Adult Education in India. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publishers, 1984.

Mishra, Manju. Education in Emerging Indian Society. New Delhi: Alfa Publications, 2007.

Mohanty, Jaganath. Modern Trends in Educational Technology. New Delhi: Neelkamal Publications, 2013.

Shah, B. V., and K. B. Shah. Sociology of Education. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 1998.

Shah, Anupama and Uma Joshi. Puppetry and Folk Dramas for Non-formal Education. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1992.

Thakur, Anil Kumar, and Manish Dev. Education, Growth and Development. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications, 2010.

385

Journals:  Adult Education and Development. Institute for International Cooperation of the German Adult Education Association.  Indian Journal of Adult Education. Indian Adult Education Association.  New Frontiers in Education. International Journal of Education.  Perspectives in Education. A Journal of the Society for Educational Research and Development.

386

Fifth Semester: BSW 335: Paper XXI FAMILY CENTRED PRACTICE Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To understand family complexities, their interrelatedness and impact on individuals and families  To develop an understanding of changing factors of family life and work balance  To facilitate students to work towards Family Life Enrichment  To enable students to develop skills of intervention

UNIT – I Dynamics of Family  Family Cohesion  Family Communication  Family Role performance  Family decision making  Family adaptability

New Trends affecting Families  Dysfunctional Family  Signs of Unhealthy Parenting  Dysfunctional Parenting Styles

Children in Dysfunctional Families Impact of Family Complexity on Children

UNIT – II Balancing Family and work  Occupational stress in relation to Family Complexity  Causes and effects of occupational stress

Factors of family life and work life balance  Innovative strategies for work life balance  Social support system

Counselling  Definition  Simple guidance and counselling techniques  General Characteristics of an effective Counsellor

387

UNIT – III Parents in need of professional help  Over emotional parents  Over protective parents  Alcoholic parents  Divorced parents Crisis: Theory and Practice  Meaning and types of crisis  Identifying people in crisis  Meaning of crisis intervention  Techniques of crisis intervention

Family Centered Principles of Partnership

UNIT – IV

Understanding Life style related problems of Youth  Concept of Risk Behavior  Substance Abuse: Alcohol, Tobacco use  Sexual Behaviour  Violence and Injuries

Family Intervention  Meaning of Intervention  Major areas of family Intervention

BIBLIOGRAPHY FAMILY CENTRED PRACTICE

Bhardwaj, Varun. Youth Development. Jaipur: Priyanka Publishing House, 2014 Butler, Ian, and Gwenda Roberts. Social work with Children and Families:

Getting into Practice. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 1997.

Davey, Jill, and Jenny Bigmore. Introducing Child Care Social Work: Contemporary Policy and Practice. Exeter. Learning matters Ltd., 2009.

Desai, Murali. Family and Interventions: A Course Compendium. Bombay: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1994.

Desai, Murali, and Shaline Bhara. Indian Bibliography on the Family. Bombay: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1995.

Enhancing the Role of the family as an Agency for Social and Economic Development. Tata Institute of Social Sciences. Mumbai: 1994.

388

Ginott, Haim G. Between Parent and Child. New York: Macmillan, 1967.Howard, Dubowilz, and Diane Depanfells. ed. Hand book for Child Protection Practice. New Delhi: Sage publications, 2000.

Kate, Sapin. Essential Skills for Youth Work Practice. London: Sage Publications, 2009.

Khasgiwala, Aruna. Family Dynamics: Social Work Perspective. New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 1993.

Mace, David. R. Prevention in Family Services: Approaches to Family Wellness. New Delhi: Sage Publication Pvt. Ltd., 1985.

Mantell, Andy, and Terry Scragg. Safeguarding Adults in Social Work. Exeter: Learning Matters Ltd, 2008.

Nagendra, Shilaja. Social Work in Child Health Care. Rajasthan: ABD Publishers, 2008.

Parad, H, and Coplan G. ed. Crisis Intervention: Selected Readings. New York: Family Association of America, 1983.

Parankemalil, John. Progressive Parenting: The Definitive Resource Book. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2008

Patel, Sarjoo, and Veena Gandotra. ed. Ageing: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Jaipur: Rawat publications, 2011.

Peter, Kennison, and Antony Goodman. Children as Victims: Creating Integrated Services. Exeter: Learning Matters Ltd., 2008.

Rameshwari, Devi, and Ravi Prakash. Social Work Practice. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2001.

Ranganathan, Namitha, and Wadhwa, Toolika. Guidance and Counselling for Children and Adolescents in Schools. New Delhi: Sage Publications India, 2017. Robert, W. Roberts, and Nee Robert H. ed. Theories of Social Case Work. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1970.

Samuel. Problem Solving in Families: Research and Practice. New Delhi: Sage Publications, 1999. Schwartz, Mary Ann, and Barbara Marliene Scott. Marriages and Families. 3rd ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000.

Sebastian, Jimmy. Effective Care giving in Dementia: A Learning Module for Caregivers. Bangalore: NIMHANS

Shankar, Singh Ram. Social Work and Family Intervention. Jaipur: A B D Publishers, 2011.

Shirwadkar, Swati, ed. Family violence in India: Human Rights, Issues, Actions and International Comparisons. Jaipur: Rawat publications, 2009.

Skidmore, Rex A., et al. Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1970.

Steven, R Rose. Group Work with Children and Adolescents: Prevention and Intervention in School and Community Systems. New Delhi: Sage Publication 1998.

Vasani, J.P. Good Parenting. New Delhi: Sterling Paperbacks, 2007.

Wadkar, Alka. Life Skills for Success. New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2016.

389

Journals:  The Indian Journal of Social Work: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai  Contemporary Social Work: Department of Social Work, Lucknow University  Psychological Studies: Journal of the National Academy of Psychology  Psychological Counselling: Christian Counselling Centre, Vellore  International Social Work: Sage Publication  Perspective in Social Work: College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan  Health Action: Health accessories for all (HAFA)

Fifth Semester: BSW 345: Paper XXII SOCIAL WORK WITH COMMUNITIES

Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To understand Community Organization as a Method of Social Work  Developing values and attitudes appropriate to working with groups of people belonging to different cultural, religious, socio-economic and political background  Develop understanding of community dynamics, power structures and conflicts situation that affect people in communities UNIT I Introduction to Community  Meaning and Definitions  Characteristics of a Community

Rural and Urban Communities  Definitions and Characteristics of Urban and Rural Communities  Differences between Rural and Urban Community

Tribal Communities  Concept of Tribe  Characteristics of Tribal Communities  Case Study of Koragas UNIT II History of Community Work in India  Ancient India  Period of Enlightened Kings  Colonial rule  Rural Reconstruction movement  Period of Experimental Community Development Projects  Community Development Project & Programme (NES)

Community Work as a Process  Community Work as a process

390

 Qualities required by a Community Worker  Knowledge needed for a Community Worker

UNIT III Dynamics in Communities  Caste and Class factor in Communities; Gender Differences; Power dynamics; Sub-group relationship; Organization and Association; Informal groups; Social Conflicts; Apathy and prejudices; value system.

Methods and Techniques of Community Work  Fact Finding; Survey  Analysis  Planning and Implementation  Evaluation UNIT IV Skills of an Effective Community Organizer  Problem Analysis, Resource Mobilization, Conflict Resolution, Organizing Meeting, Writing Reports, Networking, Training

Panchayat Raj  Meaning  History of Panchayat Raj  Objectives of Panchayat Raj  The Panchayat Raj System BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL WORK WITH COMMUNITIES Amit, H.R. Participatory Approaches to Development. Mangalore: Institute for Social Development, 2000. Biddle, W.W., and Biddle L.J. The Community Development Process. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1965.

Dahama, O. P., and O. P. Bhatnagar. Education and Communication for Development. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., 1985.

Dhama, O.P. Extension and Rural Welfare. Agra: Ram Prasad & Sons, 1968. Datar, Sudha, et al., eds. Skill Training for Social Workers: A Manual. New Delhi: Sage Publications India, 2010. Desmond, D‘Abreo. From Development Worker to Activist. Mangalore: DEEDS, 1989. Gangrade, K.D. Community Organisation in India. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1971. Goel, S.L., and Rajneesh Shalini. Panchayati Raj in India. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 2003. Henderson, Paul, and David N. Thomas, ed. Readings in Community Work.London: George Allen and Unwim Ltd., 1981. Herper, E.B., and A. Dunham. Community Organisation in Action. New York:Association Press, 1959. Sanders, Irvin. Making Good Communities Better. Bombay: Allied Pacific Private Limited, 1953. Stephen, T.S. Project Formulation for Voluntary Organisations. Bhubaneshwar: PDC, 1994. Journals:

391

 Participative Development. Centre for Social Research and Development.  Journal of Social Work and Development Issues. Udaipur School of Social Work.  Social Change. Journal of the Council for Social Development. Fifth Semester: BSW 355: Paper XXIII SOCIAL WELFARE ADMINSITRATION Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To develop an understanding of basic concepts of Administration in Social Work Practice  To expose the ability to apply the basic principles of Social Welfare  To provide necessary knowledge of Administration of Welfare Organisation  Develop an understanding of the organisation as a system

UNIT – I Conceptual Frame Work  Social Welfare and Social Service  Public Administration

Social Welfare Administration  Principles of Social Welfare Administration  Functions of Social Welfare Administration (POSDCORB)

Social Welfare Schemes  Concept of Social Security  Social Insurance  Social Assistance  Public Assistance UNIT –II Social Welfare Programmes of Government in Karnataka National and International Welfare Organisation  Meaning and Characteristics of Welfare Organisation  Funding Agencies: National and International.

Registration of Welfare organisation  Registration as a Society  Registration as a Trust

Administration of Registered Welfare Agencies  Functions of General body  Role and Responsibilities and Functions of Office bearer President, Secretary and Treasurer

392

UNIT-III Central Social Welfare Board  Objectives and functions of Central Social Welfare Board  State Social Welfare Advisory Board- Role and Functions Grant in Aid for Social Welfare  Concept of Grant in Aid:  Conditions and procedures involved to get Funding assistance from Internal and External organisations

Programmes and Schemes of the Central Social Welfare Board  Holiday camps  Hostels for Working Women  Awareness Generation Projects  Condensed Courses of Education  Socio-economic Programmes  Family Counselling Centres UNIT –IV Agency Administration  Concept of Organisation and Management

Executive Responsibility  Qualities of Executive.  Required Knowledge for an Executive.  Responsibilities and Functions of Executive.

Problems faced by Welfare Organisations: Voluntary/ NGOs  General and Specific Problems of Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs)  Remedial measures BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL WELFARE ADMINISTRATION Bhattacharya, Sanjay. Social Work Administration. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2006. Social Work: An Integrated Approach, Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2004.

Chowdry, Paul D. Social Welfare Administration. New Delhi: Atma Ram and Sons, 1990.

Dhama, O.P. Extension and Rural Welfare. Agra: Ram Prasad & Sons,1986.

Dubey, S.N. Social Welfare Policy and Social Welfare Service. Bombay: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1972.

Goel, S. L. Social Welfare Administration: Social Justice and Empowerment.Vol.1& 2. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

John, Ray. Executive Responsibilities. New York: Association Press, 1954.

Johri, P.K. Social Administration. New Delhi: Anmol Publication, 2007.

393

Mazumdar, Ammu Menon. Social Welfare in India. Bombay: Asian Publishing House, 1964.

Patel, A.K., and Dubey M.V. Philosophy of Social Work. New Delhi: Crescent Publication Corporation, 2010.

Rameshwari, Devi, and Ravi Prakash. Social Work and Social Welfare Administration: Methods and Practices. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 1998.

Ranjana, Devi. Social Welfare: Concepts and Theory. New Delhi: Omega Publications, 2009.

Sachedeva, D.R. Social Welfare Administration, New Delhi: Kitab Mahal, 2009.

Skidmore, R.A. Social Work Administration. Boston: Allyn & Bocan, 1995.

White, Leonard D. Introduction to the Study of Public Administration. New Delhi: Surjeet Publication, 2007. Young, P.V. Mastering Social Welfare. London: Macmillan Press, 1998.

Fifth Semester: BSW 365: Paper XXIV PROBLEMS OF INDIAN SOCIETY Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60

Objectives:  To understand the nature of Poverty and its magnitude in India  To develop the capacity to analyse problems, identify causes and the implications of these problems in relation to the individual, Family and society  To develop the capacity to review the existing development approaches of both the Government and the Non-Government Organizations UNIT-I Poverty  Meaning and definition of Poverty  Causes of Poverty

Measurement of Poverty  Concept of Poverty Line: Meaning and definition

Different Approaches to measure poverty  Absolute Poverty, Relative poverty, Human Development Index (HDI), Human Poverty Index (HPI)  Importance of social work in poverty alleviation

UNIT-II

Responding to Poverty  Poor relief

394

 Social Protection  Strategic intervention  Prevention  Indirect responses. Governmental Programmes  Drought Prone area Programmes  Ayushman Bharat Health Scheme  National Family Benefit Scheme (NFBS).

Approaches and Strategies of NGOs  Inclusive participation  Role of NGOs in poverty alleviation

UNIT-III Unemployment  Unemployment situation in India  Classification of Unemployment  Causes and remedies

Responding to Problem of Unemployment  Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana (PMKVY)  Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana  Employment Guarantee Programme based on MNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act, 2005)  NGOs in Emerging Self /Employment Training Programmes.

UNIT –IV Housing  Meaning  Current Housing situation and challenges  Problems of Slums  Public private partnership in building affordable housing in India

Rural and Urban Housing Programmes  Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana  Pradhan Mantri Gramin Awaas Yojana [ BIBLIOGRAPHY PROBLEMS OF INDIAN SOCIETY

Barreto, D. The Indian Situation. Bangalore: C.S.A. Publication, 1998.

Chaturvedi, Pradeep. Rural Energy for Sustainable Development: Technology and Environmental Issues. Concept Publishing Company,1998.

395

Dandekar, V.M., and Nilakantha Rath. Poverty in India. Poona: Indian School of Political Economy, 1971.

Dewett, K. K., and Varma, J.D. Indian Economics. New Delhi: Shyamlal Charitable Trust, 2000.

Dutt, Rudder, and K.P.M. Sundaram. Indian Economics. New Delhi: Chand and Company, 2000.

Enhancing the Role of the family as an Agency for Social and Economic Development. Mumbai: Tata Institute of Social Sciences, 1994.

Gayathridevi, K.G., and Rajasekar. Good Governance and Poverty Alleviation: A Study of SGSY Programme. New Delhi: Concept Publishing, 2007.

Goel, O.P. ed. Role of NGOs in Development of Social System. Delhi: Isha Books, 2004.

Gosh, B.N. Poverty and Development: The Basic Issues, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 1993.

Green, Duncan. From Poverty to Power. New Delhi: OXFAM International, Academic Foundation, 2008.

Gupta, K.R. Poverty in India. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers, 2008.

Iyengar, N. S. Poverty and Sustainable Development: Concepts and Measures. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 2010. Jalihal, K.A., and Shiva Moorthy. Pragmatic Rural Development for Poverty Alleviation: A Pioneering Paradigm. New Delhi: Concept Publication, 2003.

Kurien, C.T. Poverty, Planning and Social Transformation. Madras: Allied Publishers, 1978.

Maheshwari, Uma, and Khader Vijay. Poverty, Household Food Scarcity and Nutrition in Rural Areas. New Delhi: Discovery Publication House, 2000.

Mishra, Rajdeep. Voluntary Sector and Rural Development: Concept, Practice and New Approach to Remove Rural Poverty. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2008.

Murickan, J. Poverty in India: Challenges and Responses. Bangalore: Xavier of Board of Higher Education in India, 1988.

Rajesekhar. Poverty Alleviation Strategies of NGOs. New Delhi: Concept Publishing, 2004.

Rajashekar, D, and Devi Gyaythri. Good Governance and Poverty Alleviation, New Delhi: Concept Publication Company, 2007.

Savita, Sharma. Facets of Indian Poverty. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2002.

Scender, Sarad K. The Scandal and the Shame: Poverty and Under Development, New Delhi: Vikas Publication House Pvt. Ltd, 2006.

Sharma, Neeraj. Anti–Poverty Programme in Rural India. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 2010.

Singh, Y.P, Indian Village: 2020: Vision and Mission (Vol. I & II). New Delhi: Concept Publication, 2006.

396

Sen, Amartya. Inequality Reexamined. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1992. Spicker, Paul. The Idea of Poverty, Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2007.

Sujit Kumar Paul. Poverty and Health Development. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers, New Delhi: 2009.

Takur, Dalip S. Poverty, Inequality and Unemployment in Rural India. New Delhi: B.R.Publishing Corporation, 1985.

Tripathy. Rural Development for Social Change. New Delhi: Sonali Publications, 2006.

Tuppekar, Rajendra. Dimensions of Rural Poverty. Delhi: Educational Publishers and Distributers, 2010. Volken, Henry, Ajoy Kumar, and Sara Kaithathara. Learning from the Rural Poor. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute, 1982. Yadav, B. S., Deepak Kumar, and Meena, Poverty in India: Concepts, Measurement and Alleviation. New Delhi: Shree Publishers and Distributors, 2010.

Journals:  Kurkshetra. Publication Division I&B New Delhi  Main Stream. Perspective Publication Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi

Fifth Semester: BSW 375: Paper XXV WEAKER SECTIONS OF INDIAN SOCIETY Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To understand the historical factors contributing to the low status of Weaker Sections in the contemporary Society.  To develop ability to analyse the Social, Economic and Political situation of Weaker Sections.

UNIT – I

Weaker Sections:  Meaning, Definition and Classification  Historical factors that has contributed to the status of Weaker Sections.

Caste System: Definition, Characteristics of Caste System  Factors facilitated the growth of caste system  Advantages and Limitations of Caste System UNIT – II

Scheduled Caste:  Definition, Problems of Scheduled Caste  Causes for low literacy among Scheduled Caste.  Impact of Education on Scheduled Caste.  Entrepreneurial challenges for Scheduled Caste

397

UNIT – III

Scheduled Tribe:  Definition, Problems of Scheduled Tribe  Causes for low literacy among Scheduled Tribe.  Position of Women among Scheduled Tribe.  Tribal Economy. UNIT – IV

Bonded Labour: Definition, Problems and Types of Bonded Labour. Agricultural Labourers: Problems Women: Analysis of the conditions of Indian Women Differently abled: Definition and Problems Senior Citizens: Challenges

BIBLIOGRAPHY

WEAKER SECTIONS OF INDIAN SOCIETY

Bose, Kumar Nirmal. Tribal Life in India. New Delhi: National Book Trust, 1971.

D‘Souza, Lawrence. Koragas: A Primitive Tribe of South India. Mangalore: Kodialbail Press, 1991.

Francis, D., and Chandu Subba Rao. Development of Weaker Sections. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2000.

Jayapalan, N. Indian Society and Social Institutions. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, 2001.

Kamble, M.D. Deprived Castes and their Struggle for Equality. New Delhi: Ashish Publishing House, 1984.

Kalera, Lalitha. Scheduled Caste Girls: Educational Backwardness and Prospects. New Delhi: Mittal Publications, 1991.

Kananaikil, Jose. Scheduled Castes and the Struggle against Inequality. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute, 1983.

Khan, Mumtaz Ali. Scheduled Castes and their Status in India. New Delhi: Uppal Publishing House, 1980.

Khare R.S. The Untouchable as himself. Cambridge: Press Syndicate of the University of Cambridge, 1984.

Kumar, A. Tribal Development in India. New Delhi: Sarup & Sons, 2002.Malik, Suneila. Social Integration of Scheduled Caste. New Delhi: Abhinav Publication,1979.

A New Deal for Backward Classes in Karnataka. Government of Karnataka.1986.

Paruathamma E., and Satyanarayana. New Horizons and Scheduled Castes.New Delhi: Ashish Publishing House, 1984.

398

Patel, Tara. Development of Education among Women. Delhi: Mittal Publications,1984.

Prakash, Nirupama. Schedule Castes: Socio Economic Changes. Allahabad: Chugh Publications, 1989.

Ramamani, V.S. Tribal Economy: Problems and Prospects. Allahabad: ChughPublications, 1988.

Rao, C. N. Shankar. Sociology of Indian Societies. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company Ltd., 2004.

Sachdeva, D.R. Social Welfare Administration in India. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal, 1979.

Satyanarayana, Parvathamma C. New Horizons and Scheduled Castes. New Delhi: Ashish& Publishing House, 1984.

Showeb, M. Education and Mobility among Harijans. Vohra Publishers and Distributors, 1986.

Verma, G.P. Caste Reservation in India. Allahabad: Chugh Publications, 1979.

Journals:  Kurukshetra  Social Welfare PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

±ÀªÀiÁð Dgï.J¸ï., ¥ÁæaÃ£À ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è ±ÀÆzÀægÀÄ, £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2004, ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉÃ ªÀÄÄzÀæt.

PÀÈµÁÚªÀÄÆwð VÃvÁ, ªÀÄ»¼É ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ, £ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2007, ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt. gÁªï ±ÀAPÀgï ¹.J£ï., ¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁd±Á¸ÀÛç, eÉÊ ¨sÁgÀvï ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2008 gÁªï ±ÀAPÀgï ¹.J£ï., ¸ÀªÀiÁd±Á¸ÀÛç, eÉÊ ¨sÁgÀvï ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 2008

Fifth Semester: BSW 385: Paper XXVI SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND SERVICES Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60

Objectives:  To analyse the causes and consequences of various social problems confronting Indian society and the world at large  To explore the various preventive and rehabilitative services for the victims of social ills and addictions  To highlight the role of the social worker in resolving social problems

UNIT – I

399

Social Problems  Concept of Social Problem  Characteristics and Causes of Social Problems  Solving Social Problems

Crime  Causes of Crime; Types of Crime  Correction and Rehabilitation of Criminals

Juvenile in Conflict with Law  Meaning, Causes, Types of Delinquents  Preventive and Rehabilitative Services

Child Labour  Child labour in India  Preventive and Rehabilitative Services; Role of NGOs

UNIT – II Alcoholism  Meaning, Causes, Effects of Alcoholism  Treatment of Alcoholism: The Different Therapies  Alcoholic Anonymous

Beggary  Meaning, Causes  Types of Beggars; Techniques of Begging  Preventive and Rehabilitative Measures: Role of a Social Worker

Suicide  Sociological Perspective : Durkheim‘s Views  Prevention of Suicide: Role of Parents and Teachers UNIT – III Commercial Sex Work  Definition, Causes  Types of Commercial Sex Workers  Preventive and Rehabilitative Measures: Role of a Social Worker

Human Trafficking  Types of Human Trafficking  Child Trafficking in India  Sex Trafficking of Girls and Women

Sexual Minorities  Meaning, Types  Rights of Sexual Minorities

400

UNIT – IV

Differently abled  Meaning, Causes  Blindness, Deafness, Polio  Cerebral Palsy, Muscular Dystrophy  Preventive and Rehabilitative Services

Mentally Challenged  Meaning, Causes  Preventive and Rehabilitative Services

Development induced Displacement  Displacements in India: Narmada Valley displacement  Issues relating to Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Legal Literacy  Concept of Law: Law vs. Custom  Basic Legal Terms: FIR, Investigation, Arrest and Warrant, Bail,  Rights of the Arrested  Public Interest Litigation (PIL) BIBLIOGRAPHY

SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND SERVICES

Ahuja, Ram. Social Problems in India. 3rd ed. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2014.

Bhushan, Vidya and D. R. Sachdeva. An Introduction of Sociology. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal, 1989.

Kumar. Social Problems and Welfare. Agra: Lakshmi Narian Agarwal, 2013.

Madan, G. R. Indian Social Problems. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1987.

Mamoria, C. B. Social Problems and Disorganisation. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal, 1961.

Mishra, M. K. Indian Social Problems. Jaipur: Mark Publishers, 2009.

Mittal, Satish, and Sushil Kumar Saxena. Social Problems. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers, 2012.

Mooney, Linda A., David Knox, and Caroline Schacht. Understanding Social Problems. 2nd ed. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2000.

Moulder, Frances V. Social Problems of the Modern World: A Reader. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2000.

Murickan, Jose, and M.K. George. Development-Induced Displacement. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2003.

Parasuraman, S. Development Dilemma: Displacement in India. London: MacMillan Press Limited, 1999.

Rao, Shankar C. N. Indian Social Problems: A Sociological Perspective. New Delhi: S. Chand & Co., 2015.

401

Singh, Kangana. Human Trafficking: Complexities and Pitfalls. Jaipur: Yking Books, 2017.

Subramanya, G. Social Problems: With Reference to India. Bangalore: Sapna Book House, 2012

Vijayakumar, Lakshmi, ed. Suicide Prevention: Meeting the Challenge Together. Chennai : Orient Longman, 2003.

Journals:

 Social Change: Issues and Perspectives. Journal of the Council for Social Development.  Social Welfare. Central Social Welfare Board.  Economic and Political Weekly. Sameeksha Trust Publication, Mumbai.  Mainstream. Perspective Publications, New Delhi.

402

Sixth Semester: BSW 336: Paper XXVIII SOCIAL GROUP WORK PRACTICE Theory marks: 100 Internal Assessment marks: 25 Total marks: 125 Teaching hours: 60 Objectives:  To enable students to develop knowledge and skills to work with various groups  To facilitate interest and exposure towards creating Healthy working Environment  To develop personal skills in being effective a Social Group Worker  To strengthen the quality of Team Spirit while working with Groups

UNIT – I Group work practice with Children  Child Protection and Child Welfare System  Comprehensive Family Assessment to understand the nature of Child Abuse Play Therapy for Children  Concept and Purpose  Benefits of Play Therapy  Criteria for Selection of Children for Therapeutic Play Group  Basic Principles to guide the Therapist UNIT – II Group work practice with Youth  Concept and purpose of Youth Work  Youth work principles and their relationship to practice

The Role of a Global Youth Worker  Understanding positive power in youth work  Enabling participation  Undertaking youth work tasks and duties  Providing services and facilities for young people UNIT – III Group work practice with Elderly  Use of Support Group  Recreational Groups  Health Groups

Specific Principles of Social Group Work Practice  Principles of creating a safe environment in Group Setting  Developing work ethics at workplace  Steps to build a better Group Work Environment

Problem Solving Skills  Concept of Problem Solving  Failure to solve Problems effectively  Ways to Solve Problems  Principles of Managing Problems Positively

403

UNIT – IV Developing Personal Life Skills  Nature of Proactive thinking  Difference between Proactive Language and Reactive Language  Empathy—Application of Empathy in dealing with individuals in groups

Developing Team Work  Significance and Nature of Team Building  The Distinct Features of a Team  Benefits of a team  Guidelines for Team Building

BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL GROUP WORK PRACTICE

Allan, Brown. Group Work. 3rd ed. England: Ashgate Publishing Company, 1994. Alphonse, Xavier. A Text Book on Life Coping Skills. Chennai: MCRDC Publication, 2004. Axline, Virginia M. Play Therapy, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1947. Bakshi, S. R. Child Welfare and Development. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications, 2000. Balgopal, R., and Thomas V. Vassil. Groups in Social Work: An Ecological Perspective. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1983.

Banmalan, Golpelwar. Social Group Work. Nagpur: Indian Institute of Youth Welfare, 2007. Berry, Juliet. Social Work with Children. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1972.

Bhardwaj, Varun. Youth Development. Jaipur: Priyanka Publishing House, 2014

Butler, Ian, and Gwenda Roberts. Social work with Children and Families: Getting into Practice. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 1997.

Charles, D., and Garvin Lorraine. Handbook of Social Work with Groups. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2004.

Corey, Marianne Schneider, and Gerald Corey. Groups: Process and Practices. 6th ed. Brooks/Cole, 2002. David, Capuzzi, Douglas R. Gross, and Mark D. Stauffer. Introduction to Group Work. 4th ed. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2006. Doel, Mark. Using Group work. London: Routledge, 2006. Donelson, R. Forsyth. Group Processes. New Delhi: Cengage Learning India, 2006. Julie, Phillips. Groupwork in Social Care, Planning and Setting Up Groups, London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers Ltd, London: 2001. Mark, Doel, and Catherine Sawdon. The Essential Group Worker, Teaching and Learning Creative Group Work, Jessica Kingsley Publishers, London: 2005.

404

Nagendra, Shilaja. Social Work in Child Health Care. Jaipur: ABD Publishers, 2008.

Pandey, Veen Pani. Mental Retardation and Social responsibility. New Delhi: Sumit Enterprises, 2004. Parankemalil, John. Progressive Parenting: The Definitive Resource Book. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2008.

Patel, Sarjoo, and Veena Gandotra, ed. Ageing: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2011.

Ranganathan, Namitha, and Wadhwa Toolika. Guidance and Counselling for Children and Adolescents in Schools. New Delhi: Sage Publications India, 2017. Reddy, Suma Naryana. Institutionalised Children. Allahabad: Chugh Publication, 1989

Sapin, Kate. Essential Skills for Youth Work Practice, London: Sage Publications, 2009.

Sebastian, Jimmy. Effective Care Giving in Dementia: A Learning Module for Care Givers. Bangalore: NIMHANS,

Shankar, Singh Ram. Social Work and Family Intervention. Jaipur: ABD Publishers, 2011.

Shirwadkar, Swati, ed. Family violence in India: Human Rights, Issues, Actions and International Comparisons. Jaipur: Rawat publications, 2009.

Shulman, Lawrence. The Skills of Helping: Individuals, Families, and Groups, Illinois: F. E. Peacock Publishers, Inc. 1992. Siddiqui, H.Y. Group Work: Theories and Practices. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2008. Steven, R Rose. Group Work with Children and Adolescents: Prevention and Intervention in School and Community Systems. New Delhi: Sage Publication 1998.

Vaswani, J.P. Good Parenting. New Delhi: Sterling Paperbacks, 2007.

Vimala, Veeraraghavan, and Shalini Singh. Teenage Blues: A Guide for Parents, Teachers and Counsellors. New Delhi: Mosaic Books, 1999. Wadkar, Alka. Life Skills for Success. New Delhi: Sage Publications India, 2016. Zastrow, Charles H. Social Work with Groups. New Delhi: Cengage Learning India, 2009.

Journals:  The Indian Journal of Social Work. Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.  Contemporary Social Work. Lucknow University  Psychological Studies. Journal of the National Academy of Psychology  Psychological Counselling. Vellore Christian Counselling Centre  International Social Work. College of Social Work, Nirmal Niketan, Mumbai

405

Sixth Semester: BSW 346: Paper XXIX COMMUNITY ORGANISATION AND DEVELOPMENT Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To understand different approaches in Community Organization and Community development  Develop an understanding of the role of social work in disaster management  To understand the importance and methods of Participatory Learning and Action (PLA) in community work

UNIT I Community Organization:  Meaning and Definition  Principles of Community Organization  Community organization techniques

Community participation:  Concept  Barriers to Participation  Role of Community Worker in Community Mobilization UNIT II Role of Community Worker:  Guide  Enabler  Expert

Models of Community Organisation:  Locality Development Model  Social Planning Model  Social Action Model

Community Based Organisation (CBO):  Concept of CBO  Classification of CBO‘s: Traditional Associations, Religious Associations, Membership Associations, Self Help Groups. UNIT III Community Development:  Meaning and Definition of Community Development  Characteristics of Community Development  Distinction between Community Development and Community Organization

Development Programmes:  Meaning of Community Development Programme.  Objectives of Community Development Programme.  Evaluation of Community Development Programmes.

406

Project Formulation:  Project Description; Project Monitoring and Project Evaluation. UNIT IV Disaster Management:  Disaster – Meaning.  Types – Natural and Manmade disasters  Disaster management

Participatory Learning and Action (PLA):  Meaning  Principles of PLA  Methods of PLA. - Transact Walk, Ranking Activities, Venn diagram and Social Mapping.

BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMUNITY ORGANISATION AND DEVELOPMENT Birmabaum, F., and Coplon J. ―Crisis Intervention after a Natural Disaster‖ Social Case Work, Vol. 54:.9, 545- 551. Gangrade, K. D. Community Organisation in India. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1971.

Gunjal, B. S. Community Organisation and Social Action. Bangalore: IBH Prakashan, 2013.

Harper, Ernest B. and Arthur Dunham. Community Organisation in Action, New York: Association Press, 1959.

King, Clarence. Working with the People in Community Action. New York: Association Press, 1966.

Kumar, Somesh. Methods for Community Participation: A Complete Guide to Practitioners. New Delhi: Vistaar Publications, 2002.

Lurrie, Harry L. ―The Community Organisation Method, in Social Work Practice‖ in Social Work Curriculum Study Vol. IV. Council of Social Work Education, USA.

Margaret, Ledwith. Community Development: A Critical Approach. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2006.

Mellor, Hugh W. The Role of Voluntary Organisations in Social Welfare. London: Croomhelm, 1985.

Meenai, Zubair. Participatory Community Work. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2008.

Mukherjee, Amitava. Participatory Rural Appraisal: Methods and Applications in Rural Planning. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2004.

Patil, Asha Ramagonda. Community Organization and Development: An Indian Perspective. Delhi: PHI Learning Private Limited, 2013.

Prakash, Indu. Disaster Management: Societal Vulnerability to Natural Calamities and Manmade Disasters Preparedness and Response. Ghaziabad: Rastra Prahari Prakashan, 1994.

Ross, Murray G. Community Organisation: Theory and Principles. New York: Harper Bros., 1967.

Siddique, H. Y. Social Work and Social Action. New Delhi: Harman Publications, 1984.

Singh, R. B. Disaster Management. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2000. Thudipara, Jacob. ―Community Based Organisations.‖ In Encyclopaedia of Social Work in India 3rded. Lucknow: New Royal Book Company, 2012.

407

Sixth Semester: BSW 356: Paper XXX SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH & STATISTICS Theory Marks: 100 Internal Assessment: 25 Total Marks: 125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To develop ability to recognise and utilize research as a problem- solving process in Social Work Practice  To utilize the research process in terms of conducting a simple and need based survey  To function as a member of a research team, in the area of data processing during research studies  To develop a scientific approach for systemic procedure in the problem solving process UNIT –I Meaning and Definition:  Social Research and Social Work Research  Research as a Method of Social Work

Problem Identification:  Steps and procedures to be considered

Formulation of Research problem:  Objectives and areas of study  Identification and definition of Variables  Formulation of Research Hypothesis UNIT-II

Research Coverage:  Definition and Meaning of the Concept ‗Population‘/‗Universe‘

Sampling:  Concept and significance of sampling  Methods of Sampling- Probability and Non-Probability sampling UNIT-III

Data Collection-Methods and tools of data Collection:  Interview  Observation  Questionnaire

Data processing:  Editing  Classifying  Coding and Tabulation (formation of simple frequency tables)  Data analysis and interpretation of tables

408

Report writing:  Principles of Report Writing  Format of Report

UNIT-IV

Statistics  Meaning of Statistics  Use of statistics in Social Work Research

Central Tendency: Arithmetic Mean:  Characteristics of Mean  Computation of Arithmetic Mean

Median:  Characteristics of Median  Computation of Median from Discrete and Continuous Series. Mode:  Characteristics of Mode  Computation of Mode from Discrete and Continuous Series. Standard Deviation:  Its relevance and the process of computation  Computation of Standard Deviation SPSS:  Meaning and Uses of SPSS for Research (A practical session on conducting Small Study or Survey is desirable)

BIBLIOGRAPHY SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH AND STATISTICS

Ahuja, Ram. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 2003. Aquino V., and Gaudencio. Essentials of Research and Thesis Writing. Manila: Alemar Pheonix Publishing House, Inc., 1972. Asthana, B.N. Elements of Statistics. Allahabad: Chaitanya Publishers, 1976. Bajpai, S.R. Methods of Social Survey and Research. Kanpur: Kitab Mahal, 1976. Elhance, D.N. Fundamentals of Statistics. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal, 1989. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Delhi: New Age International Publishers, 2004. Mikkelsen, Britha. Methods for Development Work and Research.2nd ed. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 2005. Sancheti, D. C., and V.`K. Kapoor. Statistics: Theory, Methods and Application. New Delhi: S. Chand & Sons, 2002. Sanjay, Narula. Research Methodology. New Delhi: Murari Lal and Sons, 2007.

Shrama, K.K., and Basotia K.K. Research Methodology. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publication, 2002. Takur, Devanad. Research Methods in Social Sciences. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications, 2007. Young, Pauline V. Scientific Social Survey and Research. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1968.

409

Sixth Semester: BSW 366: Paper XXXI CONTEMPORARY CHALLENGES OF INDIAN SOCIETY

Theory marks: 100 Internal Assessment marks: 25 Total marks: 125 Teaching hours: 60

Objectives:  To understand the concept of Development and Under development  To focus on the agrarian crisis and to explore solutions to the problem  To understand the importance of national integrity for the development of the nation  To develop the capacity for deeper understanding of emerging challenges and to explore the means to address its impact in society

UNIT I Challenges in Agriculture  Agrarian Crisis: Meaning and Causes  Issues of Irrigation  Application of Modern Technology  Agricultural Marketing  Farmer‘s Suicide

Responses towards Agricultural Problems  Fair Trade Organisation  NABARD-Development Initiatives in Farm Sector UNIT – II

Population:  General description of Population situation in India–Fertility Rate, Mortality Rate, Crude Birth Rate, Crude Death Rate, effects of overpopulation, measures for controlling the rapid growth of population-family planning methods, Birth control methods

Sustainable Development:  Meaning and definition  Sustainable Livelihood  Sustainable Environment  Water Harvesting—Household and Community UNIT – III Communalism:  Concept of Communalism, Meaning and Definition – Growing Communal Problems in India, in particular Karnataka – Causes for Communal Problems and its impact – Remedial measures towards communal harmony

National Emotional Integration:  Need for National Integration  Unity in Diversity

410

Gender Issues:  Empowerment of women  Initiatives for Gender Justice. UNIT – IV Corruption:  Meaning, definition and characteristics  Causes of corruption  Prevention: Jan Lok Pal Bill Globalization:  Meaning and Definition - Impact of Globalization and challenges - Human Development

Social Entrepreneurship:  Concept of Social Entrepreneurship  Micro Finance BIBLIOGRAPHY

CONTEMPORARY CHALLENGES OF INDIAN SOCIETY

Agarwal, Bablia. Social Problems in the Age of Globalization. Jaipur: ABD Publishers, 2009.

Arulsamy, S. Communalism in India: A Challenge to Theologians. Bangalore: Claretian Publication, 1988.

Bhardwaj, K.K. Combating Communalism in India: Key to National Integration. New Delhi: Mittal Publication, 1993.

Bhat M.K, and Anita Cheria, et al. Life Goes On. London: The Centre for Innovation in Voluntary Action, 1997.

Bhende A. Asha, and Tara Kanithkar. Principles of Population Studies.Bangalore: Himalaya Publishing House, 1997.

Binay, B. Towards Communal Harmony, Calcutta: Germinal Publication Private Ltd, 1994.

Chambers, Robert. Rural Development: Putting the Last First. Addison Wesley Longman Limited, 1983.

Choudry, Ray, and Basu Sabyasachi. Sustainability of Rights after Globalization. New Delhi: Sage Publications India, 2011.

Chundi, Janaki, and Srivastava Alka. Watershed Management: Key to Sustainable Development. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute, 1999.

Derme, Steve. Globalization on the Ground: Media and the Transformation of Culture, class and Gender in India. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 2008.

Fisher, F. William. Towards Sustainable Development. Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 1997.

Green, Duncan. From Poverty to Power. New Delhi: OXFAM International, 2008.

Joshi, Y.G. Social Environment for Sustainable Development, Jaipur: Rawat Publication, 1998.

411

Karmakar, K.G. Rural Credit and Self Help Group: Micro finance, Needs and Concepts in India. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 1999.

Kochar, S.K. Pivotal Issues in Indian Education. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1984.

Kumar. Social Problems and Welfare. Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Educational Publishers, 2013.

Kumar, Ravindra. Problems of Communalism in India. New Delhi: Mittal Publication, 1996.

Kurien, C.T. Poverty, Planning and Social Transformation. Madras: Allied Publishers, 1978.

Linda, F.K. SHGs: A Handbook for Practitioners. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 1997.

Mascrenhas, Marie M. Natural Family Planning. Bangalore: Asian Trading Cooperation, 1985.

Misra, Sunil. Voluntary Action in Health and Population. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 2000.

National Policy on Education 1986. New Delhi: Human Resource Development, Government of India, 1986.

Our Common Future: The World Commission on Environment and Development. New York: Oxford University Press, 1987.

Puniyani, Ram. ―Communalism and Collective Violence.‖ In Encyclopaedia of Social Work in India 3rd ed. Lucknow: New Royal Book Company, 2012.

Rao, C. N. Shankar. Indian Social Problems: A Sociological Perspective. New Delhi: S Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd., 2015.

Shiva, Vandana. Globalization‘s New War. New Delhi: Women Unlimited, 2005.

Singh, Anand Bahadur. ―Agrarian Social Work: An Emerging field for Intervention.‖ In Encyclopaedia of Social Work in India 3rd ed. Lucknow: New Royal Book Company, 2012.

Srinivas. Regulating Production in India‘s Population. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 1985.

Tandon, B.B, and Vasudeva P. K. Inclusive Growth and Sustainable Development Ideal for Indian Economy. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication, 2010.

Taori, Kamal, Sustainable Human Development: Issues and Challenges,New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2000.

412

Sixth Semester: BSW 376: Paper XXXII DEVELOPMENT OF WEAKER SECTIONS

Theory marks: 100 Internal Assessment marks: 25 Total marks: 125 Teaching hours: 60 Objectives:  To develop knowledge and ability to assess the Government and Non-Government strategies used for the development of Weaker Sections  To develop sensitivity to the problems of social inequality and injustice and commitment to work for the development of weaker sections

UNIT – I

Five Year Plans and the Development of Weaker Sections: Evaluation.

Untouchability: Governmental efforts in the eradication of Untouchability  Non-Governmental efforts in the eradication of Untouchability  Role of a) Mahatma Gandhi. b) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar. UNIT – II

Constitutional and Legal safeguards for Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe:  Rationale behind Reservation Policy  Reservation in Education, Service and Politics  Evaluation of Reservation Policy UNIT – III Government Welfare Programmes: Government Welfare Programmes for Scheduled Caste Government Welfare Programmes for Scheduled Tribe Government Welfare Programmes for Women Government Welfare Programmes for Differently abled Government Welfare Programmes for senior citizens UNIT – IV Case Studies of Non-Governmental initiatives in the Welfare of Weaker Sections:  Shree Kshetra Dharmasthala Rural Development Project  Vivekananda Girijana Kalyana Kendra  Help Age India

Role of Social Work in the Welfare of Weaker Sections

413

BIBLIOGRAPHY DEVELOPMENT OF WEAKER SECTIONS

Govind, Kalera D. Development of Weaker Sections. New Delhi: Inter India Publication, 1984.

Kananaika, Jose, Seventh Plan and Development of Weaker Section. New Delhi: India Social Institute, 1985.

Kumar, A. Tribal Development in India. New Delhi: Sarup and Sons, 2002.Patel, M. L. Planning Strategy for Tribal Development. New Delhi: Inter India Publications, 1988.

Rao, C. N. Shankar. Sociology of Indian Societies. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2004.

Report of the Backward Class Commission. Government of Karnataka. Bangalore, 1986.

Sharma, A.N. Tribal Welfare and Development: Emerging Role of Anthropological Explorations. New Delhi: Sarup and Sons, 2002. Journals:

 Kurukshetra  Social Welfare PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

Websites: www.helpageindia.org www.gandhicreationshss.org

Sixth Semester: BSW 386: Paper XXXIII MASS COMMUNICATION Theory Marks 100 Internal Assessment 25 Total Marks125 Total Hours: 60 Objectives:  To critically view the various mass communication media including folk media in the context of Indian society and development  To focus on the role of Information Technology and other modern means of communication  To focus on the importance of written communication and enhance writing skills

414

UNIT – I Mass Communication:  Meaning and Characteristics  Role of Mass Media

Print Media:  Anatomy of a Newspaper  What makes News?  Role of Newspapers in India  Role of Magazines  Freedom of the Press

Radio:  Special features of Radio as a Mass Medium  Advantages and Limitations UNIT – II

Television:  Television in India  Impact of Television;  Television and Children

Advertising:  Impact of Advertising  Exploitation of Women in Advertising  Social Advertising

Films:  Elements of Cinema  Indian Cinema  Impact of Films

UNIT – III Folk Media:  Meaning and features of Folk Media  Role of Folk Media in India  Folk Media and Social Change

Photography:  Types of Camera  Snapshots vs. Photographs  Tips to take Good Pictures  Photo language

415

Information Technology:  Internet: Use, Abuse and Addiction  E-mail Etiquette  The Digital Divide  Use of Internet for social work practice  Social Media UNIT – IV Written Communication:  Basics of Writing  Outline Writing

Letter Writing:  Parts of a Letter  Letter to the Editor  Writing a CV

Right to Information (RTI):  What is Right to Information?  Salient features of RTI Act BIBLIOGRAPHY MASS COMMUNICATION Ahuja, B. K. Mass Media Communication: Theory and Practices. New Delhi: Saurabh Publishing House, 2014.

Civikly, Jean M. Messages: A Reader in Human Communication. New York: Random House, 1974.

Dahama, O. P., and O. P. Bhatnagar. Education and Communication for Development. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., 1985.

Jayakaran, I. Everyone‘s Guide to Effective Writing. 3rd ed. Chennai: 2M Publishing International, 2005.

Joshi, Uma. Textbook of Mass Communication and Media. New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 2005.

Kumar, Keval J. Mass Communication in India. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1981.

Nagaraj, Geetha. Write to Communicate. New Delhi: Foundation Books, 2004.

Prabhakar, Naval, and Narendra Basu. Mass Media and Society. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers, 2007.

Rani, N. Usha. Folk Media for Development: A Study of Karnataka‘s Traditional Media. Bangalore: Karnataka Book Publishers, 1996.

Roy, Aruna. The RTI Story: Power to the People. New Delhi: The Lotus Collection, 2018. Srampickal, Jacob. Communication and Media in India Today. Delhi: Media House, 1998.

Srampickal, Jacob, Jude Botelho, and Ray Kancharla, ed. Media Education in India: Emerging Trends and Perspectives. New Delhi: NISCORT, 1997.

Wright, Chrissie. Handbook of Practical Communication Skills. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House, 1999.

416

Journals:  Interaction. National Council of Development Communication.  Religion and Social Communication. Journal of the Asian Research Center for Religion and Social Communication. CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM ELECTIVES Syllabus 2019 NUTRITION AND HEALTH Theory Marks : 40 Internal Assessment Marks: 10 Total Marks: 50 Teaching Hours: 24 Objectives:  Understand the importance of nutrients, and low costfood in the context of developing countries  To help students to regulate healthy diet and personal hygiene  To gain knowledge about nutritional education for the wellbeing of the community as a whole. UNIT I Basic Concepts of Nutrition Meaning and importance of study of Nutrition Nutrients and their Classification Carbohydrates, Proteins, Fats, Vitamins,Iron, Calcium,Minerals their sources, functions and deficiencies Balanced Diet Concept of Balanced Diet Guidelines for Planning Balanced Diet

UNIT II Health Definition of Health Personal Hygiene

Nutrition Education Concept of Nutrition Education Planning of Nutritional Education Programme Techniques of Nutrition Education

Culinary Lab: Preparing Low Cost Nutritious Food and Demonstration

BIBLIOGRAPHY NUTRITION AND HEALTH

Babu, SureshS.A Treatise on Home Remedies. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Bakhru, H.K. Vitamins that Heal: Natural Immunity for Better Health. Noida: Saurabh Printers, 2007.

417

Ballentine,Rudolph.Diet and Nutrition: A Holistic Approach.Pennsylvania: The Himalayan International Institute, 1982.

Begum, Raheena. A Text Book of Food Nutrition and Dietetics. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers, 1991.

Gopalan, C., B.Rama Sastri, and S.C. Balasubramanian. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods. Hyderabad: National Institute of Nutrition, 1993.

Gupta, M.K. Foods that are Killing You. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2004.

Lawrence, Helen. Well-being for Women. Scotland: Geddes and Gosset, 2004.

Morter, Ted M. Health and Wellness. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2000.

Mudambi, Sumathi R, and Shalini M Rao. Food Science. Wiley Eastern Ltd

Nutrition for the Community. New Delhi: IGNOU Publications.1996.

Rajadhyaksha, Medha S, and Sukanya Datta. The Secrets of Proteins. New Delhi: National Book Trust, 2000.

Reddy. S.R. Teaching Health and Nutrition. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publication, 1985.

Roday, S. Hygiene and Sanitation in Food Industry. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2006.

Samraj, Edison. Best of Health. Pune: Oriental Watchman Publishing, 1994.

Sharma, Rajeev, and Jyothi Rajeev. Water For Health and Beauty. New Delhi: Manoj Publications, 2009.

Singh, Jyothi. Handbook of Nutrition and Dietetics. New Delhi: Lotus Press, 2008.

Spence, Michael, and Maureen Lewis. Health and Growth. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2009.

Srilakshmi, B. Nutrition Science. New Delhi: New Age International Publishers, 2008.

Suresh, Keshan. A Parent‘s Guide to Child Care. New Delhi: Pustak Mahal, 2009.

Swaminathan, M. Essentials of Food and Nutrition.(Vol. II).Bangalore: The Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co. Ltd., 2008.

Varma, Mira, et al. Child Nutrition: Problems and Prospects. Jaipur: Ina Shree Publishers, 1996.

Venkataiah, S.Teaching Food and Nutrition.New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 2002.

Vidya,Chinthapalli. A Text Book of Nutrition. New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 1996.

Journals:  Herald of Health. Family Magazine for Vibrant Health, Oriental Watchman Publishing House, Pune  Health Action. Health Action for all (HAFA), Secunderabad  Health for the Millions. New Delhi

418

Electives Syllabus 2019 FIRST AID Theory Marks : 40 Internal Assessment Marks: 10 Total Marks: 50 Teaching Hours: 24 Objectives:  To understand the concept of First Aid  Understanding the significance of early intervention  To enable active participation during an emergency

UNIT I Basics of First Aid: Introduction to First Aid Objectives of First Aid Contents of a First Aid Box

Intervention during Minor Casualties: Cramps, Fainting, Epilepsy, wounds, bleeding from nose Objects in the ear, nose and eye UNIT II Intervention during Major Casualties: Ventilation; Clothing readjustment; Transportation of Casualties Burns, Fractures,Electric Shock, Lightening, bleeding due to other injuries Bites: Snake bites, Dog bites; Poisoning Suffocation-Drowning, Choking Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)

BIBLIOGRAPHY FIRST AID

Aims, Policy, Rules & Organization.New Delhi:The Bharath Scouts&Guides.2008. Belilios, Arthur D., Desmond KMulvany, andKatharine F Armstrong. A Handbook of First AID and Bandaging. London: Balliere, Tindall & Cox., 1962.

419

Bezzant, Norman. First Aid for Everyday Emergencies. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House,1980.

First Aid Hand Book. Bengaluru: Indian Red Cross Society. Karnataka State Red Cross Branch, 2017.

First Aid Manual: The Authorised Manual of St. John Ambulance St. Andrew‘s

Ambulance AssociationThe British Red Cross Society. London: Dorling Kindersley, 1987.

Ganguli, L.K.,andA. K. Ganguli. First Aid to the Injured, Nursing and Bandaging. Calcutta: Academic Publishers, 1979. Girl Guiding in India.New Delhi:The Bharath Scouts &Guides.2002. Goel,Sathish.First Aid.New Delhi:Diamond Pocket Books.

Natarajan, Mayilvahanan. Principles of First Aid & Home Nursing. Madras: Indian Red Cross Society, Tamilnadu Branch, 1993. Yudenich,V.V. Accident First Aid.Moscow:MIR Publishers,1982. qÁ.¨sÀmï,©.Dgï. ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄaQvÉì.C¥ÀWÁvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛwÃªÀægÉÆÃUÀzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð¹ÜwAiÀÄ°è fÃªÀgÀPÀëuÉ.ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: DPÀÈwD±ÀAiÀÄ ¥À©èPÉÃ±À£ïì, 2016 qÁ.gÁªï ¸ÁUÉÃ±ÀégÀ,²jV¤Ãr.¥ÀæxÀªÀÄaQvÉì.¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: ºÉÃªÀÄAvÀ ¸Á»vÀå,2008 ºÉUÀqÉgÉÃSÁ. ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄaQvÉì.ZÉ£ÉÊ: ¸ÀÄgÁ§ÄPïì¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï, 2009 qÁ.¸ÀvÀå£ÁgÁAiÀÄt,JA.¥ÀæxÀªÀÄaQvÉì.¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:£ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À©èPÉÃµÀ£ïì ¥ÉæöÊªÉmï °«ÄmÉqï,2011 Electives Syllabus 2019 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Theory Marks : 40 Internal Assessment Marks: 10 Total Marks: 50 Teaching Hours: 24Objectives:  To understand the concept of Disaster Management  Tounderstand the significance of disaster prevention  To enhance understanding the role of preparedness in reducing the effects of Disasters.  To appreciate the importance of Disaster Response System

UNIT I

Disaster: Meaning, Definition Concept of Disaster Management Basic facts about saving oneself before saving others

Family Disaster Preparedness: Make a plan; Build a Kit; Get Trained; Practice Family Disaster Plan

Man Made Disasters: (a) Fire-Causes of Fire, Do‘s and Don‘ts during Fire (B) Accident - Causes of road accidents, Do‘s and Don‘ts during road accidents

420

UNIT II Natural Disasters: Floods -Meaning, Factors contributing to Floods Consequences of Floods Preparedness before Floods Do‘s and Don‘ts during aFloods Do‘s and Don‘ts after a Floods

Cyclones-Meaning, Formation of Cyclones Types of Cyclones, Consequences of Cyclones Preparedness before Cyclone, Do‘s and Don‘ts

Lightening -Meaning, Do‘s and Don‘ts during Lightening-Indoor and Open Ground Landslides -Meaning, Causes of Landslides, Impact of Landslides, Do‘s and Don‘ts Earthquake-Meaning, Causes, Consequences, Preparedness before an Earthquake Responding to Earthquake-(a) Indoors (b) Outdoors Do‘s and Don‘ts after an Earthquake

BIBLIOGRAPHY DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Chouhan,T.S. Disaster Management: In 21 Century.Jaipur:Mark Publishers,2012.

Goel, S. L. Disaster Administration & Management: Text &Case Studies. New Delhi: Deep &Deep Publications, 2007. Kapoor,Mukesh. Disaster Management.New Delhi:Saurabh Publishing House,2012. Misra, Anish. Recent Approaches on Disaster Management. New Delhi: Random Publications, 2011.

Newburn, Time. Disaster and After: Social Work in the Aftermath of Disaster. London:

Jessica Kingsley Publishers, 1993.

Palanithurai, G. Panchayats in Disaster Preparedness and Management. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, 2009. Reza,B.K. Disaster Management.Delhi:Global Publications,2010.

Sahni, Pradeep, AlkaDhameja, and UmaMedury. Disaster Mitigation: Experiences and Reflections. New Delhi: PHI Learning Private Limited, 2011.

Shaw, Rajib, and Krishnamurthy R.R. Disaster Management: Global Challenges and Local Solutions. Hyderabad: Universities Press, 2009. Singh,R.B. Disaster Management.Jaipur:Rawat Publications,2000.

Uttarkhand Disaster 2013. New Delhi:National Institute of Disaster Management. 2015.

Yadav, R. J. Disaster Management in India; Acts: Policies: Guidelines. Vol. I& II.Jaipur: Paradise Publishers, 2011.

421